Skip to main content

Full text of "Tramway track construction and maintenance"

See other formats


TRAMWAY    TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 
AND    MAINTENANCE 


TRAMWAY    TRACK 
CONSTRUCTION 

AND 

MAINTENANCE 


BY 


R.   BICKERSTAFFE    HOLT, 

HIGHWAYS   AND  PERMANENT   WAY   ENGINEER,  CITY  OP  LEEDS  ; 

MEMBER   INSTITUTION  OF   MECHANICAL   ENGINEERS  ; 

MEMBER    INSTITUTION    OF    CIVIL    ENGINEERS,    IRELAND  ; 

MEMBER   INSTITUTION  OF  MUNICIPAL  AND  COUNTY  ENGINEERS  ; 

MEMBER  MUNICIPAL   TRAMWAYS   ASSOCIATION  ; 

FELLOW    PERMANENT    WAY    INSTITUTION. 


WITH  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


TRAMWAY  AND  RAILWAY  WORLD  OFFICES 

AMBERLEY    HOUSE,   NORFOLK   STREET,   LONDON,   W.C. 

[All  Rights  Reserved.] 


PREFACE 

THE  .Author  begs  to  record  his  indebtedness  to 
J.  B.  Hamilton,  Esq.,  General  Manager  of  the  Leeds 
City  Tramways,  for  his  advice  in  regard  to  the  pre- 
paration of  the  subject-matter  for  this  book,  and  also 
for  his  kind  permission  to  publish  many  exclusive 
illustrations. 

Much  of  the  subject-matter  of  this  book  has  already 
appeared  in  The  Tramway  and  Railway  World,  and 
the  Author  desires  to  thank  the  Editor,  at  whose 
suggestion  the  work  was  undertaken,  for  the  great 
assistance  he  has  rendered  in  the  preparation  and 
arrangement  of  the  matter. 

The  Author  wishes  also  to  record  his  thanks  to  his 
assistants,  Messrs.  James  L.  Buckley  and  H.  Pearson 
Foster,  the  former  having  supplied  much  practical 
information  relating  to  Paving  and  Platelaying,  and 
the  latter  having  prepared  all  diagrams  and  many 
calculations,  which  have  entailed  much  labour  and  care. 

R.    BlCKERSTAFFE    HOLT. 

LEEDS, 

March,  1915. 


342345 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 
FOREWORD .  1 

CHAPTEE   I. 
CONCRETE  FOUNDATIONS. 

Defects — Causes  of  fracture — Method  of  laying  concrete   .         .         7 

CHAPTER  II. 

CONCRETE  MATERIALS. 

Eoad  metal — Water  gravel — Sand — Clinker  sa,nd — Trass  ..       13 

CHAPTER   III. 

REPAIRS  TO  CONCRETE  FOUNDATIONS. 
Patching — Partial  repairs — Complete  renewal  ...       18 

CHAPTER   IV. 
TRACK  DESIGN. 

"  Follow  my  leader  "  policy — Importance  of  local  conditions — 
Effect  on  sub-soil — Standard  methods — Transverse  sleeper 
tracks — Effect  of  vehicular  traffic  and  tramway  car  traffic  .  23 

CHAPTER   V. 
RAIL  PACKING. 

Pitch  and  tar  packing — Materials — Testing  and  preparation  of 
materials — Prepared  tar — Pitch  mixtures — Movement  of 
rails — Packing  and  floating  ......  38 

CHAPTER   VI. 
RAIL  LAYING. 

Bad  rail  packing — Rails  canted  or  twisted — Anchoring  and 
padding — Rail  expansion  and  contraction — Curving  of 
rails — Springing  of  rails — Anchoring  new  tracks  .  .  57 


viii  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  VII. 
JOINTS,  FISH  PLATES,  BOLTS  AND  NUTS. 

PAGE 

Why  joints  fail — Dished  or  hammered  joints — Movement  at 

joints.         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .  76 

CHAPTEE  VIII. 
JOINT  WELDING. 

Methods  of  welding — Thermit  welding — Electric  arc  welding 
process  —  Expansion  and  contraction  —  Oxy-acetylene 
process 92 

CHAPTEE   IX. 
EAIL  WEAK. 

At  joints — On  new  tracks — On  steep  gradients — On  wheel  tyres 
— Contact  of  wheel  and  tyre — Leeds  special  rail  section — 
Eailway  rails — Depression  of  check Ill 

CHAPTEE   X. 

COMPOSITION  AND  MANUFACTURE   OF  TRAMWAY  EAILS 
AND   EAIL   WEAR. 

Defective  rails — Composition  of  rails — Standard  specification 
— Basic  and  acid  Bessemer  process — Sandberg  process — 
Analysis  of  rails  and  rail  tests — Drop  test  unnecessary  .  131 

CHAPTEE  XI. 

CORROSION  OF  TRAMWAY  EAILS. 

Causes  of  rail  corrosion — Exposure  to  sea   water — Effect   of 

corrosive  liquid  .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .         .     152 

CHAPTEE   XII. 
TRACK  PAVING. 

Effect  of  vehicular  traffic — Cause  of  loose  rails — Importance  of 
quality  in  setts — Square -dressed  setts — Nidged  granite 
setts — Bonawe  granite  setts — Wood  paving— Bedding  of 
setts — Laying  and  ramming  .  .  .  .  .  .  158 


CONTENTS  ix 

CHAPTEE   XIII. 

EECONSTRUCTION. 

PAGE 

Eemoval  of  tracks — Temporary  tracks       .         .         .         .         .175 

CHAPTEE   XIV. 

SURFACE  DRAINAGE  AND  EAIL  MAINTENANCE. 
Eail  cleaning — Eail  grinding — Eail  planing        ....     181 

CHAPTEE  XV. 
SPECIAL  TRACKWORK. 

Open  or  spring  points — Standard  points — Unbroken  main  line 
crossings — Eenewable  plates — Switches — Mechanism  for 
movable  points — Heel  pins — Tongue  heel  adjusters — 
Guard  rails — Spiral  tables  for  curves  and  junctions — 
Special  track  problems  .  .  .  .  .  .  .189 

APPENDIX   A. 
SPECIAL  TRACKWORK  CALCULATIONS. 

APPENDIX   B. 
EOMAPAC  COMPOUND  EAIL. 

INDEX. 
INDEX  TO  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


T.T.C. 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

FIG.  PAGE 

1.  Fractured  and  sunk  concrete  foundations         ...  9 

2.  Settlement  of  fractured  concrete  foundations  ...  10 

3.  Repairs  to  concrete  on  working  line          ....  20 

4.  Total  renewal  of  concrete         ....  .21 

5.  Details  of  track  construction.  Leeds  Tramways        .         .  24 

6.  Method  of  draining  water-logged  sub-soil         ...  26 

7.  Details  of  track  construction.  Manchester  Tramways       .  26 

8.  Details  of  track  construction  on  Guiseley  route,  Leeds    .  27 

9.  Details  of  track  construction,  The  Hague        ...  27 

10.  „                 „                 „                 „                  ...  29 

11.  Details  of  track  construction,  Amsterdam         .                   .  29 
HA.  Section  of  rail,  Amsterdam      ....                  .30 

12.  Details  of  track  construction,  Hull 31 

13.  Details  of  track  construction.  Belle  Vue  Road  section, 

Leeds 33 

14.  Effect  of  ordinary  street  traffic  on  track  paving        .         .  35 

15.  „                     „                   ..                 „                   .         .  35 

16.  Head  of  mil  worn  by  street  traffic  alone  ....  36 

17.  Cheek  wear  due  to  street  traffic 36 

18.  Packing  the  rails  with  cement  and  granite  chippings       .  41 

19.  Rails  prepared  for  pitch  and  granite  packing  ...  47 

20.  The  same  rail  after  the  running  of  pitch  and  oil  grout      .  48 

21.  Hutchinson's  protected  thermometer        ....  50 

22.  Hutchinson's  viscosity  gauge  ......  50 

23.  Method  of  "  floating  "  fine  strong  concrete  above  founda- 

tions and  the  rail  flanges 54 

24.  Rails  in  correct  position  with  perpendiculars  parallel       .  58 

25.  Wheel  and  rail  contact  when  one  rail  is  inclined  from 

vertical        .                           ......  59 

26.  Rail  gauge  showing  both  track  and  tread  gauge       .         .  60 

27.  n                   „                       .  61 

28.  Imperfect  contact  due  to  either  the  M  canting  "  of  the 

rails  or  to  a  twisted  tread 61 

29.  Rails  raised  on  temporary   supports,  anchors  attached, 

and  the  concrete  pads 62 

30.  Ornent  and  chippings  packed  beneath  anchor                   .  63 

31.  Surfacing  rails  in  front  of  concrete  stage          .                  .  64 

32.  Straightening  crow  with  loose  pallets      .  .67 


xii  LIST   OF    ILLUSTRATIONS 

FIG.  PAGE 

33.  Rail  bender  fitted  with  interchangeable  pallets         .         .  67 

34.  Eail  twisted  through  improper  use  of  "  top  "  or  straighten- 

ing crow      ......  68 

35.  Method  of  curving  a  rail 69 

36.  A  rail  canted  on  sharp  curve  through  improper  bending 

and  consequent  poor  wheel  contact     ....  71 

37.  Anchor  attached  by  means  of  wedges       ....  74 

38.  „  „              „              „                ....  75 

39.  An  old  fish-plate  joint  which  had  been  in  service  twelve 

years  and  earned  a  service  of  1,500,000  cars  without 

becoming  battered,  as  shown  by  the  straight  edge        .  77 

40.  Split  web  due  to  sledging  home  a  tightly-fitting  fish  plate  78 

41.  Showing  failure  of  flat  fish-plate      .....  30 

42.  Showing  bad  contact  made  by  defective  bolt  and  nut       .  80 

43.  Excellent  contact  made  by  perfect-fitting  bolt  and  nut    .  81 

44.  Fish-plate  joint  with  lock  plate 82 

45.  Worn  and  twisted  fish  bolts     ......  83 

46.  Double-handed  file  used  for  "  dressing-up"  rail  joints      .  84 

47.  A  flat  on  the  rail  tread,  at  a  joint     .         .         .         ...  85 

48.  Mechanical  joint,  in  wood-paved  track     ....  85 

49.  Rail  with  "  rocking  "  base 86 

50.  Saw-cut  through  complete  fish-plate  and  sole-plate  joint  .  87 

51.  "  Continuous  "  rail  joint  .......  88 

52.  '•  Atlas  v  rail  joint 89 

53.  Badly- battered  mechanical  joint,  as  shown  by  the  straight 

edge "...  90 

54.  Bearing  of  new  tvres  on  old  or  partly  worn  rails     .         .  91 

55.  Section  of  Thermit  weld,  showing  freedom  from  blowholes  95 

56.  Patent  ratchet  file 98 

57.  Operation  of  pre-heating  by  means  of  petrol  after  rails 

and  clamps  have  been  placed  in  position     ...  99 

58.  Underside  of  rail  clamp  for  welding  high  carbon  rails      .  102 

59.  Rail  clamp  on  earner  running  on  the  rail          .         .         .  102 

60.  Simple  welded  Tudor  fish-plate  joint        .         .         .         .104 

61.  Repaired  joint  welded      .......  104 

62.  Joggle  plates 107 

63.  »          „ 107 

64.  Renewable  joint  plates 108 

65.  Acetylene  generator  in  use       ......  109 

66.  Rate  of  rail  wear  on  two  comparatively  new  tracks  .  113 

67.  „  „                „                „               „  113 

68.  Example  of  wear  on  steep  gradients         .         .         .         .115 

69.  Instrument  for  gauging  wear  of  rail         .         .         .         .116 

70.  Comparison  of  wear  on  double  and  single  track  rails         .  117 


LIST    OF    ILLUSTRATIONS  xiii 

FIG.  PAGE 

71.  Showing  loss  of  metal  in  rail  head  due  to  wear  of  street 

traffic .  .  .118 

72.  Examples  of  worn  wheel  tyres         ...  .119 

73.  „              „                „                .                 ...  119 

74.  Group  of  worn  rails  of  various  designs     .         .                   .  120 

75.  Faulty  contact  between  new  rail  and  worn  tyre       .         .  121 

76.  Faulty  contact  between  new  tyre  and  worn  rail       .         .  121 

77.  Showing  broad  wheel  contact  after  48  hours'  service  on 

Leeds  special  rail         .......  122 

78.  Good  contact  between  worn  tyre  and  new  rail         .         .123 

79.  New  tyres  and  rails  at  rest  on  straight  track  .         .         .  124 

80.  New  tyres  and  rails  in  motion  on  straight  track       .         .  124 

81.  Leeds  special  rail  (Holt  registered  design)        .         .         .  125 

82.  B.S  S.  No.  100  bull  head  rail,  inclined  1  in  20  inwards 

from  vertical        ........  128 

83.  B.S.S.  No.  4  girder  rail,  inclined  1  in  80  from  horizontal .  128 

84.  Showing  effect  of  depression  of  check      ....  129 

85.  Sulphur  prints  of  old  low  carbon  rails,  showing  homo- 

geneous structure        .         .         .         .         .         .         .132 

86.  Sulphur  prints  of  high  carbon  rails,  showing  segregations, 

piping,  and  unsoundness      ....                   .  132 

87.  Etched    specimens   high    carbon   basic   Bessemer  rails, 

showing  much  segregation  and  unsoundness        .         .  133 

88.  Defective  rails  taken  from  different  tracks,  illustrating 

faults  found  in  basic  Bessemer  steels  of  "  Standard  " 

quality 134 

89.  Showing  unsoundness  in  open  hearth  steel  rails       .         .  141 

90.  Comparative  wear  of  rails        .         .         .         .         .         .  144 

91.  Diagram  showing  comparative  wear  of  basic  Bessemer 

and  Sandberg  silicon  steel  rails  .....  146 

92.  Etched  section  of  Sandberg  rail 147 

93.  Etched  specimens,  showing  the  difference  in  the  structure 

of  "  Standard  "  quality  steel  and  "  Sandberg  "  steel     .  148 

94.  Wear  of  tramway   rail  entirely  due  to  ordinary  street 

traffic. 153 

95.  Corrosion  of  rail  exposed  to  sea  winds     ....  154 

96.  .Runnels  of  liquid  between  coal  stack  and  rail .         .         .  156 

97.  Corrosion  of  rail  tread  where  liquid  flows  into  groove       .  156 

98.  „                 „                 „                 „                 „                 -  156 

99.  Effect  of  corrosive  liquid  on  a  Sandberg  steel  rail    .         .  157 

100.  Wear  due  to  vehicular  traffic  alongside  of  rail           .         .  159 

101.  Track  pavement  crushed  by  heavy  vehicular  traffic           .  159 

102.  Typical  worn  granite  setts  taken  from  alongside  of  the 

*  rails  160 


xiv  LIST    OF    ILLUSTRATIONS 

FIG.  PAGK 

103.  Typical  worn  granite  setts  taken  from  between  rails        .  160 

104.  Track  paved  with  Bonawe  granite  setts  after  four  years, 

under  heavy  vehicular  traffic        .         .         ;         .         .  164 

105.  Wedge-shaped  setts -.  .       .  164 

106.  Square-dressed  setts      ...         .         .         .         .         .  165 

107.  Nidged  granite  setts  (unpaved)         .         .         .         .         .  165 

108.  Nidged  Bonawe  granite  paving,  Leeds  tramways     .         .  167 

109.  Nidged  granite  setts  (unpaved) 168 

110.  Nidged  Bonawe  granite  sett  paving          ....  168 

111.  Swollen  wood  pavement  caused  by  contraction   of  the 

surface  of  the  blocks  in  hot  weather    ....  169 

11-2.  Wear  on  hard  wood  block  pavement        .          .         .         .170 

113.  „  „           blocks       .         .         .         .         .         .170 

114.  Wear  on  soft  wood  paving       ....  .  171 

115.  „             „           blocks 171 

116.  Procedure  in  ramming  two  courses  of  setts      .         .         .  173 

117.  A  temporary  track  .                  177 

118.  Temporary  track  and  cross-over  on  to  reconstructed  "  out- 

going "  track        ........  178 

119.  An  electric  hopper  wagon,  as  used  on  the  Leeds  tramways  180 

120.  Trapped  drain  boxes 182 

121.  «  Q  Fel "  rail  scraper 183 

122 .  Kail  grinding  machine  used  on  Leeds  tramways      .         .  184 

123.  Bail  grinding  machine     .......  185 

124.  Woods-Gilbert  rail  planing  machine         .         .          .         .186 

125.  Detail  of  points,  design  No.  1 191 

126.  „            „            „     No.  2 192 

127.  „  „            „     No.  3  .         .         .         .         .         .  193 

128.  1  in  5  straight  crossing    .......  195 

129.  Solid  manganese  steel,  ordinary  8  ft.  crossing.         .         .  196 

130.  Iron-bound  crossing,  8  ft.  long,  with   manganese  steel 

renewable  centre         .......  196 

131.  Solid   manganese    steel,    unbroken    main    line    crossing 

(1  in  5) 196 

132.  Crossing  with  unbroken  main  line  .....  197 

133.  Unbroken  main  line  crossing  in  track      .         .  .  197 

134.  Showing  lateral  wear  on  legs  of  curved  crossing  with 

manganese  steel  insert 198 

135.  Manganese  steel  insert  at  toe  of  point     ....  199 

136.  Lorain  tadpole  switch      .         .         .         . '       .         .         .  201 

137.  Three-way  mechanism  for  movable  points        .         .         .  202 

138.  Allen's  three-way  mechanism  for  movable  points     .         .  203 

139.  Allen's  three-way  mechanism  for  connected  movable  points     203 

140.  Section  through  point  heel  showing  tongue  heel  pin        .  205 


LIST    OF   ILLUSTRATIONS  xv 

FIG.  PAGE 

141.  Hadfield's  patent  adjustable  pinless  point  tongue    .         .  206 

142.  Allen's  patent  tongue  heel  adjuster  .....  207 

143.  McKnight's  point  silencer         ......  208 

144.  Guard  rail  designed  by  B.  B.  Holt 209 

145.  Holt's  guard  rail  in  track         .         .         .         .         .         .210 

146.  Lorain  ordinary  and  switch  spirals  Nos.  1,  2,  3        .         .  213 

147.  Illustrating  use  of  spiral  No.  1  in  Table,  Fig.  146    .         .  214 

148.  „             „             „      No.  3        „          Fig.  146    .         .  216 

149.  Single  track  easement  curve    ......  218 

150.  Single  track  easement  curve  with  junction  at  one  end      .  218 

151.  „                  „                  „                  „             both  ends  .  218 

152.  Double  track  easement  curve  showing  widened  clearway 

at  centre ;  218 

153.  Doable  track  easement  curve  wdth  junction  at  one  end    .  219 

154.  Equilateral  loop  end 220 

155.  Cross-over  with  curved  points  and  straight  crossings        .  221 

156.  Lateral  turnout              ,,                   ,,                   ,,                .  221 

157.  Lateral  turnout  with  straight  points  and  crossing    .         .  222 

158.  ,,                 ,,                 ,,                 ,,    curved  crossing  223 

159.  To  set  out  a  simple  curve  from  observed  angle  and  given 

radius           .........  224 

160.  To  find  tangent  length  of  a  curve  of  known  radius  with- 

out using  a  theodolite          ......  225 


FOREWORD 

"WHAT'S  WRONG  WITH  THE  TRACK?" 

So  much  has  been  written  about  tramway  per- 
manent way  during  the  past  ten  years  that  one  might 
feel  tempted  to  apologise  for  again  introducing  this 
subject,  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that,  speaking  generally, 
all  is  not  well  with  the  permanent  way.  The  managers 
of  overburdened  systems  will  aver  that  there  is  nothing 
permanent  about  their  way  but  its  appetite  for 
assimilating  what  would  otherwise  be  handsome 
trading  profits.  One  must  sympathise  with  those 
gentlemen  who  are  struggling  hard  to  meet  the 
expenditure  on  the  maintenance  of  tracks  which  they 
did  not  design,  and  in  the  maintenance  of  which,  in 
many  cases,  they  have  no  say.  It  is  truly  a  case  of 
bearing  the  other  man's  burden. 

Engineers  and  managers  throughout  the  country  will 
tell  you  that  they  have  spared  no  expense  to  secure  a 
really  permanent  way ;  every  modern  improvement 
has  been  tried,  and  yet  one  regrets  to  relate  that  the 
report  from  many  of  the  sources — too  many — is  that  the 
cost  of  maintenance  is  still  high,  and  shows  an  alarming 
tendency  to  increase  each  successive  year.  It  cannot 
be  wondered  at,  therefore,  that  these  people  are  all 
unanimous  in  their  condemnation  of  the  "  rigid  "  form 
of  construction,  attributing  to  it  all  the  evils  the  track 
is  heir  to.  It  is  frequently  stated  that  the  rigid  form 
of  construction  has  been  proved  to  be  unsatisfactory. 
It  has  also  been  alleged  that  the  rigid  form  of  con- 
struction has  a  deleterious  effect  upon  the  rolling  stock, 

T.T.C.  B 


2  FOREWORD 

one  writer  having  gone  so  far  as  to  assert  that  "  the 
rigidity  of  the  track  has  shortened  the  life  of  the  rolling 
stock  to  such  an  extent  that  tramway  cars,  for  this 
reason,  have  only  one  quarter  the  life  of  railway 
coaches."  Such  a  sweeping  statement  would  obviously 
not  bear  critical  analysis,  even  if  the  railway  coach  and 
the  tramway  car  were  at  all  comparable.  There  is 
obviously  a  vast  difference  between  the  work  performed 
by  the  fast,  but  regular  travelling,  drawn  bogie  coach,, 
running  on  easy  grades  and  curves,  and  the  work  done 
by  the  driven  tramway  car,  particularly  of  the  single- 
truck  type,  travelling  as  it  does  over  routes  through 
tortuous  streets,  with  cambered  tracks,  steep  grades, 
and  sharp  curves ;  to  which  must  be  added  the 
enormous  strain  caused  by  constant  use  of  powerful 
brakes  on  grades,  at  stopping  places,  and  in  avoiding 
collision  with  the  ordinary  vehicular  traffic.  It  may  be 
readily  admitted  that  imperfections  of  the  track  are  the 
cause  of  a  considerable  amount  of  damage  to,  and 
expenditure  on,  the  rolling  stock ;  but  this  is  by  no 
means  due  to  the  rigidity  of  the  track ;  but  to  the 
failure  of  those  responsible  for  its  construction  and 
maintenance  to  obtain  a  rigid  track.  It  is  the  looseness, 
and  irregularities  in  the  track  that  damage  the  rolling 
stock  and  in  turn  react  through  the  car  upon  the  track 
itself. 

It  must  be  granted  that  where  the  subsoil  renders  it 
possible  to  lay  a  flexible  track,  such  a  method  of  con- 
struction would  be  in  many  ways  superior  to  the  rigid 
form  of  construction  ;  but  it  must  be  borne  in  mind 
that  the  subsoil  and  local  conditions  and  the  require- 
ments of  the  vehicular  traffic  in  this  country  in  regard 
to  the  surface  of  the  paving,  in  addition  to  third  party 
risks,  are  such,  in  the  majority  of  places,  as  to  prohibit 
the  use  of  a  flexible  track.  The  rigid  method  of  con- 
struction in  one  form  or  another  is  the  standard  form 


FOREWORD  X 

for  this  country  ;  but  it  is  by  no  means  a  failure,  and 
tracks  have  been  and  are  being  constructed  on  rigid 
lines  on  which  the  expenditure  on  maintenance  has 
been  reduced  to  a  minimum. 

To  parody  a  recent  literary  catch  phrase,  "  What's 
wrong  with  the  track?"  There  are  usually  three 
things  wrong  with  a  defective  track.  (1)  Either  the 
design  was  unsuitable  for  the  locality,  or  (2)  the 
materials  were  defective  in  quality  or  application,  or 
(thirdly  and  generally)  the  supervision  of  the  construc- 
tion and  maintenance  has  been  inadequate  and 
defective.  The  supervision  of  track  construction  is  an 
almost  unknown  art,  and  the  lack  of  it  is  responsible 
for  most  of  the  present  day  track  troubles. 

A  track  may  have  been  well  and  suitably  designed, 
the  materials  and  workmanship  may  have  been  the  best 
procurable,  and  still  the  track  may  fail  to  sustain  the 
burden  of  the  frequent  service  of  heavily-laden,  high- 
speed tramway  cars  without  correspondingly  heavy 
maintenance  charges. 

It  is  not  intended  to  reHect  upon  the  skill  and 
professional  integrity  of  the  engineers  responsible  for 
the  work ;  but  the  fact  remains  that  much  of  the 
tramway  permanent  way  in  this  country  has  been 
constructed  by  engineers  and  contractors  who,  although 
skilled  in  the  construction  of  roads  and  paved  streets, 
had  nevertheless  little  or  no  experience  in  the  require- 
ments of  a  modern  electric  tramway  track,  whilst  their 
knowledge  of  track  maintenance  was  nil.  Knowledge 
of  track  construction  was  never  acquired  in  the  drawing 
office,  nor  in  the  actual  construction  of  new  track  work 
alone.  The  actual  requirements  for  first-class  work  are 
only  to  be  found  during  a  daily  and  almost  hourly 
attention  to  the  maintenance  of  an  existing  track.  It 
is  only  by  the  constant  observation  of  the  phenomena 
of  track  movements  that  the  cause  of  track  troubles 


4  FOREWORD 

can  be  traced.  It  has  been  declared  that  "  any 
competent  street  contractor  can  lay  a  tramway  track  ; 
that  the  work  presents  no  difficulties  ;  that  it  consists 
merely  in  laying  two  steel  rails  above  a  bed  of  concrete, 
packing  the  same,  and  finally  paving  up  in  the  usual 
manner."  This  is,  of  course,  quite  true,  but  these  are 
the  tracks  that  very  soon  "  speak  back  to  you,"  to 
borrow  the  expressive  phrase  of  one  of  our  prominent 
tramwray  managers.  The  same  applies  to  the  super- 
vision— no  expense  has  been  spared  in  providing 
assistant  engineers,  foremen,  and  gangers — the  surveys 
and  levels  may  have  been  accurately  prepared,  and  the 
curves  well  set  out,  and  each  of  the  gangs  well 
watched  ;  but  the  whole  has  been  spoiled  by  the  lack 
of  knowledge  of  maintenance  and  of  the  subsequent 
behaviour  of  the  track  in  operation.  Here,  then,  is 
the  chief  cause  of  high  expenditure  on  maintenance, 
and  the  pity  of  it  all  is  that  these  men  may  continue 
to  lay  track  after  track  without  ever  gaining  any 
knowledge  of  the  working  conditions  of  the  track 
beyond  what  they  see  during  the  ridiculously  short 
period  of  maintenance.  They  undoubtedly  become 
adepts  at  quick  construction,  but  they  are  unaware  of 
incipient  flaws  in  their  work,  which  are  certain  to 
develop  to  an  amazing  extent  long  after  they  have 
completed  the  work. 

There  is  no  question  of  the  work  having  been 
scamped  ;  but  there  are  a  hundred  and  one  small  items 
which  require  constant  attention  if  the  rigid  form  of 
construction  is  to  be  made  a  success  from  a  maintenance 
point  of  view.  The  cause  of  the  present  day  track 
troubles  lies  not  in  the  rigid  method  of  construction, 
but  in  the  failure  of  those  responsible  for  the  construc- 
tion of  the  track  to  lay  a  rigid  track. 

It  is  not  intended  in  these  pages  to  review-  the 
various  methods  of  track  construction  which  have  been 


FOREWORD  .5 

adopted  in  this  country  since  the  advent  of  electric 
traction.  Such  a  review  would  no  doubt  be  interesting 
from  an  historical  point  of  view,  but  it  would  not  serve 
the  present  purpose,  which  is  to  deal  with  the  construc- 
tion and  maintenance  of  tramway  track  in  a  practical 
manner  in  the  hope  that  it  may  be  of  some  little  service 
to  tracksmen  and  tramway  men  generally. 


Tramway  Track  Construction 
and  Maintenance 


CHAPTER   I. 

CONCRETE     FOUNDATIONS. 

MANY  engineers  cherish  the  belief  that  their  tracks 
have  at  least  one  permanent  feature  in  the  concrete 
foundation.  It  is  regrettable,  but  inevitable,  that  the 
majority  of  those  holding  this  belief  will  be  disillusioned 
when  they  have  to  reconstruct.  The  platitude, 
"  concrete  foundations  may  be  said  to  be  good  for  all 
time,"  will  no  longer  be  of  service  to  writers  on  tram- 
way permanent  way.  Much  of  the  trouble  experienced 
in  regard  to  loose  rails  and  paving  is  attributable  to 
defective  concrete  foundations.  On  many  tramway 
tracks  which  have  been  reconstructed  during  the  past 
few  years,  it  has  been  found  that  a  considerable  amount 
of  the  concrete  is  fractured  beneath  or  near  to  the  rails 
and  longitudinally  with  them.  Figs.  1  and  2  illustrate 
particularly  bad  examples  of  fractured  concrete.  In 
both  these  instances  the  concrete  has  failed  to  support 
the  load,  and  in  Fig.  1  the  fractured  portion  has  sub- 
sided with  the  filling  of  a  sewer  trench.  The  same 
result  has  occurred  in  Fig.  2,  except  that  the  concrete 
has  followed  the  subsidence  due  to  a  "  wash  out " 
caused  by  spring  water  working  beneath  the  track. 
Fig.  2  shows  clearly  that  the  rails  on  this  track  were 
above  the  shattered  and  sunken  foundation,  in  fact  they 


8     TRAMWAY    TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

were  supported  upon  mounds  of  packing  in  layers, 
indicating  that  the  track  had  been  raised  several  times, 
and  that  each  time  there  had  been  sufficient  space 
between  the  rail  flanges  and  the  old  packing  when  the 
rails  were  lifted  to  insert  the  new  packing.  It  is 
obvious  that  there  is  but  one  thing  to  do  with  such 
cases  of  fractured  concrete  foundations  as  those  shown 
in  Figs.  1  and  2,  and  that  is  to  take  them  up  and  replace 
them. 

Of  course  these  are  bad  examples,  but  no  fractures, 
however  small  and  indistinct,  can  be  neglected  during 
the  reconstruction  of  the  track  ;  they  must  be  traced, 
cut  out,  and  the  concrete  renewed  in  wide  trenches. 
As  previously  stated,  such  fractures  generally  occur 
beneath  or  near  to  the  rails,  and  are  not  discernible 
until  the  rails  have  been  removed ;  but  they  will 
frequently  be  found  to  occur  where  the  track  has 
previously  required  much  attention  in  the  way  of 
"  patching." 

In  addition  to  the  larger  fractures,  the  more  pro- 
nounced of  the  finer  cracks  referred  to  may  be  clearly 
seen  in  Fig.  1.  There  are  several  reasons  for  these 
fractures.  In  the  first  place,  on  almost  every  tramway 
system,  everything  was  sacrificed  for  speed  in  con- 
struction, so  as  not  to  inconvenience  the  general  public. 
This  led  to  (1)  hurried  mixing  of  the  concrete,  (2)  careless 
watering,  and  (3)  either  the  cars  or  vehicular  traffic 
were  permitted  to  run  over  the  new  work  before  the 
concrete  had  had  reasonable  time  to  mature. 

Upon  examination,  many  of  the  old  concrete  foun- 
dations show  signs  of  being  short  of  cement  in  some 
places  and  possessing  too  much  in  others.  This  fact 
is  eloquent  of  the  method  adopted  in  mixing  the  mass  ; 
one  can  almost  picture  the  banker,  and  the  material 
being  turned  over  "  twice  dry  and  twice  wet,"  a  man 
with  a  'bucket  sluicing  a  plentiful  supply  of  water  over 


CONCRETE  FOUNDATIONS 


T.T.C. 


10     TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

the  whole,  and  the  wet  cement  flowing  off'  the  stage 
on  all  sides.  This  is  wrhat  undoubtedly  occurred,  and 
the  result  is  evident  in  the  concrete  referred  to.  Most 
of  the  cement  was  precipitated,  and  some  of  the 


Fig.   2.— Showing  Settlement  of  Fractured  Concrete  Foundations. 

aggregate  at  the  bottom  got  more  than  its  share  of 
the  matrix,  and  the  remainder  simply  got  a  covering 
of  cementy  water. 

In  order  to  avoid  a  recurrence  of  such  costly  defects 
the  following  method  of  mixing  the  concrete  has  been 
adopted  on  the  Leeds  and  other  tramways,  which  has 


CONCRETE    FOUNDATIONS  11 

the  advantage  of  being  simple,  and  effectually  preventing 
over  watering  :  The  cement  and  sand  are  first  of  all 
mixed  dry  on  a  stage  having  sides  about  4  in.  high, 
and  are  then  spread  round  the  stage  in  the  form  of 
a  basin,  water  is  added,  and  the  mixture  is  turned  over 
until  a  plastic  mass  of  the  nature  of  floating  or  mortar 
is  prepared,  and  spread  over  the  stage.  No  further 
water  is  used,  and  the  broken  stone,  having  been 
previously  wetted,  is  spread  over  the  composition  in 
a  layer,  and  then  the  whole  mass  is  turned  over  twice, 
and  thoroughly  incorporated  before  being  laid  in  the 
bed.  It  takes  very  little  more  time  to  mix  the  concrete 
in  this  manner,  and  the  results  will  certainly  justify 
the  extra  cost  of  the  work.  Without  doubt  many 
fractures  have  been  caused  by  the  unloading  and 
handling  of  rails  upon  concrete  which  is  merely  hard 
enough  to  walk  on,  and  this  consideration  alone  ought 
to  settle  finally  the  question  as  to  whether  the  concrete 
should  be  laid  before  the  rails  or  afterwards.  When 
the  concrete  is  laid  before  the  rails  it  is  practically 
impossible  to  maintain  a  uniform  space  between  the 
rails  and  the  concrete  foundation  for  the  packing.  In 
such  cases  the  interspace  varies  between  2J  in.  and 
actual  contact  with  the  rail  flange,  and  it  is  obvious 
that  where  the  concrete  is  close  up  to  the  rail  flange 
it  cannot  be  packed  solidly.  In  such  cases  cement 
grout  has  been  run  beneath  the  flanges,  but  such  a 
procedure  cannot  be  condemned  too  strongly.  One 
can  never  be  certain  that  the  grout  has  entirely  filled 
up  the  voids.  This  can  be  clearly  seen  when  the 
tracks  are  being  reconstructed,  and,  again,  at  the  best 
it  is  but  a  thin  layer  of  material  between  the  hammer 
and  the  anvil,  as  it  were,  which  is  liable  to  crack  and 
become  pulverised.  There  is  a  most  important  reason 
for  maintaining  a  uniform  space  between  the  rail  and 
the  concrete,  which  has  a  direct  bearing  upon  the 


12     TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

subsequent  renewals,  for  which  provision  should  he 
made,  as  hereafter  described. 

Another  method  of  laying  the  concrete  consists  of 
laying  the  rails  to  their  true  levels  first,  and  then 
ramming  the  concrete  round  the  base  of  the  rail. 
This  method  is  not  recommended,  for  unless  the 
greatest  care  is  taken  in  the  mixing  and  laying  of  the 
concrete  it  is  liable  to  "  sag "  or  settle  away  from  the 
rail  base,  writh  the  usual  result — springing  rails  and 
loose  paving.  Then,  again,  whilst  the  concrete  is 
setting,  the  rails,  being  exposed,  are  liable  to  leave  the 
surface  of  the  concrete,  and  there  is  no  other  means 
of  rebedding  the  rails  except  by  means  of  cement  grout, 
wrhich,  as  before  mentioned,  is  not  suitable  for  this 
work.  Repairs  are  very  difficult  to  carry  out  satis- 
factorily without  lifting  the  rails,  and  it  will  be  found 
impossible  to  relay  the  track  without  raising  the  level 
somewhat  above  the  original  levels. 

In  the  first  place  the  new  rails  will  not  lie  upon  the 
surface  of  the  old  concrete,  owing  to  the  inequalities 
of  the  old  and  new  rail  flanges,  so  that  either  packing 
or  grouting  will  have  to  be  resorted  to  in  order  to  bed 
down  the  rails.  This  will,  of  course,  lift  the  rail  above- 
its  former  level  when  new ;  and  as  the  adjoining 
paving  surface  will  have  worn  down,  as  subsequently 
described,  at  least  half  an  inch,  it  is  clear  that  there 
will  be  considerable  expenditure  upon  repaying  the 
sides  of  the  road  to  bring  them  up  to.  the  new  levels. 

Experience  on  many  systems  indicates  clearly  that 
the  proper  procedure  is  to  lay  the  rails  first  and  the 
concrete  afterwards,  and  that  it  is  imperative  that 
sufficient  space  should  be  left  between  the  rails  and 
the  concrete  to  permit  of  the  packing  being  reduced 
in  thickness  without  affecting  its  efficiency  when  the 
track  is  relaid. 


CHAPTER   II. 

CONCRETE    MATERIALS. 

THE  materials  for  track  concrete  have  not  always 
received  the  consideration  to  which  they  are  entitled. 
In  some  instances  a  heterogeneous  collection  of  building 
debris,  consisting  of  soft  brickbats,  hard  broken  mortar, 
clinker  from  doubtful  sources,  and  soft  local  sandstone, 
has  been  used,  and  the  results  may  be  more  readily 
imagined  than  explained.  Where  the  track  is  being 
constructed  along  a  macadamised  roadway  formed  witli 
granite,  whinstone,  or  limestone,  no  better  concreting 
materials  could  be  desired  than  the  screened  metal. 

Some  engineers  have  considered  that  the  road  metal 
was  too  good  for  concreting  purposes,  and  it  has  been 
removed  and  utilised  to  coat  other  macadam  roads  and 
incidentally  to  reduce  another  department's  expendi- 
ture, whilst  old  flags,  bricks,  and  soft  local  stone, 
broken  to  a  suitable  size,  have  been  substituted.  Of 
all  concretes,  that  for  track  foundations,  not  being  of 
great  thickness,  should  have  the  best  and  strongest 
materials  for  the  aggregate.  Old  flags,  bricks,  and 
sandstone  may  be  good  enough  for  some  concretes, 
but  they  are  far  from  possessing  sufficient  strength  to 
withstand  the  severe  rolling  stresses  set  up  by  modern 
heavy  tramway  services  and,  in  addition,  the  ever- 
increasing  weights  of  heavy  motor  and  other  vehicles. 
Such  concretes  are  the  first  to  fracture,  owing  to  the 
aggregate  not  possessing  the  same  strength  as  the 
matrix.  It  is  equivalent  to  having  a  honeycombed 
foundation. 

Water  worn  gravel  is  not  so  suitable  as  the  hard 
broken  metal  of  triangular  shape.  The  pebbles  are 


14     TRAMWAY    TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

smooth  and  rounded  and  the  cement  does  not  adhere 
so  closely  to  them.  They  do  not  bed  closely  together, 
so  that  more  cement  is  used  than  is  actually  required 
to  produce  a  concrete  of  equal  strength. 

The  question  of  sand  for  concreting  purposes  is  a 
momentous  one,  for  the  concrete  may  he  ruined  by 
the  use  of  an  inferior  or  unsuitable  sand.  There  is 
a  great  divergence  of  opinion  as  to  the  effect  of  loam 
in  sand,  one  authority  having  stated  that  sand  con- 
taining up  to  20  per  cent,  of  loam  may  be  used  without 
diminishing  the  strength  of  the  concrete.  This  may 
or  may  not  be  the  case,  but  there  is  riot  sufficient 
depth  in  track  concrete  to  take  any  risks  in  this 
direction.  In  many  inland  towns  the  local  pit  and 
river  sands  contain  such  an  excess  of  loam  as  to  render 
them  unfit  for  track  concreting  purposes,  unless  they 
have  been  thoroughly  washed.  The  washing  of  sand 
is  a  troublesome  and  expensive  operation,  and  the  cost 
of  the  sand  itself  in  such  towns  is  very  considerable. 
In  Leeds  the  "  clinker  sand  "  prepared  at  the  local 
refuse  destructors  is  used  for  concreting  purposes  with 
excellent  results.  Only  the  hard  blocks  of  hand-picked 
clinker  from  the  ashpit  refuse  are  used.  These  are 
crushed  in  rotary  crushers  having  perforated  pans  for  the 
required  grades  of  the  material.  The  table  on  page  15 
shows  the  average  strength  of  various  concrete  sands 
tested  by  the  Leeds  City  Tramways  staff. 

The  Leeds  clinker  sand  has  been  used  for  concreting 
purposes  for  about  five  years,  and  has  given  the 
greatest  satisfaction.  It  is  uniform  in  quality  and 
strength,  and  is  about  50  per  cent,  cheaper  than  the 
ordinary  local  sand  which,  as  will  be  seen  in  the  follow- 
ing table,  is  of  inferior  strength.  The  screenings  from 
the  macadam  should  not  be  used  instead  of  sand  for 
the  concrete  foundations,  as  there  is  not  always  the 
opportunity  for  testing  it.  This  material  may,  however, 


CONCRETE    MATERIALS 


15 


be  used  for  the  floating,  bedding,  or  grouting,  or  in 
such  places  where  it  is  not  subjected  to  carrying  heavy 
loads. 


Concrete  test,  30  days.     Size  of  specimen,  2  ft.  0  in.  X  2  ft.  0  in.  X  4  in. 
Concentrated  load  gradually  applied. 


Breaking 

Weight  per  ; 
cubic  ft. 

weight. 

sand. 

Local  sand          .... 

1  ,477  Iks. 

78  llis. 

1  Prepared  with 

Clokea    Extension    Co.    (Leeds) 

Portland 

screened  minion  (slag)    . 

4,770    ,, 

•59     „ 

*  cement  in  the 

Leeds  Destructor  clinker  sand    . 

.5,123    „ 

7<;  .„ 

1  proportion  of 

Crushed  gasworks  retort  lining  . 

(>,()00    ,, 

74    ,,                    1-1. 

Excellent  results  have  been  obtained  in  Leeds  from 
the  addition  of  "  trass  '  to  the  aggregate.  Trass,  or 
puzzolana,  is  a  ground  rock  of  igneous  origin,  found 
largely  in  Germany  and  Italy.  It  is  claimed  for  it 
that  it  creates  a  flexible  crystal  in  the  concrete,  and 
tests  certainly  show  that  concrete  made  with  trass  as 
a  constituent  will  bend  considerably  before  breaking, 
which  is  an  advantage  on  tramway  tracks  which  are 
subjected  to  suddenly  applied  loads.  Its  chief  feature 
is  that  it  causes  the  concrete  to  set  from  the  centre  of 
the  mass  and  effectually  prevents  the  rapid  setting  of 
the  outsides,  which  delays  the  setting  of  the  whole  and 
gives  a  false  impression  of  strength.  Concrete  made 
with  trass  appears  to  take  somewhat  longer  to  set,  but 
when  it  is  hard  enough  to  walk  on  it  may  be  taken 
for  granted  that  it  is  of  the  same  degree  of  hardness 
throughout.  Trass  concretes  are  considerably  stronger 
than  ordinary  concretes  after  a  few  months'  setting  ;  in 
fact  a  concrete  of  cement,  trass,  sand  and  broken  stone 
7  of  stone,  1  trass,  2  sand  to  1  cement  can  be  made 
equal  in  strength  to  the  ordinary  4 — 2—1  concretes. 

In  preparing  and  laying  the  concrete  foundation  it  is 


10     TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

necessary  that  a  skilled  man  should  be  in  constant 
attendance  on  each  banker,  and  every  shovelful  of  con- 
crete should  be  inspected  as  it  is  thrown  into  the  bed. 
The  concrete  in  the  track  must  be  well  solidified  and 
shovel-chopped  by  two  u  layers  "  standing  in  the  bed  ; 
these  men  will  shovel  the  material  off  the  banker  and 
lay  it  beneath  the  rails.  These  men  must  shape  the 
bed  and  prevent  the  formation  of  voids  by  beating  down 
the  concrete.  They  must  also  maintain  a  uniform 
space  beneath  the  rails  for  the  packing.  The  material 
must  be  well  rammed  round  the  anchors  so  as  to  ensure 
a  perfect  hold  in  the  concrete. 

Concrete  is  frequently  damaged  before  it  has  set,  in 
several  ways,  e.g.,  during  the  ordinary  changes  of  tem- 
perature between  day  and  night  the  rails  will  expand 
and  contract,  and  if  the  anchors  are  fixed  permanently 
they  will  be  drawn  through  the  soft  concrete,  causing 
local  fractures  which  are  sure  to  develop  in  course  of 
time.  The  concrete  must  be  carefully  examined  near 
all  anchors,  which  should  not  be  bolted  on  but  attached 
by  means  of  clips  or  wedges,  so  that  they  may  be  fitted 
in  loosely,  thus  allowing  a  certain  amount  of  movement 
to  take  place  in  the  rail  without  disturbing  the  concrete, 
and  all  fractures  must  be  carefully  grouted  with  liquid 
cement,  and  the  anchor  wedges  should  not  be  driven 
home  until  the  concrete  is  quite  hard.  Great  care 
should  be  taken  during  the  hot  weather  to  prevent  the 
concrete  from  setting  on  the  surface  too  quickly,  rapid 
setting  being  the  cause  of  surface  cracks  which  are  likely 
to  develop  considerably. 

On  small  jobs  it  may  be  possible  to  cover  the  new 
concrete  with  wet  sacking,  as  recommended  by  some 
authorities,  but  it  is  obvious  that  the  cost  of  providing 
sacking  or  matting  would  be  prohibitive  on  a  job  of  any 
size.  Surface  fractures  may  be  prevented  by  damping 
the  surface  from  time  to  time  with  a  watering  can. 


CONCRETE    MATERIALS  17 

Every  effort  must  be  made  to  prevent  foot  passengers 
and  the  workmen  from  walking  on  the  concrete  before 
it  has  become  thoroughly  set.  Trampling  on  the  new 
thin  layer  of  concrete  has  a  very  bad  effect,  and  in  addi- 
tion to  retarding  the  setting,  it  is  the  cause  of  many 
cases  of  fracture,  boot  marks  being  clearly  discernible 
on  examining  some  fractured  foundations. 

Track  concrete  should  not  be  laid  when  it  is  actually 
freezing,  although  it  may  be  laid  safely  enough  during  the 
winter  months  if  sufficient  care  is  taken  to  cover  up  the 
concrete  as  soon  as  it  begins  to  turn  towards  frost  in  the 
late  afternoon.  Thick  bass  mats  and  cement  bags  may 
be  used  for  this  purpose,  provided  they  are  not  in  con- 
tact with  the  concrete  itself.  A  space  of  at  least  3  in. 
should  be  kept  between  the  cover  and  the  concrete  for 
the  circulation  of  air.  This  may  be  done  by  placing 
planks  on  the  tie-bars,  and  laying  the  mats  across  the 
top  of  the  rails  and  planks. 


T.T.C. 


CHAPTER    III. 

REPAIRS    TO    CONCRETE    FOUNDATIONS. 

A  CONSIDERABLE  amount  of  the  expenditure  on  track 
maintenance  is  due  to  fractured  foundations.  It  may 
have  been  observed  that  tracks  require  repairs  at  the 
same  place  time  after  time.  In  fact,  given  the  same 
climatic  conditions,  the  length  of  time  the  repaired 
portion  will  stand  before  it  again  requires  attention  may 
almost  be  calculated  to  a  nicety.  It  is  evident  from  the 
regularity  of  the  repairs  required  at  such  places  that 
there  is  a  definite  cause  for  the  recurrence,  and  yet  it  is 
really  painful  to  witness  the  endless  patch,  patch  of  the 
track  at  such  places.  The  cause  of  the  defect  appears  to 
be  of  little  moment  in  the  majority  of  cases,  there  is  no 
investigation,  the  rails  are  simply  said  to  be  "  springing," 
and  the  sunken  or  loose  rails  are  automatically  repaired 
in  due  course  ;  the  rails  being  repacked  and  the  paving 
reinstated  at  very  considerable  expense.  Much  surprise 
is  evinced  that  the  rails  work  loose  again  in  a  very  short 
time. 

It  is  not  until  the  track  has  been  "  patched  "  several 
times  that  any  particular  attention  is  given  to  the  case, 
and  as  often  as  not  the  significance  of  the  repeated 
repairs  at  the  same  place  is  lost  sight  of.  Indeed,  in 
many  instances  it  is  questionable  whether  it  is  really 
noticed  ;  but  in  cases  where  the  recurrence  has  been 
observed,  it  is  seldom  that  any  attempt  is  made  to  locate 
the  source  of  the  trouble.  Usually  recourse  is  made  to 
anchoring,  and  when  this  fails  likewise  to  remedy  the 
defect  the  blame  is  laid  upon  the  rigid  method  of  con- 
struction. One  authority  on  track  construction  has 


REPAIRS  TO  CONCRETE  FOUNDATIONS     19 

even  admitted  his  inability  to  lay  a  sound  track  in 
stating  that  the  "  setts  should  be  laid  with  wide  joints, 
so  as  to  facilitate  the  repairs  to  the  track  which  are 
inevitable." 

And,  still,  if  a  little  thought  is  brought  to  bear  upon 
the  matter,  it  should  not  be  difficult  to  trace  the  cause 
of  the  defect.  There  is  nearly  always  a  simple  solution 
for  most  phenomena,  and  so  there  is  in  this  case.  It 
may  be  taken  for  granted,  where  a  track  requires  repairs 
from  time  to  time  at  comparatively  short  intervals  at 
the  same  place,  that  there  is  some  defect  in  the  founda- 
tion. The  cause  is  simple,  but  it  is  not  always  easy  to 
detect  flaws  in  the  concrete ;  indeed,  in  many  cases  the 
fractures  are  barely  visible,  but  it  is  these  innocent- 
looking  fine  hair  fractures  which  cause  the  trouble,  and, 
of  course,  they  do  not  become  any  less,  but  develop 
rapidly.  As  has  been  stated  previously,  these  fractures 
are  either  beneath  the  rail  or  near  to  it,  and  run  longi- 
tudinally with  it.  In  Leeds,  on  reconstruction  work,  it 
was  not  at  first  thought  necessary  to  deal  with  these 
finer  fractures,  it  being  thought  that  they  could  not 
have  much  effect  upon  the  track,  and,  in  addition,  it  was 
considered  that  the  new  concrete  which  would  have  to 
be  put  in  would  in  all  probability  fracture  through 
having  to  carry  the  load  before  it  had  had  sufficient 
time  to  set  properly.  So  that  on  a  few  of  the  first 
renewals  the  worst  fractures  only  were  cut  out,  but 
careful  observations  were  taken  of  the  positions  of  a 
number  of  the  more  indefinite  flaws,  and  it  is  worthy  of 
note  that  at  a  later  date  repairs  had  to  be  executed  at 
these  very  places.  At  the  first  sign  of  movement  in  the 
rails  the  paving  was  removed,  and  the  concrete  was 
excavated  along  the  line  of  fracture.  A  trench,  18  in. 
wide,  was  excavated  beneath  the  rail,  and  the  rail  was 
supported  at  frequent  intervals  by  means  of  old  fish 
plates  and  sole  plates,  laid  transversely  beneath  the  rail. 


20     TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

In  cases  where  the  length  of  the  foundation  to  be 
repaired  is  of  no  great  extent  the  concrete  may  be  cut 
out  and  replaced  without  much  trouble.  The  fracture 
may  be  beneath  one  rail  only,  and  it  is  thus  necessary 


Fig.  tf.- — 1'artial  Repairs  to  Concrete  on  Working  Line. 

only  to  excavate  about  18  in.  of  the  paving  on  each  side 
of  the  rail,  and  the  concrete  beneath  it.  The  rail  should 
be  bared  for  some  little  distance  back  on  either  end  so 
as  to  permit  of  the  rail  being  raised  slightly.  No 
special  supports  are  required  for  this  purpose  ;  a  few  old 


REPAIRS  TO  CONCRETE  FOUNDATIONS    21 

24  in.  fish  plates  or  sole  plates  will  answer  the  purpose 
admirably  if  placed  across  the  trench  at  about  5  ft. 
intervals,  it  only  being  necessary  to  prevent  the  deflect- 
ing rail  from  coming  into  contact  with  the  new  concrete. 
It  has  been  found  advisable  to  insert  a  foot  of  con- 
crete in  such  places  prepared  with  quick-setting  Portland 
cement,  which  is  now  easily  obtained  from  the  leading 
manufacturers.  The  concrete  should  be  allowed  at 
least  two  or  three  full  days  to  set  before  the  supports 


Fig.  4. — Total  Renewal  of  Concrete. 

are  withdrawn  and  the  rail  is  repacked  ;  unless  the  sub- 
soil is  of  a  very  treacherous  nature,  the  above  remedy 
will  be  found  to  be  satisfactory,  if  properly  executed. 

The  repairs  to  the  concrete  foundation  during  the 
reconstruction  of  the  track  are  easily  and  readily  carried 
out  where  the  streets  are  wide  and  it  is  possible  either 
to  lay  a  temporary  track  or  to  operate  a  portion  of  a 
double  line  as  a  single  track  for  the  time  being  by  insert- 
ing temporary  loop  ends.  But  it  is  not  always  possible 
to  do  this,  and  other  expedients  have  to  be  devised.  In 


22     TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

the  case  where  the  road  is  too  narrow  to  permit  the  use 
of  a  temporary  track  and  the  car  service  is  too  impor- 
tant to  be  interfered  with,  the  concrete  may  be  relaid 
where  necessary  before  the  old  rails  are  removed,  as 
shown  in  Figs.  3  and  4.  In  these  cases  the  paving  has 
been  removed  and  the  rails  have  been  raised  above  the 
original  levels  by  the  insertion  of  small  channel  irons, 
which  act  as  bridges  when  the  defective  concrete  has 
been  removed.  The  whole  of  the  work  may  thus  be 
carried  out  whilst  the  track  is  in  operation.  The  new 
concrete  is  inserted  to  within  about  an  inch  of  the  under- 
side of  the  supports  and  is  allowed  two  or  three  days  to 
set,  the  old  rails  are  then  removed  by  the  night  gang 
and  new  rails  are  inserted  the  same  night.  The  new 
track  is  packed  the  next  day,  and  so  the  work  proceeds 
without  interrupting  the  car  service.  It  might  be 
imagined  that  such  tracks  will  ultimately  require  much 
attention  in  the  way  of  repairs ;  but  such  is  not  the 
case.  Providing  the  concrete  is  carefully  mixed  and 
only  the  best  cement  and  aggregate  are  used,  and 
means  are  taken  to  prevent  the  newr  concrete  from 
being  trampled  on,  quite  satisfactory  results  may  be 
obtained. 


CHAPTER    IV. 

TRACK    DESIGN. 

TAKEN  as  a  whole,  British  tramway  permanent 
way  cannot  he  said  to  have  been  too  well  designed. 
In  fact,  there  has  been  far  too  much  of  the  "  follow 
my  leader"  policy  instead  of  close  attention  being 
given  to  the  peculiar  requirements  of  each  system. 
An  examination  of  the  tramways  in  this  country  will 
reveal  clearly  that  a  design  which  has  proved  quite 
satisfactory  in  one  district  may  fail  completely  in 
another  locality.  From  this  it  is  obvious  that  particu- 
lar consideration  should  be  bestowed  upon  the  local 
conditions  and  service  requirements.  The  more  impor- 
tant of  the  local  conditions  are  the  sub -soil  and  the 
weight  and  density  of  the  vehicular  traffic,  whilst  the 
chief  items  to  be  taken  into  account  in  connection  with 
the  car  service  are  the  speed  and  weight  of  the  cars  and 
the  frequency  of  the  service. 

In  regard  to  the  sub- soil,  it  may  be  mentioned  that 
much  of  the  trouble  experienced  with  the  track  in  many 
places  is  due  to  the  action  of  sub-soil  water  beneath  the 
concrete  foundation.  Where  the  ground  is  wet  and 
clayey  and  does  not  drain  readily,  it  is  advisable  to  lay 
the  concrete  across  the  entire  width  of  the  track  as 
shown  in  Figs.  5,  and  in  places  where  the  ground  is 
water-logged  it  is  necessary  that  the  sub-soil  should  be 
drained.  Figs.  6  show  the  method  of  draining  a  track 
laid  in  a  roadway  across  a  moor.  This  track  had  always 
caused  a  considerable  amount  of  trouble,  for  in  the  first 
place  the  road  was  cut  through  the  water-bearing  strata 
and  interfered  with  the  natural  watershed,  with  the 


24    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


Oui 


ss 


t. 

\z  2 


o  S 


.. 

i-6,'. 


TRACK   DESIGN  25 

result  that  the  concrete  became  undermined  and  finally 
fractured.  The  track  was  relaid  a  second  time  with  pre- 
cisely the  same  results,  arid  finally  heroic  measures  were 
adopted,  the  entire  track  was  taken  up,  a  foot  of  the 
sub-soil  (soft  yellow  clay)  was  removed,  and  a  sub-soil 
drain  was  laid  as  shown  in  Fig.  6.  A  bed  of  engine 
ashes  12  in.  thick  was  laid  over  the  whole  of  the  bottom 
of  the  trench,  and  the  rails  were  relaid  upon  a  9  in.  bed 
of  concrete,  and  during  the  past  seven  years  the  expen- 
diture upon  the  maintenance  of  this  track,  which  carries 
a  heavy  high-speed  service,  has  been  negligible.  On 
hard,  self-draining  foundations  it  is  only  necessary  to  lay 
a  "  stringer  "  of  concrete  beneath  the  rails  as  shown  in 
Figs.  7  and  8,  but  such  designs  are  only  recommended 
where  a  judicious  inspection  of  the  foundation  has 
shown  it  to  be  uniformly  stable  throughout. 

The  design  shown  in  Fig.  7  is  the  standard  method  of 
construction  of  the  Manchester  Corporation  Tramways, 
where  very  satisfactory  results  are  obtained.  In  Man- 
chester the  concrete  is  laid  across  the  full  width  of  the 
track  in  wet  or  unstable  sub-soils.  Fig.  8  shows  the 
cross-section  of  the  Leeds  to  Guiseley  line,  which  has 
been  in  service  for  six  years  under  a  fairly  heavy  high- 
speed service,  and  the  expenditure  on  maintenance  up 
to  date  is  nil.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  rails  are 
anchored  to  the  concrete,  and  there  is  a  thin  bed  of 
concrete  beneath  the  paving.  There  are  several  notable 
instances  where  this  type  of  construction  has  been 
successful,  but  there  are  many  instances  of  its  failure, 
and  in  these  days  of  the  mechanical  locomotion  of  road 
vehicles  and  the  ever  increasing  weights  and  speeds  of 
the  same,  unless  there  is  absolute  certainty  as  to  the 
strength  and  dryness  of  the  sub-soil,  it  is  wise  to  be  on 
the  safe  side  and  to  lay  the  concrete  across  the  entire 
track. 

Where  a  track  is  to  be  laid  upon  a  foundation  which 
T.T.C  E 


26     TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


, 

I  Si  ,1      J 


• 


/t  *  '  ' 


I 

u 


£ 


'*    9  = 


I 
fe* 
^ 

be 


u 

S3 

I 

*^ 

.B> 


It      1 


MH 


V* 


^* 


TRACK   DESIGN 


27 


28     TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

is  perfectly  stable,  and  which  drains  itself  immediately, 
it  is  obvious,  of  course,  that  there  is  no  need  for  a 
concrete  bed  beneath  the  rails.  But  there  are  few 
places  in  this  country  where  such  ideal  conditions  pre- 
vail. Probably  the  most  satisfactory  foundation  of  this 
description  is  that  on  which  The  Hague  tramway  track 
is  laid  in  Holland.  At  The  Hague,  concrete  founda- 
tions have  been  dispensed  with  on  all  routes,  with  the 
exception  of  about  a  mile  and  a  half  of  single  track  laid 
in  asphalted  streets.  Fig.  9  shows  the  details  of  con- 
struction on  this  system.  The  rails,  which  are  of  the 
girder  type  (Phoenix  section  No  23c  for  straight  track 
and  section  No.  23d  for  curves),  are  very  similar  in 
design  to  the  British  standard  rails  ;  they  are  "  fished  " 
with  "continuous"  rail  joints,  and  are  laid  directly 
upon  the  sand  foundation,  being  packed  with  fine  sand 
also. 

There  are  neither  anchors  nor  sleepers,  the  rails  being 
merely  tied  together  at  the  usual  intervals.  The  joints 
yield  ever  so  slightly  as  the  cars  pass  over  them,  but 
there  is  neither  sign  nor  sound  of  "  hammering  "  ;  the 
cars  travel  swiftly  and  silently  over  the  rails,  and 
generally  the  conditions  are  ideal. 

The  track  is  paved  with  either  limestone  setts  or 
bricks  according  to  the  vehicular  traffic,  which  is  light. 
The  paving,  which  is  laid  upon  the  sand  sub-soil,  with- 
out either  pitch  or  cement  grout  (the  joints  being  merely 
"racked"  with  fine  sand),  is  in  splendid  condition,  and 
the  cost  of  maintenance,  after  more  than  six  years  in 
operation,  is  not  more  than  £40  per  mile  of  single  track, 
equal  to  flld.  per  car-mile.  The  track  is  absolutely 
self-draining,  the  sand  foundation  is  compact  and 
well  confined  laterally,  and  the  track  is  well  above  the 
water  level.  Fig.  10  shows  the  method  of  construc- 
tion adopted  in  The  Hague,  where  the  streets  are 
asphalted. 


TRACK   DESIGN 

I 


.2   o 
"o  '43 

o       * 


•8 


1 


H/i' 


\\ 


211: 
3fr 

i 


30     TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

The  tracks  in  the  asphalted  streets,  whilst  lying  evenly 
with  the  surface  of  the  road,  are  noisier.  The  joints 
hammer,  and  there  is  a  tendency  to  corrugate,  which  is 
not  apparent  on  the  flexible  part  of  the  track.  As  a 
proof  of  the  suggestion  that  track  design  is  largely 
influenced  by  local  conditions,  particularly  in  regard  to 
sub-soil,  it  may  be  mentioned  that  the  same  method  of 
construction,  which  has  been  so  successful  in  The 
Hague  after  close  upon  seven  years  in  operation,  was 
tried  in  Amsterdam  ;  but  owing  to  the  water-logged 
condition  of  the  sub-soil  the  results  were  unsatisfactory, 
and  the  design  of  the  track  had  to  be  altered  and  con- 
crete foundations  were  introduced.  Fig.  11  shows  the 

details  of  the  Amsterdam  standard 
track  designs  for  asphalted  and 
paved  streets,  together  with  .  the 
details  of  the  rail  used  (Fig.  lla). 

It   will    be   observed   that    The 
Hague  track  is  about  as  cheap   a 
Fig.  iia, — Section  of  Rail,     form  of  construction  as  it  is  possible 

Amsterdam  Tram wa vs.  i          i  i  -i    i  j  i         *  i 

to  lay  down,  whilst  the  Amsterdam 

track  is  fairly  expensive,  on  account  of  the  concrete, 
sleepers  and  the  extraordinarily  heavy  rail  used. 

Fig.  12  shows  the  track  designed  by  Mr.  A.  E. 
White,  M.I.C.K.,  for  the  Hull  City  Tramways.  This 
track  was  designed  to  give  "exceptionally  smooth 
riding,"  and  it  may  be  fairly  said  to  have  achieved  its 
object.  In  passing,  it  is  interesting  to  note  that,  not- 
withstanding the  good  results  \vhich  have  been  obtained 
on  this  system,  the  rails  have  not  escaped  the  modern 
scourge  of  rail  corrugation. 

The  following  description  of  the  Hull  track,  which 
appeared  in  the  issue  of  The  Tramway  and  Railway 
World  of  August  10,  1899,  explains  clearly  the  details 
of  construction  :— 

"  Mr.  White  and  his  associates  desired  to  secure  not 


TRACK   DESIGN  31 

only  a  durable  form  of  construction,  but  a  track  which 
will  give  exceptionally  smooth  riding.  With  this  end 
in  view,  they  have  departed  from  the  customary  plan  of 
laying  the  rails  direct  upon  the  concrete  foundation,  and 
have  interposed  longitudinal  sleepers  of  creosoted  red- 
wood, 4  in.  deep  by  7  in.  wide,  upon  which  the  rails  rest. 
The  concrete  foundation  upon  which  the  paving  is  laid 
is,  however,  carried  down  under  the  sleepers,  and  the 
rails  are  bolted  down  through  the  sleepers  to  the  under 
side  of  the  concrete  at  intervals  of  3  ft.  6  in.  The  road- 
way was  excavated  to  a  depth  of  12  in.,  which,  under 
the  rails,  was  increased  to  17  in.  to  make  room  for  the 
sleepers.  When  the  excavation  was  complete,  the 
sleepers  were  packed  upon  bricks  at  the  proper  level,. 

' 46%  Gauge - i 

•        l^ 


Fig.  12. — Details  of  Track  Construction,  Hull  Tramways. 

and  were  clamped  tight  under  the  rails  and  secured  to 
them  by  dogs.  The  holding-down  bolts  and  washers 
were  placed  in  position  and,  after  the  rails  were  carefully 
lined  up,  the  foundation  was  put  in,  special  care  being 
taken  to  pack  it  tight  under  the  sleepers.  When  the 
concrete  had  set  thoroughly,  the  holding-down  bolts, 
which  measure  14  in.  in  length,  were  tightened  up  ;  rail, 
sleeper,  and  concrete  being  thus  firmly  bound  together. 
The  rails  weigh  94  Ib.  per  yard  and  are  60  ft.  in  length. 
They  have  a  centre  groove  which  is  ^f  in.  in  width,  the 
head  measuring  3^  in.  overall.  The  objects  sought 
by  the  adoption  of  the  centre  groove  are  (1)  to  secure 
even  wear  on  both  sides  of  the  rails,  thus  avoiding  the 
projecting  lip  which,  as  the  rail  wears  down,  is  often  a 
serious  annoyance  to  street  traffic  ;  (2)  to  secure  con- 


32     TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

tinuous  support  for  the  car  wheels  when  passing  the 
rail  joints,  which  are  splayed,  and  when  passing  joints 
and  crossings  ;  and  (3)  to  increase  the  wearing  surface 
of  the  head,  thus  adding  to  the  life  of  the  rails." 

It  would  appear  that  this  method  of  construction, 
which  was  adopted  on  very  flat  routes,  would  not 
render  itself  very  easy  of  application  on  a  hilly  system 
with  the  undulating  and  tortuous  tracks  which  are  so 
common  in  many  parts  of  the  country.  One  would 
imagine  that  a  considerable  amount  of  difficulty  would 
be  experienced  in  bedding  and  bending  the  rails  and 
sleepers  together.  Again,  the  same  difficulty  will  be 
experienced  in  regard  to  renewals,  as  has  been  mentioned 
previously  ;  unless  the  sleepers  are  reduced  in  thickness 
or  replaced  with  shallower  sleepers,  a  considerable 
amount  of  repaying  of  the  sides  will  have  to  be  done. 

Transverse  sleeper  tracks  have  been  laid  in  several 
towns,  and  undoubtedly  they  give  satisfactory  results. 
The  sleepers  act  as  anchors  where  the  tracks  are  floated, 
and  as  they  are  closer  together  than  the  usual  track 
anchors  they  afford  a  very  definite  anchorage  for  the 
rails  and  prevent  "hogging."  Such  tracks  cannot  be 
said  to  be  flexible  tracks  in  any  way  ;  they  cannot  yield 
in  any  direction,  but  the  sleepers  may  absorb  a  certain 
amount  of  vibration. 

The  disadvantages  are  the  additional  cost  of  the 
sleepers  and  bolts  (see  Fig.  13),  and  the  fact  that  where 
this  method  of  construction  has  been  adopted  the  rail  is 
packed  between  the  sleepers  with  hard  materials,  no 
advantage  being  gained  from  the  resiliency  of  the 
sleepers.  In  other  words,  if  the  sleepers  are  3  ft.  apart, 
from  side  to  side,  then  three  parts  of  the  rail  is  bearing 
upon  hard  concrete  and  the  other  part  upon  timber.  If 
it  is  desired  to  lay  a  track  upon  transverse  timber 
sleepers,  the  best  results,  by  far,  will  be  obtained  if  the 
rails  are  packed  between  the  sleepers  with  pitch  and 


TRACK  DESIGN 


33 


«  *         I 


FV  , 

1, 


or? 


Y, 


T.T.C. 


34     TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

granite,  as  shown  in  Fig.  13.  In  regard  to  the  weight 
and  density  of  the  vehicular  traffic,  these  are  factors 
having  a  direct  bearing  upon  the  design  of  the  track, 
particularly  in  our  busy  industrial  centres,  where  extra- 
ordinarily heavy  loads  of  goods  are  hauled  by  mechanical 
power  along  arid  across  the  tracks.  These  heavy  loads, 
it  must  be  remembered,  are  not  rolling  smoothly  along 
the  rails,  but  are  jolting  over  the  rough  surface  of  the 
paving,  and  slipping  on  and  off  the  rails  with  deleterious 
effect. 

Figs.  14,  15,  16,  and  17  show  the  effects  of  the 
ordinary  vehicular  traffic  upon  the  rails  and  paving  in  a 
busy  city.  Fig.  16  shows  that  part  of  the  rail  tread  has 
been  worn  down  through  the  constant  use  of  the  rails 
by  the  street  traffic,  and  it  may  be  mentioned  that  the 
particular  rail  shown  in  the  illustration  has  been  laid  in 
a  track  for  over  six  years,  which  has  not  yet  been 
operated  by  the  tramway  service. 

Fig.  17  indicates  cheek  wear  due  to  the  same  cause. 
From  these  examples,  which  are  by  no  means  uncommon 
instances  of  the  wear  due  to  vehicular  traffic,  it  will  be 
seen  that  considerable  attention  must  be  paid  to  the 
effect  of  this  traffic  upon  the  foundation,  the  rails,  and 
the  paving. 

The  question  of  the  tramcar  traffic  is  of  course  most 
important,  and  requires  close  attention ;  but  it  is  a 
mistake  to  suppose  that  the  actual  weight  of  the  car 
and  the  traffic  density  is  the  all-important  factor  in  rail 
and  track  wear.  The  tracks  which  suffer  the  most  and 
the  rails  that  wear  the  quickest  are  those  which  bear 
the  high-speed  traffic.  Observations  have  revealed  that, 
in  places  where  the  speeds  are  necessarily  slow,  over  60 
million  tons  of  tramway  traffic  have  been  carried  by 
rails  similar  in  design  to  rails  on  other  tracks,  carrying 
a  fast  service,  which  have  become  battered  and  worn 
out  after  carrying  10  million  tons  of  traffic.  If  it  is 


TRACK    DESIGN 


bn 


36     TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


Ing.  16. — Head  of  Rail  worn  by  Street  Traffic  alone. 


Fig.  17.— Cheek  Wear  due  to  Street  Traffic. 


TRACK   DESIGN  37 

desired  to  obtain  a  long  life  for  the  rails  and  track,  par- 
ticular attention  must  be  paid  to  the  question  of  the 
speed  of  the  cars  and  to  the  design  and  composition  of 
the  rails.  The  importance  of  the  effect  of  speed  as  a 
factor  in  rail  design  does  not  appear  to  have  received 
that  consideration  to  which  it  is  entitled,  and  some 
engineers  and  the  British  Engineering  Standards  Com- 
mittee favour  a  lighter  section  rail  for  suburban  traffic 
where  the  speeds  are  considerably  above  those  attained 
in  the  busy  thoroughfares. 


CHAPTER   V. 

RAIL    PACKING. 

ONE  of  the  most  important  operations  in  tramway 
track  construction  and  maintenance  is  the  packing  of 
the  rails.  Provided  the  concrete  foundation  is  sound, 
and  apart  from  the  question  of  rail  joints,  there  is  not 
the  slightest  doubt  that  the  majority  of  track  mainten- 
ance troubles  are  due  to  defective  rail  packing,  Such 
defects  are  caused  in  several  ways.  In  the  first  place, 
the  rails  may  not  have  been  properly  and  systematically 
packed  when  the  track  was  laid  ;  secondly,  the  rails 
may  have  been  well  packed  at  the  time,  but  between 
the  packing  operation  and  being  paved  in  the  rails  may 
have  been  disturbed  either  through  carelessness  or  by 
the  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  exposed  rails  ;  and 
thirdly,  the  materials  used  may  not  have  been  of  suit- 
able quality  or  hardness,  etc. 

To  obtain  satisfactory  rail  packing  the  space  between 
the  rail  base  and  the  surface  of  the  concrete  should  not 
be  less  than  1  in.,  nor  greater  than  2  in.  On  a  new 
tramway  track  the  rails  should  not  have  less  than  1 J  in. 
of  packing  between  their  flanges  and  the  surface  of  the 
subjacent  concrete,  for  when  the  tracks  are  relaid  it  will 
be  generally  found  that  the  adjoining  roadway  has  worn 
down  at  the  same  rate  or  faster  than  the  track  surface, 
and  as  probably  at  least  half  an  inch  will  have  been 
worn  off  the  rails  and  the  paving  setts,  it  is  obvious 
that  unless  some  provision  is  made  for  lowering  the  new 
surface  of  the  track  it  will  be  above  the  level  of  the  rest 
of  the  roadway,  and  there  will  be  a  considerable  amount 
of  the  sides  of  the  road  to  repave  or  macadamise  ;  so 


RAIL    PACKING  39 

with  a  view  to  avoiding  considerable  additional  expendi- 
ture it  is  recommended  that  provision  should  be  made 
for  1J  in.  of  packing,  so  that  at  the  first  renewal  this 
thickness  may  be  reduced  to  one  inch,  and  the  track 
lowered  to  the  same  level  as  the  sides  of  the  road.  Of 
course  there  is  no  necessity  to  make  provision  for  the 
second  renewal  of  the  track,  as  the  paving  of  the  sides 
of  the  roadway  will  either  have  been  relaid,  or  will  be 
ready  for  relaying  by  that  time.  The  rails  should  be 
packed  as  soon  as  the  concrete  has  set  sufficiently  hard 
to  bear  the  weight  of  men.  There  is  a  considerable 
difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  right  material  to  use  for 
rail  packing  or  bedding.  At  the  present  time  there  are 
three  methods  of  rail  packing. 

First  of  all,  and  most  general,  is  the  method  of  pack- 
ing with  cement  and  chippings  ;  secondly,  packing  with 
pitch  and  chippings  ;  and  thirdly,  the  rails  have  been 
bedded  upon  shallow  longitudinal  timber  sleepers,  in 
lieu  of  the  ordinary  packing.  It  would  be  invidious  to 
compare  the  merits  or  demerits  of  each  system  ;  let  it 
suffice  that  good  results  may  be  obtained  from  each, 
provided  that  the  work  is  properly  and  skilfully 
executed. 

In  regard  to  packing  with  cement  and  chippings,  it 
will  be  found  that  f  in.  chippings,  free  from  dust,  mixed 
with  cement,  and  just  moistened,  in  the  proportion  of 
2J — 1,  will  give  the  best  results.  The  composition 
should  be  shovel  packed  beneath  the  rails  from  both 
sides  with  square  mouthed  shovels,  so  as  to  ensure  its 
being  spread  entirely  under  the  whole  of  the  rail  flange. 
It  should  then  be  carefully  beaten  solid  by  means  of 
beater  picks.  The  packing  edge  of  these  picks  should  be 
bull-nosed,  and  should  be  about  2^  in.  wide  and  f  in.  thick. 
Packing  is  executed  in  the  following  manner  :  Six  men 
are  usually  "  set  on  "  to  pack  a  length  of  rail,  two  with 
shovels  and  four  with  beaters,  and  they  work  from 


40     TRAMWAY    TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

opposite  sides,  as  shown  in  Fig.  18.  Each  man  places 
one  foot  against  the  edge  of  the  rail  flange  whilst  pack- 
ing from  the  other  side,  so  as  to  prevent  the  packing 
from  being  forced  out  by  the  "  beaters."  The  method 
of  beating  should  consist  of  a  number  of  short  half- arm 
strokes  until  the  packing  is  quite  hard  and  unyielding. 
The  two  front  men  should  beat  in  all  the  material 
required  and  the  two  rear  men  should  follow  inch  by 
inch  in  their  traces  and  finally  consolidate  the  material. 
The  spare  material  should  then  be  neatly  sloped  off  at 
the  sides  of  the  rail  and  damped  sufficiently  to  set 
quickly  and  prevent  the  packing  from  being  disturbed. 

Great  care  must  be  taken  that  the  operation  of  pack- 
ing the  rails  does  not  wedge  the  rail  up  beyond  the 
required  surface  levels.  It  will  be  readily  seen  that 
unless  the  work  is  well  supervised  there  is  a  danger  of 
the  rails  being  "  hogged  "  through  over-beating,  either 
throughout  their  length  or  between  the  anchors.  Care 
must  also  be  taken,  in  packing  successive  lengths  of 
rails,  to  prevent  the  rails  from  being  lifted  at  the  point 
where  one  length  of  packing  joins  another.  It  is  evident 
that  the  slightest  amount  of  overheating  will  raise  the 
rail  above  the  adjoining  former  packing,  and  this  will 
become  a  weak  place  in  the  track  and  a  source  of  trouble 
afterwards.  The  rails  when  packed  should  be  perfectly 
solid,  and  should  not  show  the  slightest  signs  of  vibra- 
tion when  struck  on  the  head  with  a  hammer ;  a  skilled 
foreman  will  readily  detect  the  slightest  signs  of  loose- 
ness by  giving  the  side  of  the  rail  head  a  sharp  kick 
with  the  boot  heel  whilst  standing  on  the  rail.  The 
foreman  platelayer  should  examine  the  surfacing  by 
going  down  on  his  knees  from  time  to  time  and  sighting 
along  the  rails — any  signs  of  over-beating  will  be  at 
once  detected  in  the  undulations  of  the  rail  surface. 

It  is  almost  impossible  to  secure  a  rigid  track  if  the 
rails  are  packed,  say,  more  than  one  rail  length  in  front 


RAIL   PACKING 


T.T  r. 


42     TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

of  the  floating,  or  one  rail  length  in  front  of  the  paving 
if  the  track  is  not  floated.  The  rails  are  continually 
expanding  and  contracting,  and  the  rough  undersides 
of  the  rails  will  abrade  the  surface  of  the  packing,  spoil- 
ing the  contact  between  the  two,  however  slight  the 
movement,  and  this  is  when  close  supervision  must  be 
exercised.  The  rails  must  be  sounded  time  after  time 
before  they  are  paved  in  ;  it  is  not  sufficient  for  them 
to  be  examined  once  and  passed  as  being  satisfactory. 
They  may  be,  and  undoubtedly  are,  quite  sound  at  the 
time,  but  in  all  probability  the  rail  will  move  slightly, 
even  in  the  short  length  mentioned.  It  is  therefore 
absolutely  necessary  that  a  skilled  man  should  carefully 
sound  the  rail  between  each  tie-bar  or  anchor,  imme- 
diately in  front  of  the  floating  stage  and  paving,  and  if 
there  is  the  slightest  sign  of  vibration  all  other  work 
must  be  suspended  until  the  rail  has  been  properly 
packed  again. 

The  rails  will  continue  to  expand  and  contract  even 
after  the  floating  has  been  laid  and  the  anchors  have 
been  tightened  up.  It  is  therefore  imperative  that  the 
rails  should  be  paved  in  as  soon  as  possible,  but  by  far 
the  best  precaution  to  take  is  to  arrange  the  strength  of 
the  packing  gangs  so  that  their  rate  of  progress  does 
not  exceed  that  of  the  paving  gang,  or  that  of  the 
floating  gang  where  the  tracks  are  floated.  By  thus 
regulating  the  speed  of  the  work,  and  by  arranging  that 
the  packing  gang  have  one  rail  length  start,  the  same 
distance  will  be  maintained  between  the  gangs.  This 
method  will  not  in  any  way  retard  the  work,  and  if  it  is 
desired  to  accelerate  the  rate  of  progress,  all  that  is 
required  is  the  strengthening  of  each  gang.  Many 
tracks  have  suffered  from  having  too  long  a  length  of 
rails  packed  and  exposed  to  the  variations  of  tempera- 
ture. 

One  case  in  particular  may  be  mentioned  which  is 


RAIL   PACKING  43 

typical.  Nearly  three-quarters  of  a  mile  of  roadway 
was  open  at  one  time,  causing  great  inconvenience  to 
the  vehicular  traffic,  and  there  was  a  distance  of  nearly 
800  yards  between  the  last  finished  rails  and  the  paving 
works.  Two-thirds  of  the  rails  had  been  packed, 
inspected,  and  passed  as  being  perfect,  and  for  some 
considerable  time  these  packed  rails  wrere  subjected  to 
changes  of  temperature  varying  between  62  deg.  Fahr. 
and  92  deg.  Fahr.  The  rails  alternately  elongated  and 
contracted,  grinding  away  the  surface  of  the  packing, 
and  they  were  finally  paved  in  in  this  condition.  It  is 
not  surprising,  therefore,  that  great  expense  is  incurred 
in  maintaining  this  track,  and  that  the  expenditure 
commenced  simultaneously  with  the  car  service.  It 
may  be  claimed  that  this  is  an  exceptional  case,  and 
that  many  tracks  have  suffered  in  a  similar  manner 
where  greater  precautions  have  been  taken,  but  there 
have  been  many  such  cases,  particularly  in  the  case  of 
floated  tracks  where  the  paving  has  been  kept  many 
hundreds  of  yards  behind  the  packing  by  reason  of  the 
time  required  for  the  floating  to  set.  Too  much  care 
cannot  be  taken  over  the  packing  of  the  rails  and 
their  subsequent  examination  ;  under  the  ordinary 
changes  of  temperature  rails  will  rise  slightly  from 
their  beds  between  anchors  spaced  9  ft.  apart.  This 
rule  should  be  definite  and  enforced  to  a  degree,  that 
no  rails  should  be  paved  in  which  show  the  slightest 
indication  of  unsoundness,  and  it  must  be  remembered 
that  many  of  these  indications  are  not  discernible  to 
the  layman,  and  require  a  practical  man  to  detect 
them. 

Rails  are  frequently  disturbed  by  some  external 
cause  such  as  the  unloading  of  granite  setts.  It  is 
quite  a  common  sight  to  see  half  a  dozen  carts  tipped 
at  a  time,  and  time  after  time,  so  that  the  entire  load  is 
shot  against  the  sides  of  the  rails.  The  setts  should  be 


44     TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION      . 

tipped  at  the  side  and  thrown  by  hand  into  the  bed,  as 
it  must  be  obvious  to  anyone  with  a  grain  of  common 
sense  that  the  rails  and  bedding  are  not  improved  by 
such  treatment.  It  is  frequently  necessary  to  arrange 
for  temporary  level  crossings  for  ordinary  vehicular  traffic 
before  the  track  is  paved  in.  These  are  generally 
tormed  by  laying  sleepers  longitudinally  with  the  rails 
for  the  vehicles  to  cross  the  track.  The  rails  are  thus 
subjected  to  disturbing  treatment,  and  should  be 
carefully  examined  afterwards  for  unsoundness,  and 
repacked  where  necessary. 

PITCH  AND  TAR  PACKING. 

The  enormous  amount  of  skill  and  capital  which  is 
being  devoted  to  the  production  of  standard  com- 
pounds, for  highway  purposes,  from  the  distillation  of 
coal  tar,  indicates  that  the  solution  of  the  road  problem 
is  likely  to  depend  upon  the  rational  application  of 
scientifically  prepared  tar  and  pitch  compositions,  and  up 
to  the  present  there  are  no  signs  of  any  material  being 
substituted  which  would  combine  the  qualities  of 
cheapness,  resiliency  and  proof  against  water. 

Until  quite  recently  such  compositions  have  been 
crudely  prepared  to  rules  of  thumb,  handed  down  from 
one  ancient  "  tar-boiler  "  to  another  as  a  kind  of  "  black 
magic,"  but  the  demand  for  reliable  mixtures  of  this 
description  lias  brought  in  its  train  scientific  instru- 
ments and  knowledge  derived  from  the  application  of 
the  same. 

Notwithstanding  the  many  failures  of  tarred  roads 
which  have  been  recorded  during  the  past  decade,  there 
have  been  some  successful  achievements,  due  to  the 
skill  and  attention  of  the  engineers  responsible  for  the 
work,  and  now  the  satisfactory  construction  of  such 
roads  is  more  frequent.  At  the  same  time  roads  of 
this  description  are  being  made  daily  which  are  fore- 


PITCH    AND   TAR   PACKING  45 

doomed  to  failure  on  account  of  either  the  unsuitability 
of  the  materials  used,  the  faulty  preparation  or  the 
careless  application  of  the  same. 

The  observation  of  temperatures  and  the  consistency 
of  the  various  materials  employed  has  in  many  cases 
been  either  neglected  or  unconsidered.  It  is  not  the 
writer's  intention  to  deal  with  the  construction  of  tar 
macadam  roads,  as  such  are  without  the  scope  of  this 
treatise,  but  to  draw  attention  to  the  use  of  tar  or  pitch- 
treated  packing  beneath  tramway  rails. 

Tar  packing,  in  one  form  or  other,  has  been  used  to  a 
limited  extent  on  tramways  since  their  inception,  but 
until  quite  recently,  say  within  the  last  five  years  or  so, 
it  has  not  been  used  with  any  measure  of  success  on 
electric  tramways.  As  previously  stated  the  quality, 
preparation  and  application  of  the  materials  has  been 
responsible  for  the  failure.  Many  track  engineers  have 
had  faith  in  the  tar  treatment  of  rail  packing  and 
have,  with  noteworthy  persistence,  continued  extensive 
experiments,  with  the  result  that  this  material  can  now 
be  made  to  withstand  the  destructive  effects  of  electric 
traction  in  a  satisfactory  manner. 

In  nearly  all  the  earlier  failures  there  were  indica- 
tions here  and  there  that  the  treated  packing  was 
capable  of  supporting  the  super-imposed  rolling  load, 
and  as  the  recurrence  of  phenomena  establishes  a  law, 
it  was  evident  that  the  difficulty  was  surmountable. 

The  principal  difficulty  lay  in  obtaining  a  tar  composi- 
tion of  uniform  consistency  and  in  the  lack  of  knowledge 
of  the  various  materials  which  is  necessary  if  the  requisite 
conditions  are  to  be  fulfilled.  Much  useful  data  was 
obtained  by  the  experimenters  which  led  to  a  decided 
improvement  in  the  matrix,  but  for  some  time  the 
results  left  much  to  be  desired.  Despite  the  care 
which  was  taken  in  the  preparation  of  the  matrix, 
examination  of  the  packing  under  observation  revealed 


46    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

that  the  tar  was  soft  in  some  places  and  too  brittle  in 
others.  From  this  it  was  deduced  that  before  satis- 
factory results  could  be  obtained  the  materials  would 
have  to  be  in  accordance  with  a  standard  specification 
and  prepared  to  within  narrow  limits  of  temperature. 

In  regard  to  the  application  of  the  matrix  this,  in  the 
first  place,  was  applied  to  small  chippings,  which  after 
being  coated,  were  beaten  or  packed  beneath  the  rails 
in  the  usual  manner ;  but  it  has  since  been  found  that 
the  only  satisfactory  way  to  obtain  durable  tar  packing 
is  to  pack  the  chippings,  which  should  be  somewhat 
cubical  in  shape,  perfectly  clean  and  dry  and  free  from 
dust,  beneath  the  rails  before  the  application  of  the  tar 
or  composition.  The  method  of  application  is  as 
follows : — After  the  dry  chippings  have  been  solidly 
packed  under  the  rails  in  the  usual  manner,  dry  sand 
moulds  are  laid  alongside  the  rail  flanges  as  shown  in 
Fig.  19,  and  the  matrix  is  poured  in  from  one  side  in 
the  form  of  grout.  As  soon  as  the  grout  percolates 
through  to  the  other  side,  this  side  is  "  flushed  up  "  in  a 
similar  manner,  and  both  sides  of  the  rail  base  are 
covered  with  the  composition  to  the  depth  of  about 
an  inch  or  so,  thus  forming  an  efficient  waterproof 
(Fig.  20). 

The  testing  and  preparation  of  the  materials  may  be 
carried  out  in  accordance  with  the  following  specifica- 
tion, which  will  be  found  to  give  satisfactory  results  ; 
but  it  must  be  noted  that  the  particular  standard  of 
toughness  of  the  prepared  matrix  will  depend  somewhat 
upon  the  nature  and  shape  of  the  stone  used  and  to  a 
certain  extent  upon  the  climatic  conditions  and  also 
upon  the  requirements  of  the  engineer.  The  three 
qualities  shown  below  are  merely  intended  as  a  guide, 
and  it  will  be  evident  that  they  are  capable  of 
modification. 

Pitch.  — The  pitch  used  for  this  purpose  shall  be  of 


PITCH    AND   TA11    PACKING 


47 


the  quality  known  as  "  medium  soft "  and  shall  have  a 
fusing  point  at  170  deg.  Fahr.  (with  an  allowance  of 
5  deg.  under  or  over).  The  fusing  point  shall]  be 
ascertained  in  the  following  manner : — J  inch  cubes  of 
the  "medium  soft"  pitch  shall  be  cut  or  moulded 


Fig.  19. — Rails  prepared  for  Pitch  and  Granite  Packing. 

The  rails  have  been  packed  with  dry  granite  drippings,  and  a  sand 
mould  has  been  formed  at  each  side  of  the  rail  prior  to  the  running  of 
the  pitch  and  oil  grout. 

and  then  brought  to  a  temperature  of  60  deg.,  in  water. 
Next  heat  the  end  of  a  piece  of  wrire  and  pass  it  into  a 
cube  so  as  to  allow  of  its  being  suspended  in  water  at 
(>0  deg.  Fahr.,  with  a  thermometer  bulb  close  to  but 


48    TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

not  touching  the  cuhe.  The  temperature  should  then 
be  raised  at  the  rate  of  several  degrees  per  minute, 
until  the  cube  falls  off  the  wire.  The  temperature  at 


Fig.  20. — The  same  Rail  after  the  Running  of  Pitch  and  Oil  Grout. 

The  pitch  composition  has  been  flushed  well  up  above  the  level  of 
the  rail  flanges. 

which  the   cube   falls   off  the  wire   will  be  the  fusing 
point. 

Prepared  Tar. — The  prepared  tar  used  in  preparing 
the  matrix  shall  be  of  such  a  quality  as  to  record  a 
consistency  of  7 — 10  seconds,  at  a  temperature  77  deg. 
Fahr.,  by  Hutchinson's  viscosity  gauge. 


PITCH    AND   TAR   PACKING  49 

PITCH  MIXTURES. 

Mixing. — The  pitch  shall  be  melted  first,  and  raised 
to  a  temperature  of  220  deg.  Fahr.  The  prepared  tar 
or  oil  shall  then  be  raised  to  a  temperature  of  160  deg. 
Fahr.  and  then  added  to  the  melted  pitch,  the  whole 
being  thoroughly  mixed. 

The  fusing  point  of  the  mixture  should  riot  be  below 
104  deg.  Fahr.  The  following  samples  of  prepared 
matrix  will  be  found  to  cover  most  of  the  ordinary 
requirements  of  the  track  engineer. 

No.  1  (soft).  No.  2  (medium).  No.  3  (tough). 

o  parts  pitch.  6  parts  pitch.  7  parts  pitch. 

3  parts  Tarvia  or  other         3  parts  Tar  via  or  other         3  parts  Tarvia  or  other 
prepared  tar.  prepared  tar.  prepared  tar. 

It  is  obvious  that  special  instruments  must  be  used  in 
the  preparation  of  these  compositions,  the  most  essential 
being  thermometers  of  the  type  shown  in  Fig.  21, 
which  represents  a  Hutchinson  protected  thermometer 
specially  designed  for  taking  the  temperature  of  tar, 
pitch,  asphalt,  stone,  sand,  etc.,  in  bulk,  the  special 
feature  of  this  instrument  being  that  it  is  graduated 
from  100  to  500  deg.  Fahr.  and  is  protected  by  a 
revolving  metal  cover  which  protects  the  scale  and 
mercury  tube.  In  order  to  ascertain  the  viscosity  of 
tars  a  Hutchinson  viscosity  gauge  is  probably  the  most 
suitable  instrument  for  the  present  purpose.  This  is 
shown  in  Fig.  22.  This  instrument  is  an  instrument 
of  precision,  made  of  German  silver,  and  will  give 
accurate  results ;  it  is  used  in  the  following  manner  :— 
The  entire  length  of  the  instrument  is  nine  inches  and 
the  test  is  based  upon  the  speed  with  which  it  sinks 
into  the  liquid  under  test,  the  observations  being  made 
on  the  time  taken  in  sinking  from  the  collar  A  to  the 
collar  B.  This  instrument,  which  is  the  invention  of 
Mr.  J.  Hutchinson,  11,  Tothill  Street,  Westminster,  is 

T.T.C.  H 


50    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


OPEN.  CLOSED. 

Fig.  21.  Fig-  22- 

Ilutchinson's  Protected  Thermometer.       Ilutcliinson's  Viscosity  Gauge. 


SLIGHT   MOVEMENT   OF   RAILS        51 

provided  with  various  poises  and  may  be  used  for  the 
determination  of  the  consistency  of  all  kinds  of  liquids. 

In  conclusion  the  writer  recommends  that,  where 
possible,  the  best  practice,  for  tramway  purposes,  in 
order  to  obtain  uniformity  of  composition  of  this  tar  or 
pitch  matrix  is  to  have  it  prepared  in  the  central  depot, 
and  sent  out  for  use  on  the  works  either  in  small  boilers 
that  only  require  keeping  to  a  given  heat  ;  or  where  large 
quantities  of  the  material  are  required,  the  previously 
prepared  composition,  having  been  run  off  into  moulds 
and  allowed  to  cool  off,  may  be  sent  out  in  this  manner 
under  cover  and  merely  raised  up  to  the  required 
temperature  on  the  works. 

It  will  be  seen  that  this  method  ensures  uniformity 
of  composition  and  reduces  the  responsibility  of  the 
"  tar-boiler  "  to  merely  taking  the  temperature  of  the 
contents  of  the  pan. 

It  is  sometimes  found  that  in  an  otherwise  perfect 
track  there  are  slight  signs  of  movement  in  the  rails  in 
places,  and  on  opening  out  the  paving  it  is  found  that 
the  concrete  and  packing  are  in  perfect  condition ;  but 
there  is  the  very  faintest  suspicion  of  movement  in  the 
rails. 

This  is  generally  a  sign  that  either  the  rail  has  never 
been  properly  packed  or  it  has  lifted  ever  so  slightly 
before  being  paved  in  ;  in  such  a  case  it  is  a  mistake  to 
knock  out  the  sound  packing  and  repack  the  rail.  A 
very  good  plan  is  to  raise  the  rail  the  merest  trifle 
with  very  thin  steel  wedges,  dry  the  underside  of  the 
rail  base  with  a  blow  lamp,  and  finally  grout  beneath 
the  rail  with  hot  well-tempered  prepared  pitch,  after 
which  the  wedges  should  be  immediately  withdrawn, 
thus  letting  the  rail  down  to  its  bed.  This  method  has 
proved  very  satisfactory  in  many  cases  where  there  has 
only  been  the  slightest  trace  of  motion,  and  it  has  effectu- 
ally prevented  the  spread  of  loose  rails  and  paving.  Pitch 


52    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

packing  on  both  new  and  old  tracks  has  this  advantage, 
that  it  prevents  to  a  certain  extent  the  evil  effects 
caused  by  raising  the  rails  slightly  above  the  adjoining 
packing,  the  hot  fluid  pitch  generally  finding  its  way 
into  any  interstices  caused  in  this  manner. 

The  greatest  care  should  be  taken  to  prevent  this  evil, 
for  an  evil  it  is,  and  one  generally  at  the  root  of  patching 
troubles,  of  raising  the  rail  above  the  general  levels, 
whatever  the  method  of  packing.  Regarding  the 
repairs  to  existing  tracks,  one  or  two  suggestions  may 
be  appropriate  in  this  chapter,  as  the  work  is  principally 
packing,  viz.  :  In  raising  and  repacking  a  loose  or 
sunken  rail  it  is  necessary  that  the  damaged  and  broken 
old  packing  should  be  entirely  removed,  and  the  springing 
of  the  rail  traced  to  its  source.  It  is  false  economy  to 
clear  away  the  old  packing  and  repack  in  the  old  places, 
leaving  the  rest  because  of  the  expense  or  because  it  is 
not  so  very  bad.  If  this  is  done,  the  rails,  being  slightly 
loose  on  either  side  of  the  recently  repaired  portion, 
will  gradually  become  worse,  the  defect  will  spread 
along  the  rail,  and  very  soon  the  whole  of  the  work 
will  have  to  be  done  again.  Again,  great  care  must  be 
taken  in  repacking  the  portion  under  repair  so  as  not  to 
raise  the  rail  above  the  general  level,  for  if  this  occurs 
the  portions  of  the  rail  on  either  side  of  the  length 
being  repaired  will  be  raised  slightly  from  the  bed,  and 
there  will,  in  the  near  future,  be  two  additional  weak 
places.  These  are  apparently  two  simple  instances,  but 
the  neglect  of  them  is  fraught  with  much  danger  to  the 
stability  of  the  track,  and  considerable  expense  will  be 
incurred.  They  are  very  difficult  to  detect  and  keep 
under  supervision.  This  has  also  been  known  to  have 
been  taken  advantage  of  by  unscrupulous  workmen, 
for  securing  the  permanency  of  their  employment. 

The  aggregate  for  packing  should  be  the  hardest  and 
toughest  procurable,  and  should  be  either  of  granite 


PACKING   AND   FLOATING  53 

chippings  or  steel  works  slag ;  good  results  have  been 
obtained  from  both.  For  cement  packing  the  size 
should  not  be  less  than  j|  in.  or  larger  than  ^  in.,  the 
chippings  should  be  triangular  in  shape,  free  from  dust, 
and  in  the  case  of  the  slag,  it  should  be  well  weathered 
and  as  free  from  sulphur  as  possible.  For  pitch  pack- 
ing it  is  recommended  that  chippings  should  not  be  less 
than  J  in.  or  larger  than  1  in.  where  provision  is  made 
for  1J-  in.  of  packing. 

The  smaller  riddlings  from  the  macadam,  small  free- 
stone and  limestone  chippings,  and  small  pebbles  have 
been  used  on  some  tracks,  but  they  are  altogether 
unsuitable,  and  their  use  cannot  be  too  strongly 
condemned.  Nothing  but  the  best,  cleanest,  and 
strongest  materials  will  serve  this  purpose.  On  the 
Continent  and  on  at  least  two  systems  in  this  country 
longitudinal  timber  sleepers  have  been  laid  between  the 
rails  and  the  concrete,  as  shown  in  Figs.  11  and  12,  in 
lieu  of  the  ordinary  packing,  and  there  can  be  no  doubt 
that  very  good  results  have  been  obtained,  but  it  is 
erroneous  to  describe  this  as  a  flexible  form  of  con- 
struction ;  there  is  no  real  flexibility,  but  very  consider- 
able advantage  is  gained  through  the  absorption  of 
vibration  by  the  sleepers. 

FLOATING. 

The  majority  of  the  more  recently  constructed 
tracks  have  had  a  layer  of  fine  strong  concrete,  to 
which  the  name  of  "floating"  has  been  given,  laid 
over  the  rail  flanges,  and  across  the  entire  track  as 
shown  in  Fig.  5  and  also  in  Fig.  23,  with  the  idea 
of  attaining  the  following  objects,  viz.,  first,  the 
continuous  anchoring  of  the  rail ;  secondly,  the  water- 
proofing of  the  rail  base  ;  and  thirdly,  the  reduction 
of  the  cost  of  the  paving  by  permitting  the  use  of  a 
shallower  sett. 


54    TRAMWAY    TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

This  floating  is  generally  mixed  wet  in  the  pro- 
portion of  about  four  of  sand,  shingle,  slag,  or  approved 
macadam  screenings,  to  one  of  cement.  It  is  spread 
by  means  of  wooden  templates  laid  across  the  rails,  and 


Fig.    23. — Method  of   "Floating"   Fine  Strong   Concrete   above 

Foundations  and  the  Rail  Flanges. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  the  rails  have  been  packed  with  pitch  and 
granite.     The  pounder  used  is  also  shown. 

is  finished  off  to  a  true  surface  with  plasterers'  floats. 
When  properly  executed  there  is  no  doubt  that  it 
affords  the  additional  anchorage  and  water  sealing  of 
the  rail  base  ;  but  there  is  one  great  disadvantage  when 
it  is  applied  wet  as  described  above,  in  that  it  takes 


FLOATING   NOT   TO   BE   EXPOSED      55 

two  or  three  days  to  set  sufficiently  hard  to  bear  the 
weight  of  the  paviors  and  the  ramming,  and  conse- 
quently a  considerable  length  of  track  and  roadway  is 
open  without  any  works  being  in  progress,  which, 
besides  being  a  great  inconvenience  to  the  general 
public,  has  a  deleterious  effect  upon  the  track.  The  rails 
are  exposed  to  the  variations  of  temperature,  and  are 
liable  to  lift  slightly  from  the  packing  between  the 
anchors.  This  cannot  be  noticed  very  well  at  the  time, 
as  the  wet  floating  does  not  crack.  By  far  the  best 
method  of  floating,  and  one  causing  the  least  inconveni- 
ence to  the  public,  and  at  the  same  time  expediting  the 
progress  of  the  work,  is  to  pound  in  the  composition  in 
a  moist  condition.  By  moist  is  meant  that  there  only 
be  sufficient  water  to  damp  the  mixture,  which  should 
be  laid  in  the  bed  and  carefully  and  systematically 
rammed  or  "  punned  "  with  heavy  cast-iron  beaters,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  23,  until  it  is  perfectly  solid,  care  being 
taken  that  the  required  levels  are  obtained,  and  that 
there  is  a  sufficient  thickness  of  the  composition  over 
the  rail  base.  After  being  rammed,  the  "  floating  "  is 
ready  for  immediate  use,  and  may  be  paved  upon  with- 
out delay,  which  is  a  decided  advantage. 

Incalculable  damage  is  caused  to  new  tracks  through 
too  long  a  length  of  track  being  exposed  to  the  varia- 
tions of  temperature.  This  remark  has  been  made 
previously,  but  it  is  necessary  that  the  fact  should  be 
established.  If  a  track  is  to  be  well  laid,  and  the  cost  of 
maintenance  reduced  to  the  smallest  possible  amount, 
the  effects  of  the  expansion  and  contraction  of  the 
metal  must  never  be  lost  sight  of,  and  so  in  connection 
with  the  "  floating,"  care  must  be  taken  that  it  is 
covered  up  as  soon  as  possible.  If  wret  floating  is  laid, 
then  the  length  open  must  be  reduced  as  much  as 
possible,  but  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  the 
4<  floating  "  should  be  pounded  in  moist  as  described,  so 


56    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

that  the  paving  may  be  laid  without  delay.  Care 
must  also  be  taken  that  the  floating  does  not  precede 
the  paving  by  more  than  one  rail  length,  and  as 
previously  stated  the  packing  should  not  precede  the 
floating  by  more  than  one  rail  length.  There  is  nothing 
to  interfere  with  the  concreting  and  platelaying,  but,  on 
the  contrary,  the  rails  are  packed,  floated,  and  paved  in 
as  soon  as  the  concrete  is  ready.  The  length  of  the  job 
is  reduced,  and  speed  of  the  construction  is  increased, 
and  as  one  operation  overlaps  another,  the  effects  of 
expansion  and  contraction  are  effectually  reduced. 


CHAPTER   VI. 

RAIL    LAYING. 

RAIL  laying,  as  a  rule,  does  not  receive  that  attention 
to  which  it  is  entitled,  very  little  consideration  being 
given  to  the  important  mechanical  functions  performed 
by  the  rails.     The  niceties  of  rail  laying  are  frequently 
sacrificed,  in  this  country,  to  the  perpetuation  of  faulty 
street  levels.     It  is  quite  a  distressing  sight  to  witness 
the  rolling  and  pitching  of  tramcars  on  tracks  which 
appear  to  be  in  excellent  condition.     Apart  from  the 
question  of  defects  in  the  rolling  stock,  such  irregular 
motions  are  caused  by  the  variations  in  the  cross  levels 
of  the  track.     When  the  levels  of  the  track  are  being 
established,    great    care    should    be  taken  to  secure    a 
uniform  cross  fall.     Owing  to  the  camber  of  the  roads 
it  is  seldom  possible  to  secure  a  level  track  ;  but  every 
effort  should  be  made   to  limit   this  cross  fall,  which 
should  not   be    varied  except   at   curves.     Too    much 
stress  cannot  be  laid  upon  the  question  of  the  cross 
levels  of  the  two  rails,  which  has  been  in  many  places 
almost  entirely  neglected,  if  smooth  running  is  desired. 
It  is  obvious  that  a  car  is  bound  to  have  an  erratic  path 
when  the  longitudinal  and  cross  grades  are  continually 
altering.     Many  an  otherwise  good  track  has  been  com- 
pletely spoiled  through  an  endeavour  to  make  the  levels 
of  the  track  conform  to  those  of  a  badly-constructed 
roadway.     Of  course,   the  main   object   is  said  to  be 
economy  ;  but  it  is  false  economy  to  save  a  few  hundred 
pounds  per  mile  on  the  first  cost,  as  much  additional 
expenditure  is  incurred  in  the  subsequent  upkeep  of  the 
track  and  rolling  stock. 

T.T.C.  i 


58    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


Much  is  said  about  the 
tramway  cars  monopolising- 
the  thoroughfares,  but  it  must 
be  remembered  that  they  are 
the  recognised  medium  for 
the  conveyance  of  the  general 
public,  and  are  thus  entitled  to 
every  consideration.  Besides 
this,  the  regular  and  uniform 
grading  of  public  thorough- 
fares is  becoming  a  necessity 
in  these  days  of  motor-driven, 
long  wheel  base  vehicles. 
Grades  and  inclinations  which 
have  been  deemed  suitable  for 
horse  haulage  do  not  meet  the 
requirements  of  to-day.  The 
question  is  one  of  general 
interest,  and  demands  the 
closest  attention. 

There  are  numerous  impor- 
tant operations  connected  with 
the  laying  of  the  rails,  and  it 
is  here  proposed  to  deal  with 
these  separately.  They  are 
all  of  equal  importance,  and 
require  the  constant  attention 
of  an  experienced  tracksman 
if  a  perfect  running  track  is 
to  be  obtained. 

First  of  all,  all  rails  must 
be  carefully  and  accurately 
straightened,  it  is  seldom  they 
are  in  such  a  condition  that 
they  may  be  laid  in  the  track 
straight  away.  They  have 


« 

1-1 


-  II 

»         *J 


=; 


BAD   RAIL    CONTACT 


60    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

generally  acquired  a  few  "  kinks  "  and  curves  in 
the  loading,  unloading,  and  handling.  Unless  these 
irregularities  are  very  pronounced  they  may  be  removed 
after  the  rails  have  been  coupled  up  and  levelled  in  the 
track.  In  levelling  and  cross  grading  the  rails,  care 
must  be  taken  to  ensure  that  the  rails  are  in  the  same 
"running  plane."  In  other  words  their  perpendiculars 
must  be  parallel  and  the  bases  at  their  same  inclination. 
Figs.  24  and  25  show  the  correct  and  incorrect  ways  of 


Fig.  2(5. — Rail  Gauge  showing  both  Track  and  Tread  Gauge. 

laying  the  rails.  In  Fig.  25  it  will  be  observed  that  the 
wheels  do  not  make  a  proper  contact  with  the  low  rail, 
because  it  has  a  different  angle  of  inclination  to  the  high 
rail.  Such  cases  are  far  from  being  uncommon  ; 
"  canted  "  rails  are  one  of  the  causes  of  irregular  rail 
wear,  and  should  be  carefully  avoided.  For  this  reason 
all  tie- bars  should  be  fitted  with  threads  at  both  ends 
and  also  with  large  disc  washers,  so  that  when  the  tie- 
bars  are  close  together,  say  not  more  than  10  ft.  apart, 
and  the  nuts  are  screwed  up  tight  at  each  end,  the 


RAILS    CANTED    OR   TWISTED 


61 


washers,  being  close  to  the  web  on  each  side,  act  as 
guides  for  the  rail  web  and  assist  in  maintaining  the 
correct  inclination  until  the  rails  are  packed.  In 
addition  to  this  precaution  the  rails  should  be  gauged 
with  a  gauge  of  the  type  shown  in  Fig.  26  and  27. 


Fig.  27- — Rail  Gauge  showing  both  Track  and  Tread  Gauge. 

This  gauge,  besides  determining  the  track  gauge,  is 
made  to  fit  the  two  rail  treads,  and  will  at  once  reveal 
whether  they  are  both  in  the  same  "  running  plane  "  or 
not.  Fig.  28  shows  a  typical  case  in  the  road  where 
the  rail  is  either  over  canted  or  has  a  twisted  tread  which 
gives  the  same  result.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  whole 


Fig.  28. — Imperfect  Contact  due  to  either  the  "  Canting  "  of 
the  Rails  or  to  a  Twisted  Tread. 

of  the   wear  takes   place  on  a  very  small  area  on  the 
rail. 

The  same  precautions  must  be  taken  in  regard  to  the 
longitudinal  levels  or  gradients  of  the  tracks.  Wherever 
possible,  undulations  should  be  removed  even  at  the 
expense  of  relaying  part  of  the  sides  of  the  roadway  at 
such  places.  It  is  such  short  and  changing  gradients 
as  these  which  give  to  the  tramway  car  the  familiar 


62    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

"  rocking  horse  "  motion,  which  is  very  objectionable 
when  the  car  is  moving  swiftly.  Such  alterations  of 
the  road  levels  will  be  to  the  advantage  of  the  general 
vehicular  traffic,  which  nowadays  progresses  more 
rapidly  than  formerly. 


Fig.  20. — Rails  Raised  on  Temporary  Supports,  Anchors  attached, 
and  the  Concrete  Pads. 

In  laying  the  rails  it  is  recommended,  where  the 
track  is  to  be  anchored,  that  they  should  be  laid  upon 
temporary  supports  to  their  true  levels.  The  anchors, 
which  should  be  of  a  girder  type,  should  then  be  attached 
to  the  rails  and  concrete  pads  2  ft.  by  1  ft.  by  4  in.  thick 


ANCHORING    AND    PACKING  63 

should  be  laid  beneath  the  anchors,  and  1  in.  below  the 
anchor  flange,  as  shown  in  Fig.  29.  When  these  concrete 
pads  are  sufficiently  hard  the  intervening  space  between 
the  anchor  flange  and  the  concrete  pad  must  be  packed 
with  cement  and  chippings.  The  temporary  supports 
may  then  be  withdrawn,  and  the  rails  will  rest  upon  the 
anchors,  which  will  determine  the  permanent  levels. 
With  anchors  of  a  suitable  girder  type,  and  at  intervals 


Fig.  30. — Cement  and  Chippings  packed  beneath  Anchor. 

of  not  more  than  15  ft.,  there  will  be  no  chance  of  the 
levels  being  disturbed,  and  the  concrete  stages  may 
be  laid  upon  the  rails,  which  is  a  decided  advantage 
especially  when  working  in  narrow  streets,  without 
causing  a  permanent  set  in  the  rails.  Fig.  29  shows  the 
rails  raised  on  temporary  supports,  together  with  the 
anchors  attached  and  the  concrete  pads  beneath  them. 
Fig.  30  shows  the  rail  resting  upon  the  anchors  and  the 
concrete  stage  in  position. 


64    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

Every  precaution  must  be  taken  to  ensure  the  correct 
surfacing  and  levelling  of  the  track.  Each  pair  of  rails 
must  be  carefully  examined  and  the  levels  checked.  In 
levelling  and  surfacing  of  the  track  it  is  advisable  to  set 
up  the  levels  over  as  long  a  length  as  possible  in  order 


Fig. 


Surfacing  Rails  in  Front  of  Concrete  Stage. 


to  secure  long  uniform  gradients.  The  inspector  should 
lay  his  cheek  to  the  rail  and  sight  along  it,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  31  ;  a  true  bone  will  then  be  readily  established, 
and  any  undulations  and  irregularities  may  at  once  be 
rectified.  The  rails  must  also  be  re-examined  before 
they  are  concreted  in  as  they  are  liable  to  alter  their 


RAIL  EXPANSION  AND  CONTRACTION    65 

position  somewhat  during  the  ordinary  changes  of  tem- 
perature. For  this  reason  it  is  recommended  that 
anchors  with  a  wedge  or  clip  attachment  should  be  used 
in  preference  to  bolts,  so  that  the  wedges  may  be  fitted 
loosely,  thus  permitting  a  certain  amount  of  rail  creep 
to  take  place  without  disturbing  the  anchors.  The 
wedges  may  be  driven  "  home"  just  before  the  rails  are 
packed. 

Unless  such  precautions  are  taken,  the  rails,  in 
expanding  and  contracting,  will  draw  the  anchors 
through  the  soft  concrete,  causing  local  fractures  which 
may  ultimately  develop  and  cause  trouble  subsequently. 
During  hot  weather  a  special  examination  should  be 
made  before  the  rails  are  packed  to  ascertain  whether 
they  have  "  hogged  "  between  the  anchors.  There  is  a 
tendency  for  this  to  happen,  and  precautions  such  as  the 
one  mentioned  above  in  regard  to  wedges  should  be 
taken,  and  no  rails  should  be  packed  or  paved  which 
have  these  objectionable  surface  undulations.  The 
wedges  may  be  loosened  for  some  distance  and  the 
rails  got  back  to  their  true  bone  and  alignment. 

In  laying  rails  the  length  of  exposed  surfaced  track 
should  be  kept  as  short  as  possible.  The  expansion  and 
contraction  of  the  rails  during  the  construction  is  the 
greatest  difficulty  which  is  encountered  daily,  and  unless 
every  attention  is  given  to  it  it  is  impossible  to  secure  a 
stable  and  smooth  running  track.  It  is  an  indisputable 
fact  that  much  of  the  track  maintenance  caused  by  loose 
rails  and  paving  is  traceable  to  the  expansion  and  contrac- 
tion of  the  rails  during  construction.  This  question  will 
be  dealt  with  at  length  in  another  chapter. 

So  far  only  the  levels  of  the  rails  themselves  have  been 
considered,  and  it  is  now  necessary  to  deal  with  the 
tradesman  whose  work  consists  of  laying  the  rails, 
and  who  is  distinguished  by  the  old-fashioned  name, 
"  platelayer."  Platelaying  is  very  little  understood  by 

T.T.C.  K 


66    TRAMWAY    TRACK    CONSTRUCTION      . 

engineers  in  general,  who  are  often  entirely  in  the  hands 
of  their  foreman  platelayer,  and  the  quality  of  the  work- 
manship will  depend  entirely  on  the  man's  ability.  The 
actual  manipulation  of  the  rails  requires  special  skill,  and 
care  should  be  taken  to  obtain  the  services  of  a  reliable, 
conscientious  platelayer.  Platelaying  is  a  trade,  and  an 
exceedingly  skilled  one,  and  singularly  enough  it  is  per- 
haps the  only  skilled  trade  connected  with  engineering 
work  which  has  no  representative  union  to  look  after  its 
interests.  Only  a  long  training  can  produce  a  thoroughly 
competent  foreman  platelayer.  A  foreman  platelayer 
must  possess  an  accurate  u  eye  "  ;  he  must  be  able  to 
line  his  rails  as  accurately  as  a  surveyor  can  range  aline; 
he  must  be  able  to  bend  a  rail  so  as  to  produce  a  fault- 
less curve  ;  lie  must  be  skilled  in  the  use  of  the  tape, 
rule,  and  spirit  level,  and  he  must  also  have  some  con- 
siderable knowledge  of  smiths'  work,  drilling  and  fitting, 
etc.  Platelaying  consists  of  laying  the  rails  and  gauging 
and  surfacing  the  same  ;  the  procedure  is  as  follows  :— 

The  rails  are  laid  in  the  bed  in  pairs,  the  tie  bars  being 
loosely  attached  to  approximate  gauge.  Not  less  than 
three  lengths  of  rails  should  be  coupled  up  at  one  time. 
They  are  next  raised  upon  temporary  supports  to  the 
correct  levels,  and  set  to  gauge.  It  will  probably  be 
found  that  there  are  slight  kinks  and  irregularities  in  the 
rails  themselves,  and  these  should  be  taken  out  by  means 
of  a  straightening  crow  similar  to  the  one  shown  in 
Fig.  82.  This  type  of  crow  is  fitted  with  loose  pallets, 
which  wrill  engage  either  side  of  the  rail  head  as  shown. 
The  anchors  are  next  attached  loosely  to  the  rails,  and 
the  concrete  pads  previously  described  are  laid  beneath 
the  anchor  flanges,  and  when  these  are  set  sufficiently 
hard  to  take  the  weight  of  the  rails,  the  space  between 
the  anchor  flanges  and  the  concrete  is  packed  with 
cement  and  chippings.  If  the  rails  are  to  be  curved, 
they  should  be  "  crowed  "  before  being  set  to  the  final 


Fig.  tt2.—  Straightening  Crow  with  loose  Pallets  fitting  either 
Side  of  the  Rail-head. 


Fig.  ''}'•}. — Rail  Bender  fitted  with  interchangeable  Pallets  which 
engage  the  entire  Rail  Section  on  either  Side. 


68    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

levels.  A  crow  or  rail  bender  of  the  type  shown  in 
Fig.  33  should  be  used.  This  rail  bender  is  fitted  with 
interchangeable  pallets  which  engage  the  entire  rail 
section,  as  shown  in  the  illustration,  and  maybe  used  on 
either  side  of  the  rail.  Insufficient  attention  is  paid  to 
this  important  necessity.  It  is  common  practice  for 
either  a  straightening  crow,  or  at  the  best  a  profile 
bender  which  only  fits  one  side  of  the  rail  accurately,  to 
be  used. 

The  use  of  such   crows  should  not  be  permitted  for 
the  following  reasons  :— 


Fig.    ^4. — Rail   twisted    through    improper    I  se    of    "Top"    or 
Straightening    Crow. 

The  two  sides  of  a  tramway  rail  differ  to  such  an 
extent  that  it  is  impossible  to  get  an  ordinary  rail-bender 
to  engage  all  parts  of  the  rail,  which  is  a  nine  qua  non  in 
first-class  work.  The  bender  used  for  curving  a  rail 
must  engage  the  sides  of  the  head,  web,  and  flange  from 
either  side  as  shown  in  Fig.  33,  and  this  only  can  be 
done  satisfactorily  by  means  of  interchangeable  pallets. 

Secondly,  the  use  of  ill-fitting  rail  benders  causes  a 
distortion  of  the  rail  head.  The  claws  and  the  screw-boss 
are  unable  to  engage  equally  either  side  of  the  rail,  with 
the  result  that  when  the  screw  is  tightened  up  either  the 


CURVING   RAILS  69 

crow  or  the  rail  tilts,  as  shown  in  Fig.  34,  and  the  pressure 
applied  is  not  at  right  angles  to  the  rail  web,  with  the 
result  that  there  is  a  decided  tendency  to  raise  or  depress 
the  rail  tread,  as  also  shown  in  Fig.  34,  which  is  a  most 
undesirable  condition. 

The  curving  of  rails  is  accomplished  gradually  in  the 
following  manner  :  A  rail  is  "  marked  off"  into  lengths 
equal  to  the  half  span  between  the  arms  of  the  crow, 
and  the  crow  is  applied  to  the  end  of  the  rail  as  shown 
in  Fig.  35,  and  the  screw  is  tightened  up  so  as  to  cause 


posifiora 


Fig.  3o.     Method  of  curving1  a  Hail. 

the  rail  to  bend.  It  is  not  attempted  to  obtain  the 
required  curvature  at  one  application  of  the  crow  at 
each  place  ;  such  a  proceeding  would  unduly  strain  the 
rail  and  cause  the  formation  of  a  series  of  li  kinks  " 
throughout  the  rail  length.  The  curvature  is  acquired 
gradually  by  traversing  the  rail  several  times  and 
applying  a  little  more  pressure  each  time  until  the 
desired  radius  is  obtained.  Rails  vary  in  stiffness,  and 
some  do  not  readily  acquire  a  permanent  set,  thus 
requiring  more  pressure  and  taking  time  to  bend.  Others 
respond  too  readily  and  are  liable  to  "  kinks." 


70    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

On  account  of  the  variations  in  flexibility  it  is  often 
necessary  to  alter  the  position  of  the  crow.  For 
instance,  the  crow  may  be  advanced  to  a  position  half 
way  between  those  shown  in  Fig.  35,  so  that  the  screw- 
boss  and  claws  occupy  entirely  new  positions  on  the 
rail.  Too  much  care  cannot  be  taken  in  the  curving  of 
rails,  and  all  work  should  be  done  to  template,  with  the 
exception  of  the  large  radius  sinuous  curves  which  are 
so  common  to  tramway  systems.  The  use  of  templates 
is  advocated  in  addition  to  the  setting  out  of  the  curves. 
By  the  use  of  these  radius  boards  or  templates,  irregu- 
larities in  curving,  which  are  the  cause  of  uneven  curve 
wear,  may  at  once  be  detected. 

In  Fig.  34  is  shown  the  result  of  bending  a  rail  by 
means  of  a  surface  crow.  Owing  to  there  having  been 
no  pressure  upon  the  web  and  flange  of  the  rail  it  has 
buckled.  Profile  rail  benders  are  indispensable  if  per- 
manent curves  are  desired,  and  care  must  be  taken  to 
enforce  their  use,  for  platelayers  have  a  rooted  objection 
to  them,  and  prefer  to  use  the  light  surfacing  crows  on 
the  head  and  flange  of  the  rail. 

A  rail  imperfectly  curved,  as  that  shown  in  Fig.  34, 
cannot  have  a  proper  bearing  on  the  foundation,  and  the 
web  and  flange,  not  having  a  permanent  set,  are  liable 
to  endeavour  to  return  to  their  original  shape,  causing 
"  kinks  "  and  irregularities  in  the  surface,  and,  finally, 
the  tread  being  distorted,  there  is  not  a  proper  contact 
for  the  wheel  treads,  which  is  liable  to  be  a  source  of 
danger  in  some  instances  and  lead  to  derailment,  par- 
ticularly when  the  outer  edge  of  the  rail  tread  is  raised,  as 
shown  in  Fig,  36,  causing  the  wheel  to  ride  on  its  outer 
edge,  and  raising  the  flange  out  of  the  groove  somewhat. 

All  rails  must  be  bent  to  the  required  radius  by  means 
of  profile  rail  benders,  and  on  no  account  should  it  be 
permitted  to  "  spring  "  the  rails  to  the  curve.  Rails  are 
very  flexible,  and  it  is  possible  to  lever  a  track  over 


"SPRINGING"    RAILS 


71 


from  the  straight  to  a  curved  line  without  the  use  of 
benders.  This  is  termed  "  springing,"  and  is  a  very 
unsatisfactory  and  "  jerry  "  proceeding.  There  being  no 
permanent  set  in  the  rails,  their  potential  energy  is  likely 
to  cause  the  trouble  previously  mentioned.  On  sharper 
curves  another  common  and  faulty  practice  is  to  curve 
the  outer  rail  of  the  track,  and  then  "spring"  in  the 
inner  rail  to  gauge  with  crowbars,  The  tie-bars  are  at 
once  fitted,  and  they  hold  the  rail  in  position  until  it  is 
paved  in.  Where  such  practices  were  adopted  it  cannot 


Fig.  36. — A  Rail  canted  on  sharp  Curve  through  improper 
Bending  and  consequent  Poor  Wheel  Contact. 

cause  surprise  that  trouble  has  been  experienced  in 
regard  to  loose  rails,  especially  on  sinuous  systems.  The 
platelaying  cannot  be  too  carefully  watched,  for  there 
can  be  no  doubt  that  too  much  has  been  left  in  many 
cases  to  the  skill  and  conscientiousness  of  the  platelayer. 

ANCHORS  AND  ANCHORING. 

The  question  of  anchoring  is  one  upon  which  there  is 
a  considerable  diversity  of  opinion.  Many  authorities 
hold  the  view  that  anchors  are  an  unnecessary  expense 
and  their  introduction  has  no  good  results.  On  the 
other  hand,  it  is  the  experience  of  many  others  that  the 


72    TRAMAVAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

introduction  of  anchors  has  accomplished  the  holding 
down  of  the  track  when  other  expedients  have  failed. 

The  writer's  experience  is  that  a  properly  anchored 
track  is  far  more  stable  than  an  unanchored  one,  but 
that  the  result  will  entirely  depend  upon  the  care  which 
is  taken  in  applying  the  anchor.  One  often  hears  the 
remark  that  "  We  have  tried  anchors,  but  our  track  is 
no  better  for  them."  The  only  reply  that  the  writer- 
can  make  to  these  statements  is  that  the  anchoring  was 
not  efficiently  executed.  One  view  of  anchoring  is  that 
it  is  a  panacea  for  all  track  ills  and  that  the  introduction 
of  a  number  of  anchors  at  frequent  intervals  will  cause 
the  rails  to  lie  down  evenly  and  considerably  reduce  the 
expenditure  upon  maintenance.  In  the  case  of  an 
existing  track,  great  care  is  required  in  inserting  anchors  ; 
if  the  rails  are  loose  and  "  hog-backed,"  it  is  not  to  be 
expected  that  the  forcible  cramping  down  of  deformed 
rails  to  their  bed  by  means  of  anchors  at  intervals  will 
procure  easy  running  and  freedom  from  repairs.  The 
result  of  such  a  procedure  is  to  form  on  the  surface  of 
the  rail  a  number  of  smaller  undulations  in  place  of  the 
one  long  arch  which  previously  existed.  In  cases  where 
the  rails  are  so  badly  "  hogged "  it  is  necessary  to 
strip  the  rails  entirely  from  end  to  end  so  that  the  sur- 
face may  be  adjusted  before  applying  the  anchors  ;  but 
the  writer  does  not  recommend  the  anchoring  of  rails  in 
this  condition,  unless  they  are  very  far  from  being  worn 
out,  on  account  of  the  heavy  expense  of  the  attendant 
works.  Anchors  may  be  very  effectively  applied  to 
tracks  which  are  beginning  to  work  loose  but  which  are 
otherwise  in  good  condition.  In  fact,  if  a  few  anchors 
are  inserted  at  the  affected  places  as  soon  as  the  defect 
becomes  apparent,  and  the  rails  are  carefully  packed  at 
the  same  time,  an  effectual  remedy  is  obtained,  pro- 
vided, of  course,  that  the  foundations  are  whole.  In 
all  these  cases  it  is  necessary  that  repair  works  of  this 


ANCHORING    NEW   TRACKS  73 

description  should  be  put  in  hand  without  delay  and 
before  greater  damage  is  done.  As  a  general  rule, 
track  repairs  are  not  commenced  until  the  track  has 
become  very  defective,  when  remedial  measures  are 
mostly  and  do  not,  perhaps,  meet  with  the  success  which 
would  have  attended  them  at  an  earlier  stage. 

The  anchoring  of  new  tracks  requires  to  be  very 
•carefully  carried  out,  otherwise  it  may  have  an  adverse 
effect  upon  the  track.  As  in  the  other  cases  of  track 
defects  which  have  been  referred  to  in  these  pages,  all 
the  trouble  originates  in  the  expansion  and  contraction 
of  the  rails  before  being  paved  in.  Anchors  are  often 
attached  to  rails  at  frequent  intervals,  they  are  securely 
bolted  or  wedged  on,  and  long  lengths  of  track  are 
exposed  to  the  variations  of  temperature,  with  the  result 
that  the  movement  of  the  rails  due  to  expansion  and 
contraction  draws  the  anchors  through  the  soft  concrete, 
causing  local  fractures  which  are  sure  to  develop  after 
the  track  has  been  in  service  some  little  time. 

On  the  other  hand,  if  the  concrete  has  set  sufficiently 
hard  to  resist  this  tendency  and  the  rails  have  been 
packed,  the  anchors  will  maintain  their  position  in  the 
concrete  and  will  retain  their  hold  on  the  rails,  with  the 
result  that  the  rails  will  rise  off  the  packing  between 
each  anchor.  The  slight  arch  thus  formed  is  seldom 
detected  at  the  time  and  the  rails  are  paved  in  in  this 
condition,  thus  permanently  establishing  the  deforma- 
tion which  imparts  a  see-saw  motion  to  the  cars,  which 
is  very  objectionable  and  difficult  to  trace  and  cure. 

Where  the  rails  have  been  packed  prior  to  this  lifting 
of  the  rails  between  the  anchors,  the  defect  is  often  so 
slight  that  it  is  not  discernible  without  careful  sounding 
of  the  rail  and  a  close  examination  of  the  surface  with 
the  eye  to  the  rail.  Consequently,  the  rail  begins  to 
work  between  the  anchors,  however  close  they  are,  and 
after  a  time  water  finds  its  way  beneath  the  rail 

T.T.C.  I, 


74    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

flange  with  the  usual  results  ;  and  anchors  are  said  to  be 
useless  for  this  purpose  of  holding  the  rail  down. 

In  all  operations  connected  with  track  construction  or 
repair,  due  allowance  should  be  made  for  the  expansion 
and  contraction  of  the  rails,  however  slight  the  move- 
ment, and  so,  with  anchoring,  the  anchors  should  not 
be  too  firmly  attached  to  the  rails  until  they  are  about 
to  be  paved  in.  They  should  be  lightly  fixed  so  that 
the  rails  may  move  in  the  direction  of  their  length 
without  disturbing  the  anchor  or  causing  damage  to  the 
concrete.  In  order  to  allow  free  movement  to  the  rails,  it 


Fig.  37. — Anchor  attached  by  means  of  Wedges. 

is  recommended  that  all  anchors  should  be  attached  by 
means  of  clips  or  wedges  as  shown  in  Figs.  37  and  38, 
so  that  they  may  be  loosely  fitted,  allowing  a  certain 
amount  of  backward  and  forward  movement  to  the 
rails,  and  afterwards,  when  the  work  is  about  to  be 
paved  in,  the  wredges  may  be  driven  "  hard  home." 

The  writer  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  most  satisfactory 
method  of  anchoring  the  joint  is  to  attach  two  anchors, 
one  on  each  rail,  and  not  more  than  a  foot  from  the  rail 
end.  The  joint  is  thus  doubly  secured  and  a  far  better 
job  is  made  than  by  the  interposition  of  an  anchor 


. 


ANCHORING   JOINTS  75 

immediately  beneath  the  rail  joint,  which  forms  a  kind 
of  anvil  upon  which  the  rail  ends  are  liable  to  be 
hammered,  which  is  frequently  the  case  on  account  of 
the  impossibility  of  obtaining  an  even  contact  between 
two  rolled  steel  surfaces,  which  will  be  referred  to  in 
the  chapter  on  mechanical  joints. 

The  writer  has  proved  to  his  own  satisfaction,  time 


Fig1.  88. — Anchor  attached  by  means  of  Wedges. 

after  time,  that  anchoring  is  beneficial  to  the  track.  In 
tracks  subjected  to  high-speed  traffic,  anchors  certainly 
defeat  any  tendency  of  the  rails  to  work  loose  through 
excessive  vibration  set  Tip  by  either  the  speed  of  the 
cars  or  on  account  of  the  "  springy  "  subsoil ;  and  it  has 
been  observed  that  anchored  tracks  give  the  best  results 
where  the  vehicular  traffic  is  heavy  and  continuous. 
Finally,  anchors  are  of  undoubted  service  in  assisting 
to  maintain  the  uniform  gauge  of  the  track. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

JOINTS. 

THE  mechanical  joints  used  on  tramways  are  all,  more 
or  less,  variations  of  the  well-known  fish-plate  joint. 

The  fish-plate  joint  lias  been  abandoned  in  many 
instances  as  a  total  failure,  whilst  in  others  it  is  only 
tolerated  on  account  of  its  low  initial  cost.  At  the 
same  time,  it  must  be  pointed  out  that  good  serviceable 
fished  joints  may  be  obtained  if  only  sufficient  care  is 
taken  in  making  the  joints,  and  reasonable  attention  is 
given  to  them  afterwards.  A  joint  is  too  often  allowed 
to  become  almost  beyond  repair  before  it  is  attended  to. 

In  all  fish-plated  tracks  where  the  joints,  as  a  whole, 
are  said  to  have  failed,  there  will  be  found  several 
joints,  at  least,  which  have  withstood  the  traffic  with- 
out damage  to  themselves  ;  indeed,  in  some  of  these 
instances  the  joint  is  scarcely  discernible.  Fig.  39 
shows  a  view  of  such  a  joint  which  was  in  operation  for 
12  years  and  carried  a  service  of  one  and  a  half  million 
cars.  From  the  fact  that  such  fish-plate  joints  have 
been  made  to  stand,  it  may  safely  be  assumed  that 
what  has  once  been  accomplished  may  be  repeated. 
The  general  failure  of  the  fish-plate  type  of  joint  is 
entirely  due  either  to  ignorance  or  neglect. 

In  making  a  fish-plate  joint,  both  skill  and  patience 
are  required  ;  it  is  not  a  handy  man's  job,  as  is  generally 
supposed.  Given  that  the  fish  plates  and  rails  are  well 
designed,  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  the 
minutiae  of  the  design  should  be  adhered  to  ;  the  rail 
ends  should  receive  the  closest  inspection  before  they 
leave  the  works,  and  no  rails  should  be  approved  unless 


FISH   PLATES  SHOULD  FIT  THE  RAILS  77 


the  ends  are  a  true 
fit  with  the  fish-plate 
templates.  Each  pair 
of  plates  should  also  be 
carefully  gauged,  and 
defective  or  inaccurate 
plates  should  not  be 
accepted. 

It  is  essential  that 
the  rails  and  fish  plates 
should  be  obtained  from 
the  same  works,  so  that 
they  may  be  compared 
and  tried  on  from  time 
to  time.  Bad  fish-plate 
joints  are  the  inevitable 
result  of  the  use  of  ill- 
fitting  plates. 

Rail  and  plate  rolls 
wear  considerably  and 
at  different  rates,  so  that 
badly-fitting  plates  are 
likely  to  be  the  result 
of  this  wear  unless  the 
sections  are  compared 
and  corrected  from  time 
to  time.  The  rail  ends 
should  be  true  to  section, 
and  should  be  undercut 
about  one-sixteenth  of 
an  inch  so  as  to  bring 
the  two  rail  tables  close 
together.  In  removing 
saw-fins  from  the  rail 
ends  at  the  works  and 
in  finishing  off  the  rails, 


78    TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

care  must  be  taken  to  ensure  that  the  arises  are  left 
sharp  ;  for  sometimes  there  is  a  tendency  for  the  men  to 
bevel  off  the  arises  slightly,  thus  causing  a  decided  gap 
when  the  rails  are  "  butted  up." 

Such  rails  should  not  be  used  until  they  have  been 
filed  sharp  again  at  the  edge,  for  it  is  obvious  that  the 
gap  thus  caused  will  set  up  a  "hammering"  action. 
In  preparing  a  fish-plate  joint,  all  traces  of  black  and 
red  oxide  scale  must  be  removed  from  both  the  rail 
ends  and  plates  by  means  of  files,  wire  brushes,  and 
scrapers.  New  fish  plates,  having  been  "  dipped,"  have 
occasionally  some  coagulated  oil  about  the  bearing  sur- 


Kig.  40.  — Split  Web  (hie  to  sledging  home  a  tightly-fitting 
Fisli  Plate. 

faces,  which  either  prevents  a  good  fit  from  being  made 
or  conveys  a  false  impression  of  tightness  ;  this  should 
be  removed,  of  course. 

The  fish  plates  should  be  "  tried  on  "  and  removed, 
and  the  bearing  surfaces  of  both  the  rail  and  the  plates 
should  be  ascertained  It  will  be  found  that  a  file,  in 
the  hands  of  a  man  skilled  in  its  use,  will  improve  the 
fitting  of  the  joints  a  hundredfold. 

Neither  loose  nor  tightly-fitting  plates  should  be 
used  ;  the  former  cannot  be  made  tight  without  the  use 
of  liners,  which  is  not  only  bad  practice,  but  it  cannot 
produce  good  results.  Tightly-fitting  plates  should  be 
either  ground  down  or  laid  aside  ;  the  common  practice 


FITTING   FISH   PLATES  7l> 

of  driving  a  tight  plate  home  with  a  heavy  sledge 
hammer  cannot  be  too  strongly  condemned,  causing  as 
it  does  a  deformation  of  the  section,  and  it  is  liable  to 
split  the  web  of  the  rail,  as  shown  in  Fig.  40.  After 
the  plates  have  been  carefully  fitted,  they  should  be 
bolted  up  tightly  by  a  skilled  man  using  a  short 
spanner,  care  being  taken  not  to  overscrew  the  nut ; 
and  after  the  track  has  been  levelled  and  gauged  the 
bolts  must  be  again  tried,  and  any  slackness  caused  by 
the  handling  should  be  taken  up. 

The  bolt  heads,  the  plates,  and  the  rail  ends  should 
be  struck  with  a  light  sledge  and  the  nuts  should  be 
tried  again.  Xo  pressure  should  be  applied  to  the 
wrench  beyond  a  good  strong  jerk,  otherwise  the  bolt 
is  liable  to  become  twisted  or  unthreaded.  If  the  joint 
is  left  exposed  to  the  changes  of  temperature  for  any 
length  of  time,  it  should  be  attended  to  and  tightened 
up  from  time  to  time  until  it  is  paved  in. 

After  the  plates  have  been  fitted  and  bolted  up,  the 
rail  treads  should  be  closely  examined,  and  all  in- 
accuracies of  fit  and  section  should  be  carefully  removed 
by  means  of  a  double-handled  file.  A  well-designed 
fish  plate  should  be  convex  in  shape,  and  should  have  a 
good  fiat  bearing  place  for  both  the  bolt  heads  and  the 
nuts.  Fig.  41  shows  a  section  through  a  fish-plate  joint 
where,  for  comparison,  a  convex  plate  and  a  flat  plate 
have  been  used.  It  will  be  observed  that,  whilst  the 
convex  plate  has  withstood  the  tightening  up  of  the 
bolt,  the  flat  plate  has  buckled.  Care  should  be  taken 
to  obtain  good,  wrell-made  fish  bolts  ;  the  cheapest 
article  is  not  the  best,  and  poor  bolts  contribute  to  the 
defects  in  a  joint.  The  bolts  should  be  well  machined 
under  the  head,  so  as  to  bear  uniformly  on  the  plate. 
The  same  also  applies  to  the  nuts  ;  they  should  be 
machined  so  as  to  make  full  contact  with  the  other 
plate.  Fig.  42  shows  a  defective  bolt  and  nut  and  the 


80    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


Fig.  41.— Showing  Failure  of  flat  Fish  Plate. 


Fig.  42.—  Showing  bad  Contact  made  by  defective  Bolt  and  Nut. 


FISH    BOLTS    AND   NUTS  81 

poor  contact  made,  whilst  Fig.  43  shows  a  well-turned 
bolt  and  nut  and  the  excellent  fit  obtained.  Lock  nuts 
are  an  unnecessary  expense  on  tramway  tracks,  for, 
owing  to  the  paving,  pitch,  and  cement  grout,  etc.,  it  is 
not  possible  for  the  nuts  to  turn  round. 

Bolts  may  work  loose,  but  lock  nuts  will  not  prevent 
this.  The  movement  in  a  defective  joint  will  work  all 
the  bolts  loose  without  disturbing  the  nuts,  by  causing 


Fig.  43. — Excellent  Contact  made  by  perfect-fitting  Bolt  and  Nut. 

them  to  extend.  This  has  been  clearly  proved  where 
lock  plates  have  been  used.  On  many  of  the  earlier 
tracks  long  flat  plates  with  six  square  holes  for  the  fish 
bolt  nuts  were  placed  over  the  nuts  after  the  joint  had 
been  made,  as  shown  in  Fig.  44.  It  was  obviously 
impossible  for  the  nuts  to  turn  round,  and  yet  the  bolts 
worked  loose.  The  looseness  was  found  to  be  due  to 
the  elongation  of  the  bolts.  The  bolts  were  not  only 
extended,  but  were  twisted,  as  shown  in  Fig.  45.  Rail 
joints  should  not  be  allowed  to  work  loose  and  become 
T.T.C.  M 


82    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


battered.  As  a  rule, 
the  track  and  joints 
are  neglected  during 
the  first  few  years 
in  service,  it  being 
assumed  that  no 
attention  is  required, 
but  it  is  during  this 
time  that  all  the 
damage  is  done  to  the 
rail  joints,  for  it  may 
be  taken  for  granted 
that  when  attention 
is  called  to  a  joint 
by  reason  of  its 
"  hammering  "  or 
"  springing  "  that  the 
evil  has  existed  for 
some  considerable 
time.  Joints  should 
be  frequently  and 
regularly  examined, 
and  should  not  be 
allowed  to  "  batter  " 
themselves  out  of 
shape.  It  has  been 
said  that  the  "life 
of  the  joint  deter- 
mines the  life  of 
the  rail,"  but  this 
should  be  altered  to 
read,  "  the  neglect  of 
the  joint  determines 
the  life  of  the  rail." 
A  joint  should 
be  attended  to  as 


FISH    BOLTS    AND   NUTS 


83 


I 
jf 

c 

1 


84    TRAMWAY   TRACK  CONSTRUCTION 

soon  as  there  are  any  signs  of  looseness  or  of  hammer- 
ing ;  all  traces  of  irregular  wear  should  be  carefully 
removed,  the  most  suitable  instrument  for  this  purpose 
being  a  double-handed  file  similar  to  the  one  shown 
in  Fig.  46.  In  using  this  tool  care  must  be  taken 
to  preserve  the  profile  of  the  partly  worn  tread,  i.e., 
the  file  should  not  be  used  in  such  a  way  as  to 
produce  a  decided  flat  in  the  rail  ends  at  the  joint 
when  the  rail  tables  have  worn  convex,  as  is  usually 
the  case.  Fig.  47  shows  an  instance  of  this,  where, 
with  the  best  of  intentions,  a  flat  has  been  filed  on 
a  rail  tread.  When  a  joint  requires  filing  in  this 


Fig.  46. — Double-handed  File  used  for  "  dressing-up  "  Rail  Joints. 

manner,  a  small  template  of  the  tread  should  be  pre- 
pared and  tried  on  frequently  during  the  filing.  A 
joint  should  be  opened  out  and  examined  the  instant 
there  are  signs  of  looseness  ;  the  bolts  must  be 
tightened  up,  the  rails  packed,  and  all  irregularities 
must  be  filed  away.  Joints  should  receive  frequent 
and  regular  attention.  With  a  little  care  and  without 
much  expense  mechanical  joints  may  be  so  made  and 
maintained  as  to  withstand  the  wear  and  tear  of  the 
track  almost  as  well  as  the  rail  itself.  In  Leeds  there 
are  two  tracks,  one  paved  with  soft  wood  and  the  other 
with  granite,  which  have  been  in  service  for  four  years 
and  have  carried  services  of  1J  million  cars  and  one 
million  cars  respectively.  Both  these  tracks  were  relaid 


RAIL   JOINTS 


85 


c 

Tt< 

bb 


86    TRAMWAY    TRACK   CONSTRUCTION     . 

during  the  night  time,  the  rails  being  in  service  the 
following  day,  and  there  is  no  more  wear  at  the  joint 
than  at  any  other  part  of  the  rail.  The  joints  are 
mechanical  joints  of  the  type  known  as  "  continuous 
rail  joints  ; "  they  were  carefully  fitted,  and  the  rail  ends 
were  filed  true.  During  the  first  six  months  in  service 
the  joints  were  each  examined  weekly,  all  traces  of 
irregular  wear  being  removed.  The  joints  are  in 
splendid  condition,  and  there  has  been  no  other 
maintenance  charge  on  either  track,  neither  of  which  is 
anchored.  Fig.  48  shows  a  typical  joint  on  one  of 
these  tracks.  Ordinary  fish  plates,  used  alone,  are  not 


Fig.  49. — Showing  Rail  with  "Rocking"  Base. 

recommended  where  the  speed  is  approaching  nine 
miles  per  hour  ;  it  is  then  necessary  that  some  auxiliary 
jointing  device  should  be  used  to  engage  the  rail  base. 
Sole  plates  or  joint  anchors  have  been  used  for  this 
purpose,  but  there  is,  however,  a  very  serious  obstacle 
to  overcome  in  perfecting  the  joint  where  such 
strengthening  additions  are  made  to  the  joint.  The 
difficulty  arises  out  of  the  irregularities  in  the  rail  bases, 
which  prevent  the  formation  of  a  proper  contact 
between  the  rail  and  the  sole  plate  or  anchor.  As  a 
rule,  the  underside  of  the  rail  flange  is  very  uneven,  and 
at  the  best  it  only  bears  on  the  plate  at  a  few  points, 
and  in  some  instances  the  rail  has  a  rocking  base,  as 


WHY   JOINTS   FAIL  87 

shown  in  Fig.  49.  This  is  by  no  means  an  uncommon 
example,  and  it  clearly  demonstrates  the  difficulty  of 
making  a  satisfactory  joint.  Fig.  50  shows  a  saw  cut 
through  a  fish-plate  and  sole-plate  joint,  and  a  little 
study  of  this  and  the  preceding  illustration  will  help  to 
solve  the  riddle,  u  Why  do  joints  fail  ? "  It  is  claimed 
by  [many  joint  specialists  that  their  joint  or  anchor 


Fig.   .50. — Showing  Saw  Cut  through  complete  Fish-Plate  and 

Sole-Plate  Joint. 
Note  the  imperfect  contact  between  the  rail  base  and  the  sole  plate. 

plates  are  a  "  pressed  fit,"  i.e.,  the  device  has  been  fitted 
hot  to  a  section  of  the  rail  at  the  mill  ;  but  this  does 
not  in  any  way  ensure  a  true  fit.  There  cannot  be  a 
true  pressed  fit  unless  the  joint  plates  are  actually  fitted 
to  the  identical  rail  ends  they  are  to  secure  in  the  track. 
And  even  if  it  were  possible  to  do  this,  it  would  lead  to 
much  confusion  and  a  great  amount  of  inconvenience  ; 
the  joint  plate  would  have  to  be  attached  to  one  of  the 


88    TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

rail  ends,  and  the  other  rail  end  would  have  to  have  a 
distinguishing  mark,  and  it  will  be  readily  seen  that 
such  an  arrangement  would  be  too  impracticable  to 
execute.  In  order  to  overcome  this  difficulty,  rails 
should  be  designed  with  thicker  and  narrower  flanges, 
so  as  to  neutralise  as  far  as  possible  the  effects  of  the 
contraction  of  the  metal  after  rolling.  Purchasers  are 
entitled  to,  and  should  insist  on  being  supplied  with 
rails  having  reasonably  true  bases,  and  it  is  suggested 
that  a  considerable  improvement  could  be  made  in 


Fig.  51. — The  Continuous  Rail  Joint. 

this  direction  by  the  introduction  of  a  roller  into  the 
mill  which  would  engage  the  entire  rail  base  during 
one  of  the  finishing  passes.  Figs.  51  and  52  show 
mechanical  joints  which  will  give  excellent  results,  if 
carefully  fitted. 

There  are  many  theories  in  regard  to  the  reaction 
which  takes  place  at  a  mechanical  joint  between  the 
wheels  and  the  rail  ends,  but  so  far  very  little  practical 
attention  has  been  given  to  the  matter.  In  the  first 
place,  the  trouble  is  commenced  by  the  presence  of  a 
gap  at  the  joint  between  the  two  rails,  the  presence 


DISHED  OR  HAMMERED  RAIL  JOINTS    89 

of  which,  however  slight,  is  sufficient  to  start  the  joint 
working  if  it  has  been  at  all  carelessly  fitted,  and  in  any 
case  its  presence  is  sure  to  be  felt  sooner  or  later,  hence 
the  necessity  of  frequent  inspections,  and  the  careful 
filing  of  all  joints  showing  the  slightest  indications  of 
"  hammering." 

In  up-to-date  tracks  the  well-anchored  and  supported 
rails  permit  the  wheels  to  travel  to  the  extreme  end  of 
the  rail  without  deflection,  the  trouble  being  caused  by 


Fig.  52.— The  Atlas  Joint. 

the  slight  drop  of  the  wheel  as  it  bridges  the  gap 
between  the  "  running  "  rail  and  the  "  running  on  "  rail. 
This  drop  is  very  slight  to  commence  with,  but  it 
increases  and  causes  a  decided  depression  on  the  end  of 
the  "  running  on  "  rail,  which  is,  of  course,  equal  to  the 
widening  of  the  gap  between  the  two  rail  ends.  The 
wheels  roll  off  the  end  of  the  "  running"  rail,  and  alight 
some  distance  from  the  end  of  the  next  rail,  the  distance 
varying  in  this  country  from  1  to  about  6  in.,  according 
to  the  speed  of  the  car.  Fig.  53  shows  a  typical 
T.T.C.  N 


90    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


MOVEMENTS   AT   RAIL   JOINTS          91 

"  dished  "  or  "  hammered  "  mechanical  joint.  It  will 
be  noticed  that  the  "  running  "  rail  has  scarcely  received 
injury,  whilst  the  "  running  on  "  rail  has  been  battered 
hollow  and  has  apparently  been  raised,  judging  from 
the  presence  of  the  liners  between  the  rail  head  and  the 
fish  plate. 

Other  factors  in  the  failure  of  the  mechanical  joint 
are  the  position  of  the  rail  web  and  the  actual  bearing 
of  the  car  wheels  on  the  rail  tread.  It  is  intended  to 
deal  with  this  matter  more  fully  under  the  heading  of 
Rail  Design,  but  it  may  be  observed,  in  passing,  that  as 


Fig.  54. — New  Tyres  on  Old  Rails. 

tramway  tracks  are  seldom  laid  level,  there  is  quite  an 
appreciable  "  cant "  in  the  two  rails,  due  to  the  camber 
of  the  road,  as  shown  in  Fig.  25,  which,  as  the  wheels 
pass  over  the  joint,  imparts  a  torsional  movement  to  the 
"  running  on "  rail  end  as  it  receives  the  blow  from 
the  car  wheel.  Again,  owing  to  the  web  not  being 
immediately  beneath  the  tread  of  the  rail,  and  as  the 
bearing  of  new  tyres  on  old  or  partly  worn  rails  is, 
as  shown  in  Fig.  54,  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  treads 
only,  it  is  obvious  that  as  the  load  is  non-axial,  there 
is  little  to  prevent  the  outer  edge  of  the  "  running  on  " 
rail  from  becoming  beaten  down  as  shown  in  Fig.  53. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

JOINT    WELDING. 

NOTWITHSTANDING  the  good  results  which  may  be 
obtained  from  well  made  and  well-tended  mechanical 
joints,  such  joints  are  far  from  approaching  the  track- 
man's ideal.  However  carefully  a  joint  may  be  made 
and  maintained,  at  the  best  there  is  always  a  fine 
division  between  the  two  rail  ends,  which  will  certainly 
lead  to  trouble  unless  the  greatest  care  is  taken  in 
preparing  and  maintaining  a  mechanical  joint.  The 
aim  of  all  tramway  engineers  is  the  obliteration  of  the 
joint,  and  with  new  rails  this  may  now  be  said  to  have 
become  an  established  fact.  There  have  been  several 
attempts  to  weld  tramway  rails,  but  none  of  these 
processes  have  been  so  successful  in  the  welding  of  new 
rails  as  the  alumino-thermic  process  popularly  known 
as  Thermit  welding,  which  is  now  in  use  on  60  different 
tramway  undertakings  in  this  country  alone.  In  the 
earlier  days  of  Thermit  welding  there  were  undoubtedly 
many  instances  of  trouble  due  to  the  breaking  of  the 
welds ;  but  on  later  works,  where  greater  care  has  been 
exercised,  in  addition  to  the  improved  methods  of 
welding  due  to  wider  experience,  the  percentage  of 
broken  welds  has  been  reduced  to  an  almost  negligible 
quantity.  One  of  the  principal  objections  raised  in 
regard  to  Thermit  welding  by  those  who  experimented 
with  the  process  in  its  earlier  and  less  perfect  stages 
was  that  the  joint  was  liable  to  be  honeycombed, 
although  presenting  an  apparently  sound  exterior. 
That  many  of  these  earlier  joints  were  in  this  way 
more  or  less  defective  cannot  be  denied,  but  such 


BLOW-HOLES    IN   WELDS  93 

defects  were  not  in  any  way  inherent  in  the  process 
itself,  but  were,  as  is  frequently  the  case,  the  result  of 
inexperience. 

In  an  article  on  "  Blow-Holes  in  Thermit  Welds  : 
Their  Cause  and  Prevention,"  Mr.  G.  E.  Pellissier, 
dealing  with  the  repairing  of  larger  pieces,  gives  the 
following  satisfactory  explanation  and  solution :  "  In 
making  Thermit  welds  it  sometimes  happens  that  upon 
machining  it  is  found  that  the  metal  is  not  perfectly 
solid,  and  it  is  often  assumed  that  this  fact  is  peculiar 
to  the  Thermit  process  and  cannot  be  avoided.  This, 
however,  is  not  the  case.  As  welding  with  Thermit  is 
essentially  the  same  as  making  a  steel  casting,  the  same 
process  of  reasoning  will  apply  to  both  cases,  in  so  far 
as  the  conditions  are  the  same.  In  making  steel 
castings,  the  chief  cause  of  blow-holes  is  the  presence  of 
ferrous  oxide  in  the  metal,  and  this  is  usually  removed 
by  the  addition  of  some  very  active  deoxidiser, 
such  as  aluminium,  manganese,  or  silicon.  Thermit 
itself  is  a  mixture  of  iron  oxide  and  aluminium,  mixed 
in  such  proportions  as  to  completely  reduce  the  oxide. 
As  sufficient  pure  manganese  is  added  to  the  charge  of 
Thermit  to  reduce  all  oxides  which  may  be  present  in 
or  on  the  parts  to  be  welded,  it  is  evident  that  the 
blow-holes  which  sometimes  occur  in  Thermit  welds 
cannot  arise  from  this  cause.  What,  then,  is  the 
cause  ?  It  is  the  writer's  opinion  that  the  explanation  is 
to  be  found  in  the  difference  of  temperature  between 
the  parts  to  be  welded  and  the  Thermit  steel  when 
poured.  When  a  weld  is  made  with  Thermit  in  the 
ordinary  manner,  and  the  parts  to  be  welded  are  not 
brought  to  a  high  temperature  before  pouring  the 
Thermit  steel,  what  actually  occurs  is  this  :  a  small 
volume  of  Thermit  steel  is  brought  into  contact  with  a 
large  amount  of  comparatively  cold  metal,  which 
conducts  away  the  heat  of  the  former  so  rapidly  at  the 


94    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

junction  of  the  two  metals  that  it  soon  becomes  too 
thick  to  flow,  and  as  the  mass  cools  the  decrease  in 
volume,  due  to  shrinkage,  is  not  provided  for  by  the 
metal  in  the  riser.  The  result  is  shrinkage,  or  so-called 
blow-holes."  Tn  ordinary  tramway  practice  it  is 
obviously  not  possible  to  bring  rails  to  red  heat,  but 
the  presence  of  a  few  blow -holes  in  the  weld  does  not 
in  any  way  affect  the  strength  of  the  joint. 

The  truth  of  this  is  borne  out  by  the  fact  that,  in  a 
broken  weld,  the  collar  of  Thermit  steel  is  rarely  if  ever 
broken,  the  fracture  being  usually  in  the  rail  imme- 
diately outside  the  weld.  Many  broken  welds  in  the 
earlier  days  of  Thermit  welding  were  due  to  the  fact 
that  the  rail  ends  were  not  properly  cleaned,  and  that 
rails  were  used  which  had  been  holed  for  fish-plate 
bolts,  the  presence  of  these  holes  causing  a  longitudinal 
fracture  which  spread  from  one  hole  to  another.  The 
head  of  the  rail  was  thus  suspended  on  either  one  side  of 
the  weld  or  the  other  for  about  a  foot,  and  in  deflecting 
under  the  traffic  the  rail  treads,  which  were  not  in  those 
days  butt- welded  as  at  present,  pulled  apart,  and  the 
destruction  of  the  joint  was  complete.  According  to 
the  practice  employed  at  present,  the  metal  is  not 
brought  up  as  high  under  the  head  of  the  rail  as 
previously.  In  spite  of  this,  more  compound  is  now 
used,  which  goes  to  increase  the  width  of  the  band. 
A  larger  quantity  of  slag  is  so  produced,  and  this  is 
utilised  entirely  to  surround  the  head  of  the  rail,  thus 
bringing  it  to  a  welding  temperature,  and  on  the  pres- 
sure being  applied  by  means  of  the  clamps,  a  thorough 
butt  weld  of  the  head  of  the  rail  is  effected  (Fig.  55). 
In  Leeds  alone  11,000  joints,  representing  a  length 
of  over  60  miles,  have  been  welded  on  new  and  recon- 
structed tracks  during  the  past  eight  years,  and  the 
total  breakages  during  this  period,  which  includes 
the  earlier  stages  of  welding,  when  the  process  and 


THERMIT    RAIL   WELDING  95 

its  application  were  not  so  well  understood,  do  not 
exceed  3  per  cent.,  whilst  observations  taken  on  the 
tracks  welded  during  the  past  four  years  show  that 
the  breakages  are  only  about  0*5  per  cent.  In  Man- 
chester, as  was  stated  by  Mr.  H.  Mattinsori  at  an 
annual  Conference  of  the  Municipal  Tramways  Associa- 
tion, five  years'  experience  of  Thermit  welding  has 


Fig.  55. — Section  through  a  recent  Thermit  Weld,  showing  Freedom 
from  Blow-holes. 

resulted  in  less  than  0*3  per  cent,  of  breakages.* 
Whilst  these  results  may  be  said  to  be  quite  satisfactory, 
and  equally  good  results  have  been  obtained  on  the 
majority  of  the  other  tracks  that  have  been  Thermit 
welded,  still  the  alleged  failure  of  the  process  on  other 
systems  requires  an  explanation.  The  making  of  a 
Thermit  joint  is  an  operation  requiring  the  attention  of 

*   Vide  The  Tramway  and  Railway  World,  October  12,  1911,  p.  319. 


96    TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

a  well-trained  intelligent  mechanic.  Previously  the 
Thermit  Company  sold  the  welding  material  and  out- 
fit so  that  the  purchasers  might  do  their  own  welding ; 
now  the  company  in  nearly  all  cases  supply  trained 
men  to  do  the  work,  and  give  a  guarantee  for 
a  reasonable  period.  The  failure,  then,  of  some  of 
the  joints  which  were  made  by  unskilled  workmen 
may  be  said  to  be  due  to  the  total  or  partial  neglect 
of  the  conditions  required,  and  the  failure  of  some 
joints  made  by  the  Thermit  Company's  own  workmen 
lias  been  proved  to  be  due  to  the  ill-treatment  which 
the  joints  have  received  after  welding  and  before  being 
paved  up. 

One  particular  instance  of  this  kind,  which  came 
before  the  writer's  notice  about  eight  years  ago.  will  be 
sufficient  to  explain  the  ill-treatment  referred  to  and  to 
illustrate  the  ill  effects.  A  firm  of  contractors  under- 
took to  construct  a  very  considerable  length  of  tramway 
track  in  a  limited  time,  and,  as  is  usual  in  such  cases, 
everything  was  sacrificed  to  speed  in  construction. 
The  rails  were  laid  at  what  may  be  termed  wholesale 
rates,  several  welding  gangs  being  at  work  at  the  same 
time,  each  endeavouring  to  break  existing  records  and 
to  keep  as  close  on  the  heels  of  the  platelaying  gangs  as 
possible.  The  result  of  all  this  hurry  was,  as  might 
readily  be  surmised,  an  abnormal  number  of  broken 
joints.  In  the  senseless  rush  which  took  place  the  rail 
ends  were  imperfectly  cleaned  and  insufficiently  pre- 
heated ;  in  some  cases  the  crucible  was  tapped  before 
the  completion  of  the  reaction,  and  the  clamps  were 
removed  long  before  the  metal  in  the  joint  was  set 
sufficiently  to  take  the  strain.  In  addition  to  this, 
the  concrete,  which  was  throwrn  in  immediately  the 
rails  were  welded,  naturally  took  several  days  to  set, 
and  during  all  this  time  the  temperature  varied  con- 
siderably, causing  excessively  long  lengths  of  track  to 


THERMIT   RAIL    WELDING  97 

expand  and  contract  to  such  an  extent  as  to  get  out  of 
line  and  buckle  in  all  directions.  The  effect  of  this  was 
to  cause  numerous  breakages  before  the  work  was 
paved  in,  whilst  it  was  impossible  to  ascertain  the 
number  of  joints  which  were  damaged  during  this 
period  and  subsequently  failed.  If,  therefore,  welded 
joints  are  to  be  made  a  success,  the  effect  of  the 
expansion  and  contraction  of  the  rails  during  construc- 
tion must  never  be  overlooked, 

It  is  not  intended  to  give  a  complete  description  of 
the  process  of  Thermit  welding  in  these  Chapters — the 
subject  being  altogether  too  comprehensive — but  to  call 
attention  to  some  of  the  more  important  requirements.* 
The  following  instructions  on  the  operation  of  welding 
must  be  attended  to  in  detail,  if  perfect  joints  are 
desired.  First,  the  rails  should  have  no  bolt  holes,  but 
a  small  hole  for  a  bond,  where  such  is  deemed 
necessary,  is  permissible  where  such  hole  is  not  nearer 
than  6  in.  from  the  end  of  the  rail.  The  ends  of  the 
rails  should  be  undercut  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch  in 
order  to  ensure  a  proper  butt  weld  at  the  rail  head 
when  the  clamps  are  drawn  up.  When  setting  the 
rails  to  be  welded,  it  is  necessary  that  precautions 
should  be  taken  to  ensure  that  the  rails  are  in  true 
alignment ;  when  the  rail  ends  are  set  for  welding,  both 
should  be  perfectly  true  on  the  gauge  line  and  at  the 
tread.  The  rail  ends  should  be  raised  to  the  extent  of 
one-thirty-second  of  an  inch  for  a  length  of  6  in.  either 
way  from  the  joint.  Care  must  be  taken  to  obtain  true 
alignment  between  the  joint  and  the  rails  on  either  side, 
otherwise  much  trouble  will  be  experienced  in  securing 
a  true  line  afterwards,  coupled  with  the  risk  of  fractur- 
ing the  rails  at  the  joint.  Prior  to  placing  the  rails  in 
their  final  position  for  welding,  the  end  of  each  rail 

*  Full  particulars  may  be  obtained  from  tbe  brochure  published  by  the 
proprietors  of  the  process,  styled  No.  2,  .Tune,  1918. 

T.T.C.  O 


98    TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

should  be  cleaned  bright,  and  all  foreign  matter  must 
be  removed,  not  only  from  the  end  of  the  rail,  but  for 
a  distance  of  2  in.  back  on  either  side  of  the  joint.  The 
rail  ends  are  prepared  by  means  of  a  special  ratchet  file, 
which  fits  between  the  rail  ends  as  held  in  the  clamps 


Fig.  of}.— Patent  Ratchet  File. 

(Fig.  56).  In  this  way  not  only  are  the  rail  ends  filed 
clean,  but  they  are  made  absolutely  square,  so  that  when 
drawn  together  there  is  contact  throughout  the  entire 
surface  of  the  section,  and  a  proper  butt  weld  can  be 
secured.  After  the  rails  have  been  placed  in  their  final 
position,  the  flame  from  two  powerful  blow  lamps  should 
be  directed  upon  the  rail  ends  from  either  side  (Fig.  57) 


THERMIT    RAIL    WELDING 


99 


until  they  are  a  dull  red  heat.  When  this  heat  has 
been  attained  a  hard  steel  wire  brush  should  be  briskly 
used  all  round  the  ends  of  the  rails,  particularly  beneath 
the  base  where  the  rails  cannot  be  examined.  In 
luting  the  mould  cases  it  is  necessary  that  the  greatest 
care  should  be  taken  to  prevent  the  damp  clay  from 
being  squeezed  upwards  into  the  inside  of  the  mould 
case  and  thus  coming  into  contact  with  the  molten 
Thermit  steel.  Where  the  least  particle  of  wet  clay  or 
damp  matter  of  any  description  comes  into  contact 

m 


Fig;.  57- — Operation  of  Pre-heating  by  means  of  Petrol  after 
Rails  and  Clamps  have  been  placed  in  position. 

with  the  molten  metal  a  slight  explosion  is  caused, 
and  a  reaction  of  the  molten  metal  is  set  up  within 
the  mould,  causing  the  metal  to  boil  up  and 
sometimes  to  surge  up  over  the  head  of  the  rail, 
thereby  damaging  it,  and  in  any  case  causing  a 
porous  and  defective  weld  in  which  the  slag  and 
steel  are  mixed.  In  attaching  the  moulds  it  is  im- 
perative that  they  should  be  placed  exactly  opposite 
the  joint,  and  be  pressed  together  evenly  and  tightly 
so  that  all  parts  of  the  moulds  come  close  together 
at  the  top  and  bottom,  and  close  to  the  rail  web  in 
the  centre. 


100  TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

It  is  essential  that  the  moulds  should  be  perfectly 
dry,  and  that  they  should  be  heated  with  the  blow 
lamps  before  they  are  attached  to  the  joint.  They 
should  be  made  of  a  quart'/  sand  of  coarse  grain,  with 
just  sufficient  loam  for  binding  purposes.  The  more 
porous  the  sand  the  better  it  is  for  welding  purposes,  so 
long  as  it  binds  firmly  in  the  mould  cases.  The  moulds 
should  be  pierced  in  a  number  of  places  with  a  fine 
pointed  steel  picker  before  being  placed  in  the  oven  to 
dry.  This  serves  two  purposes  ;  it  ventilates  the 
moulds  and  allows  the  moisture  to  escape  during  the 
drying  process,  and  also  provides  an  efficient  means  of 
escape  for  the  gases  generated  during  the  running  of 
the  charge,  which  are  otherwise  liable  to  be  retained  in 
the  weld,  causing  it  to  be  porous  or  honeycombed. 

In  running  the  weld,  great  care  must  be  taken  that 
the  crucible  be  exactly  over  the  runner  of  the  mould, 
and  not  more  than  4  in.  or  5  in.  above  it.  It  should  be 
well  balanced  and  perfectly  secure  in  the  holder.  The 
length  of  time  a  crucible  will  last  is  variable  ;  in  Leeds 
as  many  as  40  runs  have  been  obtained,  but  this  is 
exceptional,  20  probably  being  nearer  the  average.  In 
any  case  it  is  necessary  for  the  small  thimble  forming 
the  tap  hole  of  the  crucible  to  be  renewed  about  every 
five  runs.  The  welding  compound  should  be  well 
mixed  by  hand  before  being  placed  in  the  crucible,  so 
as  to  ensure  a  uniform  reaction  throughout.  The 
proper  time  to  tap  the  crucible  is  when  the  reaction  has 
entirely  ceased  and  the  steel  has  settled  to  the  bottom 
of  the  crucible.  In  order  to  obtain  a  perfect  butt  weld 
it  is  necessary  that  the  moulds  should  be  left  on  for 
some  time  after  the  run  has  been  made,  so  that  the  heat 
may  penetrate  through  the  head  of  the  rail.  From 
three  to  four  minutes  should  elapse  before  the  screws  of 
the  clamps  are  brought  into  play,  and  then  they  should 
be  steadily  tightened  up  one  complete  turn  of  the  nut, 


THERMIT   RAIL   WELDING  101 

thus  drawing  the  two  rail  ends  well  into  one  another. 
The  slag  covering  the  rail  head  should  be  allowed  to 
remain  as  long  as  possible,  in  order  to  allow  the  rail  to 
cool  down  gradually. 

The  welding  clamps  should  be  allowed  to  remain  on 
as  long  as  possible,  and  in  any  case  they  should  not  be 
removed  for  at  least  15  minutes,  in  order  to  prevent 
injury  to  the  weld  from  contraction  during  the  cooling 
off.  The  rails  should  not  be  disturbed  whilst  the  joints 
are  cooling,  and  on  no  account  should  a  rail  bender 
be  applied  to  the  welded  joint.  On  curved  trackwork 
the  rails  should  be  "  crowed  "  to  the  required  radius 
before  being  welded.  Every  weld  should  be  per- 
fectly close  jointed,  the  actual  joint  being  obliterated, 
and  there  should  be  a  smooth  running  surface. 
In  order  to  ensure  this,  the  rail  head  should  be 
evenly  hammered  flat  after  the  moulds  have  been 
removed,  and  should  be  smoothed  off  with  a  rail  plane 
when  cold. 

The  writer  is  strongly  of  the  opinion  that  it  would  be 
possible  to  reduce  further  the  number  of  broken  welds 
if  the  rails  were  manufactured  from  a  better  quality  of 
steel,  and  also  if  the  section  of  the  mil  were  to  be 
redesigned  ;  the  present  rail  sections  are  only  suitable 
for  fish-plate  joints,  and  it  is  quite  time  that  the 
Standards  Committee  should  direct  their  attention 
towards  the  production  of  a  suitable  welding  section. 
It  would  appear  that  the  web  of  the  modern  tramway 
rail  is  too  thin  to  withstand  the  sudden  application  of 
the  molten  Thermit  steel,  and  that  it  is  liable  to  be 
damaged.  It  is  suggested  that  the  web  could  be 
thickened  without  increasing  the  weight  of  the  rail,  by 
reducing  the  metal  in  the  flange,  which  is  unnecessarily 
wide,  and  adding  it  to  the  web. 

Recently  a  modification  has  been  introduced  for  the 
welding  of  high  carbon  rails,  and  this  process  is  also 


102  TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCT  ION 

generally  adopted  in  the  ease  of  rails  which,  owing  to 
their  heavy  section  or  chemical  composition,  are  difficult 
to  weld.  The  process  consists  in  placing  a  mild  steel 


Fig-.  .58. — Underside  of  Rail  Clamp  for  Welding  High  Carbon  Rails. 

shim,  with  a  copper  coating  on  either  face,  between  the 
heads  of  the  rails  to  be  welded,  and  in  order  that  the 
rails  shall  be  kept  in  absolutely  correct  alignment,  a 


Fig.  59.— Rail  Clamp  on  Carrier  Running  on  the  Rail. 

special  form  of  clamp  shown  in  Fig.  58  has  been 
designed.  These  clamps  are  fitted  with  guide  pieces 
having  a  projection  fitting  into  the  groove  of  the  rail, 


TUDOR    WELDING    SYSTEM  103 

and  grip  the  head  of  the  rail  instead  of  the  web,  as  in 
the  older  form.  The  welding  is  carried  out  in  exactly 
the  same  way,  but  the  rails  need  not  be  drawn  up  after 
welding,  although,  as  a  precaution,  they  are  drawn  up 
one-sixth  of  a  turn ;  as  a  consequence,  labour  is  saved 
in  the  subsequent  filing  of  the  joints.  These  clamps 
being  made  in  one  piece  obviate  dismantling  and  re- 
assembling for  each  joint.  They  are  moved  from  joint 
to  joint  by  means  of  carriers,  consisting  of  two  small 
wheels  running  on  the  rails  (Fig.  59). 

THE  TUDOR  ELECTRIC  ARC   WELDING   PROCESS. 

More  than  3,000  joints  have  been  welded  by  the 
Tudor  process  at  Liverpool,  Glasgow,  Halifax,  Dundee, 
and  Aberdeen,  and  these  have  proved  satisfactory  in 
every  particular.  The  process  in  use  is  as  follows: 
The  rail  ends  are  cleaned  and  the  rails,  bolted  together 
between  fish  plates,  are  laid  in  the  usual  manner. 
The  under-plates  (a  a  a)  are  put  in  position,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  00.  A  tent  is  placed  over  the  joint  to 
exclude  the  light  from  passers-by,  and  the  joints 
are  then  welded.  The  fish  plate  and  foot  of  the  rail 
and  the  under-plate  are  securely  welded  together  in 
three  places  on  each  side  of  the  rail  (six  welds  in  all). 
Smaller  welds  (b  b  b)  are  next  applied,  when  the 
ground  is  filled  in  and  the  joint  completed  by  slightly 
filing  the  tread. 

The  repair  joint  (Fig.  01)  is  executed  in  the  same  wray 
as  the  foregoing,  with  the  exception  that  the  ends  of 
the  defective  joints  are  sawn  off  square,  and  a  piece  of 
rail,  which  may  measure  up  to  14 J  inches  in  length,  is 
placed  in  position  and  bolted  up  wdth  standard  fish 
plates.  It  is  immaterial  whether  the  fish  plates  are  old 
or  new,  as  the  weld  holds  all  the  parts  securely 
together.  If  it  is  inconvenient  to  wreld  the  joints  as 


104   TKAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

soon  as  they  are  made,  the  ground  may  be  filled  in 
loosely  about  the  joint  and  the  remainder  of  the  rail 
concreted  up  and  filled  in.  The  joints  can  then  be  re- 
opened and  welded  when  convenient. 

The  operation    of  welding  a  joint   (either  Figs.  60 
or    (>1)    takes    about    one    hour.      Fishbolts    may   be 


Fig.  60. — Simple  Welded  Tudor  Fish  Plate  Joint. 

dispensed  with  when  the  welding  operations  are  com- 
pleted. Bonds  are  unnecessary  as  the  conduetivityjof 
the  welded  joint  is  nearly  double  that  of  the  running 
rail. 

Power  is  taken  from  the  overhead  trolley  wire  to 
work  the  motor  generator  of  the  welding  equipment. 


Fig.  61. — Repaired  Joint  welded. 

The  rails  may  be  new  or  old,  and  of  either  high  or 
low  carbon  content.  The  micro-structure  of  the  steel 
is  not  injured  or  enlarged  to  a  material  extent  by  the 
heat  applied. 

EXPANSION  AND  CONTRACTION. 

It  has  been  stated  that  "  continuous  rails  cannot  be 
permanently  maintained  in  continuous  contact  with  the 


EFFECT  OF  TEMPERATURE  ON  RAILS  105 

foundation,"  and  that  "  the  changes  of  temperature, 
though  insufficient  to  strain  the  metals,  may  yet  be 
.sufficient,  on  roads  not  perfectly  straight  vertically  and 
horizontally,  to  strain  the  pavement,  and  set  up  a  move- 
ment in  its  parts."  This  theory  is  quite  erroneous,  and 
is  disproved  times  without  number  on  many  of  the 
larger  systems,  where  many  miles  of  welded  track  have 
been  in  operation  for  a  considerable  number  of  years, 
without  any  trouble  being  experienced  in  regard  to 
loose  rails  and  paving.  It  was  conclusively  proved  by 
Mr.  C.  V.  Boyes,  F.R.S.,  in  a  contribution  to  The 
Tramway  and  Railway  World,  November  13,  1902, 
that  the  compressibility  of  steel  rails  and  the  weight  of 
the  paving  and  other  materials,  coupled  with  the 
adhesion  between  the  rail  and  road  bed,  were  sufficient 
to  overcome  any  deleterious  effects  the  changes  of 
temperature  might  bring  about  owing  to  the  surface  of 
the  rail  being  exposed.  There  is  no  denying  the  fact 
that  some  welded  tracks  have  suffered  to  a  large  extent 
from  loose  rails  and  paving,  and  that  such  looseness  is 
due  to  the  effects  of  the  expansion  and  contraction  of 
the  rails,  but  in  all  such  cases  the  damage  was  done 
before  the  rails  were  paved  in,  and  only  the  develop- 
ment was  noticed  afterwards.  The  expansion  and  con- 
traction stresses  in  the  rails  require  just  as  much 
attention  on  a  tramway  as  they  do  on  a  railway,  with 
this  difference,  that  on  a  tramway  the  necessary  precau- 
tions to  counteract  the  effects  have  all  to  be  taken 
before  the  work  is  paved  in.  The  intelligent  attention 
to  the  constantly  changing  temperature  and  the  effect 
on  the  rails  represents  in  many  cases  the  only  difference 
between  a  good  track  and  the  indifferent  tracks  which 
are  so  common.  As  has  beeK  stated  previously,  when 
long  lengths  of  rail  are  exposed  during  hot  weather, 
the  rails  creep  forward  during  the  heat  and  contract  at 
night,  and  if  such  rails  have  been  packed  and  brought 
T.T.C.  p 


106  TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

up  to  the  final  level,  the  creeping  action  does  not  tend 
to  improve  the  packing,  and  it  is  not  likely  that  the 
rails  will  return  to  exactly  their  original  position  at 
night.  Then,  as  the  rails  are  comparatively  rough  on 
the  underside  of  the  base,  the  top  of  the  packing,  being 
green  or  soft,  is  abraded,  and,  though  minute,  the 
spaces  which  then  occur  are  sufficient  to  allow  water  to 
lodge  between  the  rail  base  and  the  packing.  The 
presence  of  water  beneath  the  rail  base,  however  small 
the  quantity,  is  sufficient,  under  vibrations  caused  by 
heavy  rolling  loads,  to  set  up  the  destructive  hydraulic 
action  known  as  "  pumping."  Again,  and  this  with 
reference  to  broken  welded  joints,  when  rails  are  welded 
together  in  long  lengths  during  hot  weather,  the  rails 
being  open  are  free  to  expand  to  their  utmost.  At 
night  there  is  a  certain  amount  of  contraction  and  sub- 
sequent abrasion  and  slight  arching  of  the  rail,  and 
expansion  again  during  the  following  day  until  the  rails 
are  paved  in.  When  a  track  has  been  constructed  in 
this  manner  it  is  liable  to  both  broken  joints  and  loose 
rails,  for  this  reason  :  As  the  track  is  paved  during  the 
daytime,  when  the  temperature  is  the  highest,  the  rails 
are  beyond  their  normal  length  ;  and  although  the 
compressibility  of  the  steel,  the  weight  of  the  paving, 
and  the  adhesion  of  the  road  bed  are  sufficient  to  pre- 
vent damage  to  the  tracks,  it  must  not  be  supposed 
that  the  difficulty  ends  here.  As  the  rails  gradually 
"  cool  off,"  and  remain  cool,  on  account  of  the  non-con- 
ducting material  surrounding  them,  contraction  stresses 
are  brought  into  action,  and  the  whole  of  the  rails  are 
in  a  state  of  tension,  like  a  piano  wire,  through  the  steel 
endeavouring  to  regain  its  normal  length.  In  such 
cases  the  joints,  however  carefully  welded,  being  still 
the  weakest  place  in  the  whole,  are  subjected  to  incal- 
culable stresses  of  an  alternating  nature,  and  are  thus 
liable  to  failure  from  the  effects  of  fatigue  ;  at  the  same 


WORN    RAIL   JOINTS 


107 


time  the  paving  will  be  disturbed  by  the  surging  of  the 
water  beneath  the  rail  flanges,  caused  by  the  vibrations 
of  the  rails  during  the  passage  of  heavy  electric  cars  at 
relatively  high  speeds.  To  avoid  these  bad  results  it  is 
absolutely  necessary  that  the  paving  should  be  kept  as 
close  upon  the  finished  platelaying  as  possible,  as  has 
been  previously  stated,  and  even  then  every  yard  of  rail 
should  be  carefully  sounded  before  being  paved  in. 

JOINT  REPAIRS. 

There  are  many  ways  of  repairing  worn  or  damaged 
mechanical  joints,  all  equally  effective  if  the  work  is 
skilfully  carried  out  and  taking  for  granted  that 


Fig-s.  (>2  and  (5^.  —Joggle  Plates. 

the  joints  are  not  so  badly  worn  or  damaged  as  to  be 
beyond  repair.  The  most  satisfactory  procedure,  how- 
ever, is  by  constant  attention  to  prevent  the  joints 
from  becoming  defective.  Usually  the  joint  is  allowed 
to  become  battered  out  of  shape  before  it  receives 
attention.  A  regular  inspection  should  be  made  of 
all  the  joints  on  a  system  by  a  conscientious  person 
at  frequent  and  regular  intervals,  and  all  defects  should 
be  attended  to  immediately.  If  such  attention  is 
bestowed  upon  a  track  during  the  first  year  after  it 
has  been  put  into  service,  the  subsequent  repairs  will 
be  of  a  trivial  nature  and  the  joints  will  wear  well. 
In  such  cases  the  writer  recommends  that  all  bolts 
should  be  tightened  up  on  the  first  indications  of 


108  TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

looseness  and  all  defective  or  badly-fitting  plates 
should  be  replaced,  the  new  plates  being  carefully 
fitted  by  a  skilled  workman.  That  is  the  course  which 
the  writer  recommends  for  all  new  joints  of  this  type  ; 
the  making  of  a  mechanical  joint  is  a  skilled  fitter's 
job  and  should  on  no  account  be  entrusted  to  labourers 
or  platelayers,  although  the  work  should  be  done  under 
the  supervision  of  the  foreman  platelayer.  Hammered 
joints  may  be  raised  by  the  use  of  joggle  plates,  such 
as  those  shown  in  Figs.  6*2  and  63,  and  the  raised  and 
damaged  rail  tread  must  afterwards  be  ground  off  to 


Fig.  04. — Renewable  Joint  Plates. 

templet.  If  permanent  joints  are  desired  these  plates 
must  be  a  true  u  filed  "  fit  with  the  undersides  of  the 
rail.  It  is  a  good  practice  to  keep  such  plates  in  stock, 
with  varying  allowances  for  the  wear  which  has  to  be 
levelled  up.  The  plates  selected  for  the  purpose,  when 
tried  on,  should  be  a  tight  fit  so  as  to  allow  for  the  loss 
of  metal  in  filing  to  fit. 

The  writer  has  had  considerable  experience  with 
renewable  joint  plates  of  the  type  shown  in  Fig.  64, 
and  the  results  are  highly  satisfactory.  In  order  to 
obtain  the  best  results  from  these  joint  plates  it  is 


OXY-ACETYLENE    PROCESS  109 

necessary  that  all  loose  track  should  be  carefully 
packed,  defective  plates  replaced  and  loose  holts 
tightened  up  simultaneously  with  the  operation,  other- 
wise the  failure  of  the  process  is  inevitable.  The 
plates  of  this  description,  laid  under  the  writer's  super- 
vision, were  inserted  part  at  night  and  the  remainder 
during  the  day  by  operating  a  length  of  line  as  a  single 
track ;  in  the  former  case  all  incidental  work  was 
executed  during  the  daytime.  At  night  it  was 
possible  for  the  operator  to  insert  three  joints  in  four 


Fig'.  65. — Acetylene  Generator  in  Use. 

hours  with  one    machine,  whilst   in  the   daytime  five 
joints  were  fitted  in  nine  hours. 

Another  means  of  repairing  battered  rail  joints  is  by 
the  oxy-acetylene  welding  process.  In  this  form  of 
repair  the  hollow  joint  has  new  metal  applied  to  its 
surface  by  means  of  the  welding  blowpipe,  the  upset 
metal  being  afterwards  carefully  ground  off  to  the 
exact  shape  of  the  rail  tread.  As  in  all  cases  of  joint 
repairs  it  is  necessary  that  all  loose  bolts  should  be 
tightened  up  and  defective  plates  replaced.  The  cost 
of  executing  repairs  of  this  description  will  depend 
entirely  upon  the  condition  of  the  joint  and  the  amount 
of  metal  to  be  added.  Joints  have  been  repaired  by 
this  process  for  as  little  as  4.s.  6</.  per  joint.  The 


110  TRAMWAY    TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

following  is  a  statement  of  the  average  cost  of  repair- 
ing a  number  of  very  badly  worn  joints  by  tbis 
process : — 

Per  Joint. 

Taking  up  setts,  packing,  and  tightening  up  joint     *.     tl. 
and  repaying         .          .          .          .          .          .50 

Welding,  labour  and  materials      .          .          .          .13     6 

Grinding     .          .          .          .          .          .          .          .26 


Total  cost,  per  joint,  complete  .          .          .  21     0 


Fig.  65  shows  a  handy  portable  acetylene  generator, 
several  of  which  are  in  use  on  the  Leeds  tramways  for 
welding,  cutting  and  drilling.  The  oxy-acetylene  and 
the  oxy-hydrogen  blow  pipes  are  a  very  valuable 
addition  to  the  list  of  time-saving  track  tools,  and 
considerable  advantage  is  derived  from  their  use,  one 
notable  advantage  being  that  it  is  possible  to  cut  and 
drill  manganese  steel  castings,  hitherto  an  almost 
impossible  feat. 


CHAPTER    IX. 

KAII,    WEAK. 

THE  trite  remark,  "  the  life  of  the  joint  determines 
the  life  of  the  rail,"  is  an  empirical  statement,  the 
accuracy  of  which  is  not  substantiated  by  a  careful 
analysis  of  all  the  factors  which  conduce  to  the  wear 
of  tramway  rails  generally.  It  is  true  that  the  failure 
of  the  joints  on  many  systems  has  necessitated  the 
removal  of  the  rails  before  the  body  of  the  rail  has 
worn  out  ;  but  there  have  been  many  instances  where 
the  greatest  wear  has  taken  place  away  from  the  joint,, 
and  where  the  joint  has  remained  comparatively  good. 
In  one  instance  the  writer  is  aware  of  the  joints  were 
perfect ;  but  the  irregular  wear,  the  flowing,  battering,, 
and  corrugation  of  the  steel  became  so  pronounced  as 
to  render  the  rails  unfit  for  further  service.  The 
pertinent  question,  "  What  is  the  life  of  your  rails  ? " 
is  one  of  the  most  difficult  of  track  problems,  and  it 
is  not  possible  to  answer  it  with  any  degree  of  accuracy 
on  account  of  the  numerous  factors  entering  into  the 
cause  of  rail  wrear,  whicli  appear  to  vary  on  each 
particular  system.  The  wear  of  tramway  rails  depends 
chiefly  upon  the  operating  speed,  the  weight  and 
design  of  the  cars,  the  traffic  density,  the  number  and 
position  of  the  stopping  places,  the  frequent  use  of 
the  brakes,  the  grades  and  curvature  of  the  route,  the 
vehicular  traffic,  the  design  of  the  rails  and  wheel  tyres,, 
the  upkeep  of  the  same,  and,  finally,  upon  the  manu- 
facture and  composition  of  the  rails.  On  account  of 
the  exigencies  of  the  service  and  the  local  conditions, 
the  design  of  the  rails,  their  composition  and  maim- 


112  TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

faeture,  and  the  upkeep  of  the  tyres  are  probably  the 
only  factors  in  rail  wear  that  can  be  controlled.  It 
is  essential,  therefore,  that  every  consideration  should 
be  given  to  these  questions,  upon  which  depends  such 
an  important  phase  of  tramway  economics.  It  is  not 
possible  to  compare  the  rate  of  wear  on  different 
tramway  systems,  or  even  on  different  routes  on  the 
same  system,  unless  the  general  conditions  are  first  of 
all  proved  to  be  identical.  A  few  examples  will  serve 
to  illustrate  the  truth  of  this  statement.  Taking  the 
case  of  the  operating  speed,  it  may  be  conclusively 
proved  that  rails  last  longer  on  routes  where  there  is 
a  slow,  frequent  service,  than  where  there  is  a  less 
frequent  service  of  cars  run  at  higher  speeds.  An 
instance  of  this  kind  on  the  I  ^eeds  tramways  showed 
that  while  forty  million  tons  of  car  traffic  were  carried 
on  a  straight,  level  track,  where  the  speed  did  riot 
exceed  eight  miles  per  hour,  not  more  than  one-third 
of  this  weight  was  borne  by  the  rails  on  a  similar 
route,  where  the  speed  was  about  fifteen  miles  per 
hour.  Figs.  66  and  67  are  diagrams  showing  the  rate 
of  rail  wear  on  two  comparatively  new  tracks,  both 
of  which  are  straight  and  on  the  level,  and  are  operated 
by  similar  cars. 

The  speed  of  the  cars  over  the  track  shown  in 
Fig.  66  is  not  more  than  nine  miles  per  hour,  on 
account  of  numerous  cross  streets.  The  rails  have 
been  in  service  for  four  years  and  have  carried  320,000 
cars,  and,  as  may  be  noted  on  the  diagram,  the 
maximum  thickness  of  the  metal  worn  off  the  head 
of  the  rails  is  less  than  jV  in.  It  will  also  be  observed 
that  the  rate  of  wear  is  not  uniform,  and  that  the 
minimum  thickness  of  metal  worn  from  the  rail  head 
is  about  J¥  in.  An  examination  of  Fig.  67,  which 
represents  the  rate  of  wear  on  the  rails  of  a  similar 
track,  which  have  been  in  service  for  three  years,  and 


RAIL    WEAR   ON    NEW    TRACKS      113 


fee 


X 

f  / 

i 

, 

\ 

f 

X 

1 

i 

/-j 

<' 

i 

Tracks. 

Y 

\ 

? 

a/ 

>» 

'al 

l 

X;    II 

1 
& 

s 

\< 

7  r> 

o 
o 
£ 
-H 

/  \ 

h 

s 

1 
£ 

c 

,  1- 

tf 

«4H 

Q) 

// 

"° 

d 

"i 

2 

£ 
1 

£r 

r  ~ 

fe 

^r 

c 

o  t. 

| 

O    ^j 

^O      Q 

ll 

t1- 

s- 

junozu\/ 


T.T.C. 


Q 


114   TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

have  carried  a  service  of  216,000  cars,  at  a  speed  of 
eighteen  miles  an  hour,  shows  about  the  same  amount 
of  wear  as  the  preceding  example,  where  over  100,000 
more  cars  have  been  carried. 

On  these  two  diagrams  it  will  be  noticed  that  there  is 
little  or  no  increased  wear  at  or  near  the  stopping  places, 
this  being  probably  due  to  the  fact  that,  being  on  the 
level,  the  cars  as  a  rule  will  be  brought  to  a  standstill 
by  shutting  off  the  power  and  the  amount  of  energy 
required  to  restart  the  car  will  be  very  small.     Quite  a 
different  condition  of  affairs  will  be  observed  in  Fig.  68, 
which    illustrates  a   particularly  good  example  of  the 
wear  which  takes  place  on  a  steep  gradient.     This  chart 
reveals  that  the  wear  on  the   rails  on   all  parts  of  the 
gradient,  both  on  the  up  track  and  on  the  dowrri  track, 
is  exceedingly    irregular,    varying   between  ~  in.    and 
^4  in.,  although  the  gradient  is  fairly  uniform.     As  far 
as  the  writer  can  ascertain,  the  irregular  wrear  can  only 
be    accounted    for  by   the    lack  of    uniformity  in   the 
quality  of  the  steel.     It  will  be  seen  that,  apart  from 
this  uneven  wear,  the  rate  of  wear  appears  to  increase 
with  the  steepness  of  the  gradient,  and  also  that  there 
is  more  wear  at  or  near  the  compulsory  stopping  place 
than  near  the  other  stopping  place  which  is  not  often 
used.     A  noticeable   feature    in  the  wear  of  tramway 
rails,  which  is  revealed  by  careful  gaugings,  is  that  the 
wear  on  the  low  rail   is  consistently  greater  than   the 
wear  on  the  high  rail.     In  other  words,  owing  to  the 
camber  of  the  roadway,  the  outside  rails  on  a  double 
track   are,  as   a  rule,  lower  than    the    two  inside  rails 
and  carry  more  weight,  the  wear  being  greater  accord- 
ingly.    The   gaugings  required  for   the  preparation  of 
the  diagrams  referred   to  were   obtained  by  means  of 
the  handy  little  instrument  shown  in  Fig.  69,  which 
was  invented    by  Mr.   H.  Mattinson,  permanent  way 
engineer,  Manchester  Corporation  Tramways.    Another 


RAIL  WEAK  ON  STEEP  GRADIENTS  11.5 


116  TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

curious  feature  of  rail  wear  is  revealed,  by  the  applica- 
tion of  the  above  described  instrument,  on  a  single 
track,  with  loops.  As  was  described  by  the  present 
writer  in  The  Tramway  and  Railway  World  of  Novem- 
ber, 1910  : — As  a  rule,  the  wear  on  the  single  track 
rails  of  a  single  line  with  loops  is  seldom  greater,  and  is 


Fig.  (>1). —  Instrument  for  gauging  Wear  of  Kail. 

frequently  less,  than  the  wear  on  the  double  track  in 
the  loops,  notwithstanding  the  fact  that  the  single  track 
carries  double  the  traffic  and  generally  at  higher  speeds. 
Fig.  70  shows  actual  gaugings  of  the  wear  on  the 
double  and  single  track  portions  of  various  Leeds  routes, 
together  with  the  traffic  carried.  The  suggested  solu- 
tion of  the  paradox  is  that  the  skin  of  the  single  track 
rail  is  not  being  continually  drawn  backward  under  the 


118   TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

cold  rolling  action  of  the  wheels,  but  through  the  car 
traffic  operating  in  both  directions  a  neutralising  action 
takes  place  and  prevents  the  abrasion  of  the  rail  surface. 
It  is  a  fact  that  rails  wear  out  much  quicker  where 
heavy  ordinary  vehicular  traffic  makes  frequent  use  of 
the  tramway  tracks,  as  will  be  seen  on  referring  to 
Figs.  16  and  17  in  the  chapter  on  Track  Design,  also  in 
th  e  chapter  on  Paving.  Fig.  71  also  indicates  very 
clearly  the  loss  of  metal  in  the  rail  head  from  this  cause. 
The  rail  in  this  illustration  was  laid  in  a  loop  in  the 


Fig.  71. — Showing  Loss  of  Metal  in  Rail  Mead  due  to 
Wear  of  Street  Traffic. 

track  for  over  six  years  and  had  never  been  in  service^ 
all  the  wear  being  due  to  the  vehicular  traffic.  There 
can  be  little  doubt  that  the  wear  of  the  rails  is  influenced 
to  some  extent  by  the  condition  of  the  wheel  tyres. 
In  many  instances  the  tyres  are  allowed  to  run  too  long- 
before  they  are  either  turned  up  or  replaced,  the  effect 
of  badly  worn  tyres  being  to  cause  uneven  bearing  on 
the  rails,  which  results  in  the  deformation  of  the  rail 
tread  and  loss  of  metal  by  extrusion.  Figs.  7*2  and  7*3 
show  a  number  of  worn  wheel  tyres. 

Rail  Design. — A  considerable  amount  of  unnecessary 
wear  is  caused  by  the  faulty  design  of  tramway  rails. 


WEAR   ON    WHEEL   TYRES 


Fig.  72. — Examples  of  worn  Wheel  Tyre? 


Fig.  73. —Examples  of  worn  Wheel  Tyres. 


120   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


WEAR   ON    WHEEL    TYRES 


121 


As  the  writer  has  previously  pointed  out  (see  The  Tram- 
it  ay  and  Railway  World,  January,  1910),  tramway  rails, 
unlike  railway  rails,  have  either  flat  level  treads  or  flat 
coned  treads  when  new  ;  but  these  treads  ultimately 
become  convex  after  a  certain  period  in  service,  as  shown 
in  Fig.  74,  which  represents  a  group  of  worn  rails  of 
different  designs  taken  from  different  systems.  At 
the  same  time  it  must  be  noted  that  the  wheel  tyres 
wear  concave  (see  Figs.  7*2  and  73).  It  is  obvious 
that  it  is  not  possible  for  a  partly  worn  wheel  to 


MEW  TYffE 

Ori/iili  Standard  Secfw 


Fig.  75. — Faullty  Contact  between 
new  Rail  and  worn  Tyre. 


Fig.  76. — Faulty  Contact  between 
new  Tyre  and  worn  Rail. 


make  a  perfect  contact  with  a  new  flat-topped 
rail ;  this  is  clearly  demonstrated  in  Fig.  75,  and 
in  like  manner  it  is  not  to  be  expected  that  a  new 
tyre  will  make  a  suitable  contact  with  a  partly 
worn  rail ;  the  contact  will  be  as  shown  in  Fig.  76. 
In  the  latter  case,  the  wear  on  the  wheel  being  local, 
it  is  worn  to  a  fit  with  the  rail  in  a  very  short  time, 
but  it  takes  some  years  under  an  ordinary  service  of 
cars  to  bring  a  flat-topped  rail  into  proper  contact  with 
the  wheels,  and  during  this  period  much  irregular  wear 
takes  place.  The  detrusion  of  the  metal  in  the  tread 
commences  immediately  the  rails  are  put  into  service. 
T.T.C.  R 


122   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


v 

o 


V 


This  is  due  to  the  unequal  contact 
between  the  wheel  and  the  rail 
treads,  which  concentrates  im- 
measurable pressure  on  a  limited 
area,  thereby  causing  an  unre- 
strained flow  of  metal.  The  writer 
has  observed  frequently  where  new 
rails  have  been  laid  that  quite  a 
substantial  beading  of  extruded 
metal  will  form  on  the  gauge  line 
of  the  rails  after  about  forty-eight 
hours  in  service.  This  beading  is 
ultimately  shorn  off  by  the  wheel 
flanges,  but  the  same  action  con- 
tinues until  the  rails  have  assumed 
a  convexity  of  about  12  in.  radius, 
as  shown  in  Figs.  72  and  73. 

In  Leeds,  rails  have  been  used 
with  flat  level  treads,  with  flat 
coned  treads,  and  also  with  treads 
slightly  rounded  and  sloping  away 
from  the  groove,  but  the  result  is 
always  the  same,  the  treads  become 
convex,  and  slope  towards  the 
groove  at  an  angle  of  about  1  in  21. 
From  this  it  is  obvious  that  in 
order  to  obtain  the  best  results  the 
rail  tread  should  be  designed  so  as 
to  resemble  the  partly  worn  tread, 
and  where  this  is  done  the  extru- 
sion of  the  metal  ceases,  and  the 
partly  worn  tyres  immediately  make 
a  proper  contact  with  the  rails  (see 
Figs.  77  and  78). 

The  irregular  wear  referred  to 
takes  place  on  new  systems  as  well 


CONTACT  -WHEEL   AXD   TYRE       12:3 

as  upon  those  which  have  been  in  operation  for  some 
time.  The  wheel  eontaet  in  such  eases  is  near  the 
edge  of  the  groove.  This  is  indicative  of  the  irregular 
wear  that  is  taking  place,  and  which  continues  until 
the  rail  tread  is  moulded  under  the  car  traffic  to 
the  shape  required  by  the  car  wheels.  With  coned 
wheels  and  tyres  it  is  obviously  impossible  to 
maintain  a  uniform  contact  with  the  rail  when  the 
wheels  are  in  motion,  seeing  that  the  wheels  are 
endeavouring  to  ride  upon  varying  diameters  at  -the 


Worn  Tyre. 


New 
Rail 


l'"ig%.  7H. — Good  Contact  between  worn  Tyre  and  new  Hail. 

same  time.  The  result  is  that  there  is  a  constant 
tendency  for  that  part  of  the  wheel  tread  nearest  to 
the  flange  to  advance,  and  for  the  outer  edge  to  lag, 
or  else  both  movements  to  occur  simultaneously,  thus 
increasing  the  friction  and  abrading  the  rail,  causing 
noisy  running  and  loss  of  energy. 

Fig.  80  shows  the  relative  position  of  two  wheels  on 
the  same  axle  when  rounding  a  curve,  or  when  out  of 
position  on  the  straight.  It  will  be  seen  that  the 
contact  between  wheels  and  rails  is  reduced  to  a 
minimum,  and  that  the  points  of  contact  arc  at  A 


124   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

and  B,  the  largest  and  smallest  diameters  of  each  wheel. 
As  to  the  position  of  each  wheel,  this  is  as  it  should 
be — on  a  curve,  but  the  same  situation  occurs  in  the 
straight.  Owing  to  the  camber  of  the  roadway  one  rail 


Fig.  79. — New  Tyres  and  Rails  at  rest  on  straight  Track. 


Fig.  80.  —  New  Tyres  and  Rails  in  Motion  on  straight  Track. 

is  generally  somewhat  lower  than  the  other,  with  the 
result  that  the  car  gravitates  to  the  low  sides,  as  shown 
in  Fig.  80  (i.e.,  the  low  wheel  A  rides  on  its  throat  or 
largest  diameter,  whilst  the  higher  wheel  B  rides  on 


LEEDS    SPECIAL    HAIL    SECTION      125 

its  outer  edge  or  smallest  diameter),  and  keeps  in  this 
position  until  the  wheel  riding  on  its  large  diameter 
outruns  its  less  speedy  mate  and  the  car  swings  back 
into  normal  position,  only  to  gravitate  again  to  the 
low  side  and  start  a  recurrence  of  the  above  described 
side  action,  which  continues  as  long  as  the  car  is  in 


Fig.  81. — Leeds  Special  Rail  (Holt  Registered  Design). 

motion.  This  action  cannot  be  avoided  so  long  as 
tramway  tracks  have  to  be  laid  to  suit  the  camber  of 
the  road,  but  the  path  of  the  car  can  be  made  easier 
and  a  better  contact  provided,  as  will  be  shown. 

Fig.  81  represents  the  new  rail  which  was  designed 
by  the  writer,  for  the  Leeds  tramways.  It  will  be 
observed  that  it  differs  from  the  "  Standard "  rails  in 
several  particulars.  The  tread  is  convex,  and  is  inclined 


120    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION      .- 

towards  the  groove,  the  convexity  and  inclination  being 
arrived  at  after  comparing  some  hundreds  of  gaugings 
of  partly  worn  rail  and  tyre  sections.  In  this  rail  the 
web  has  been  stiffened,  being  TV  in.  thicker  than  the 
web  of  the  British  standard  rail  of  equal  weight,  and 
in  addition  is  placed  beneath  the  centre  of  the  rail 
tread,  which  appears  to  be  the  proper  place  for  it. 

The  writer's  reason  for  these  alterations  is  based 
upon  actual  observations  on  unpaved  and  partly  paved 
tracks.  When  the  paving  is  removed  from  a  track, 
the  rail  heads  are  drawn  inwards  causing  a  tightening 
of  the  gauge  in  some  instances,  and  a  "  slackening"  in 
others,  without  disturbing  the  rail  base,  and  in  each 
case  the  load  on  the  rails  is  non-axial,  owing  to  the 
unequal  bearing  of  the  wheels  on  the  rail  head,  as 
shown  in  the  foregoing  diagrams.  It  therefore  appears 
that  the  rail  web  requires  strengthening,  and  this  may 
be  done  as  suggested,  by  placing  the  web  immediately 
beneath  the  rail  head,  and  by  making  the  web  some- 
what thicker,  as  shown  in  Fig.  81.  This  rail  has  been 
designed  chiefly  from  the  consideration  of  Leeds  con- 
ditions ;  in  other  systems  the  conditions  may  vary 
slightly  as  to  the  curvature  of  worn  rails  and  tyres, 
owing  to  the  difference  in  the  ordinary  street  traffic, 
the  type  of  rolling  stock,  and  the  effect  of  the  different 
brake  blocks  used.  Brake  blocks  must  undoubtedly 
have  some  effect  on  the  curvature  or  hollowness 
acquired  by  the  wheel,  and  indirectly  on  the  rail. 

Over  6,000  tons  of  this  section  of  rail  have  been 
laid  since  January,  1910,  on  the  Leeds  tramways,  one 
route  alone  having  carried  over  500,000  cars,  and,  so 
far,  no  extrusion  of  metal  has  been  observed.  The 
wear  is  regular,  the  treads  retain  their  convexity  of 
12  in.  radius,  and  the  contact  is  uniform  over  the  whole- 
tread,  as  shown  in  Figs.  78  and  79. 

It  is  interesting  to   compare   railway    and  tramway 


RAILWAY   RAILS.  127 

practice  in  regard  to  the  permanent  way.  The  con- 
ditions of  tramway  permanent  way  are  very  similar 
to  those  oil  the  railway,  but  in  tramway  practice  there 
appears  to  be  an  endeavour  to  differ  as  much  as 
possible  from  railway  practice,  for  no  apparent  reason. 

All  railway  rails  are  radial  topped,  the  radius  being 
12  in.,  the  sides  of  the  rail  heads  are  straight,  the  web 
is  thick  and  placed  beneath  the  centre  of  the  head, 
and  although  the  rail  heads  are  not  inclined  from  the 
horizontal,  as  in  the  case  of  worn  tramway  rails,  the 
entire  rail  is  inclined  from  the  vertical  towards  the 
centre  of  the  track,  as  shown  in  Fig.  82,  which  gives 
precisely  the  same  result  and  permits  of  direct  bearing 
through  wheel  and  rail.  Fig.  83  shows  the  relative 
positions  of  the  rails  on  a  tramway.  It  will  be  seen 
that  although  the  rail  bases  are  in  the  same  plane,  the 
whole  track  is  "  canted "  to  suit  the  camber  of  the 
street,  this,  of  course,  being  unavoidable.  The  rail  webs> 
being  at  right  angles  to  the  rail  base,  are  thus  subjected 
to  irregular  loading ;  the  rail  heads  are  flat  coned,  and 
subjected  to  the  unequal  loading  previously  described. 
Railway  rails  wear  uniformly  and  maintain  their 
curvature,  and  are  evidently  of  the  most  suitable 
design,  a  design  which  has  been  evolved  from  many 
years  of  practical  experience  under  all  conditions.  It 
therefore  follows  that  tramway  practice  should,  as  far 
as  possible,  follow  railway  practice,  with  due  considera- 
tion of  the  peculiar  requirements  of  each. 

Another  item  for  consideration  in  connection  with 
the  design  of  rails  is  in  regard  to  the  height  of  the 
check.  It  is  considered  by  many  interested  persons 
that  there  is  some  considerable  advantage  to  be  gained 
by  keeping  the  check  well  down  below  the  level  of  the 
tread.  But  this  advantage  is  more  imaginary  than  real, 
and  on  routes  where  a  heavy  vehicular  traffic  makes  use 
of  the  rails  it  will  be  found  that  the  check  wears  down 


DEPRESSION   OF  CHECK 


129 


either  at  the  same  rate  or  more  quickly  than  the  tread, 
as  will  be  seen  on  referring  to  the  diagrams  of  worn 
rails  in  Fig.  74.  Even  on  routes  where  there  is  a  light 
ordinary  traffic  there  does  not  appear  to  be  any  great 
advantage  to  be  derived  from  keeping  the  top  of  the 
check  much  below  the  tread.  One  authority  considers 
that  when  the  tread  has  worn  down  the  upstanding 
check  will  be  a  source  of  danger  to  the  cross  traffic, 
and  he  suggests  that  the  check  should  be  depressed  \  in. 
to  start  with.  This  suggestion  in  no  way  meets  the 


/ 

-'  J 

V 

^g^"       ^ 

/•• 

-&r 

I  **-  ^ 

j 

-'  >  - 

-£ 


Fig.  84. — Sliowing  Effect  of  Depression  of  Check. 

case,  for  on  reference  to  Fig.  84  it  will  be  seen  that  the 
depression  of  the  check  is  equivalent  to  raising  the  tread, 
which  will  constitute  as  great  a  source  of  danger,  if 
there  be  any,  as  the  upstanding  check.  Experience 
would  indicate  that  %  in.  depression  of  the  check  is, 
as  a  rule,  all  that  is  required.  The  remaining  objects 
for  consideration  in  rail  design  are  in  regard  to  the 
width  of  the  flange  and  the  form  of  joint  which  it  is 
proposed  to  adopt.  The  present  rail  sections  were 
designed  solely  for  fish-plate  joints,  and  in  the  writer's 
opinion  are  not  of  the  most  suitable  form  for  welding 
purposes.  There  is  a  danger  that  fractures  may  occur 
T.T.C.  s 


130   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

through  the  failure  of  the  rail  webs  on  account  of  an 
insufficient  thickness  of  metal  at  this  point.  It  is 
suggested,  therefore,  that  the  web  should  be  stiffened 
considerably,  not  only  on  account  of  the  danger  of  the 
molten  welding  metal  charring  the  web,  but  also 
because  there  is  always  during  the  passage  of  a  car  a 
heavy  stress  present  which  tends  either  to  overturn  the 
rail  or  to  twist  the  rail  head,  particularly  where  there  is 
any  tendency  towards  looseness.  As  to  the  width  of 
the  flange,  this  is  far  wider  than  is  necessary  to  give 
adequate  support  to  the  rail,  besides  increasing  the 
difficulty  of  rolling  the  rails  at  proper  heats,  Much 
better  shaped  flanges  would  be  obtained  if  the  flange 
width  were  to  be  reduced  to  a  maximum  of  6  in.  for 
rails  7  in.  in  depth,  with  a  proportionate  increase  in  the 
thickness  of  the  web  and  flanges.  By  this  means  the 
heat  of  the  metal  during  the  rolling  process  would  be 
retained  longer,  thus  preventing,  or  at  least  reducing, 
the  number  of  torn  rail  flanges,  without  the  necessity  of 
having  the  ingots  overheated,  arid  at  the  same  time  the 
narrow  flanges  would  be  less  liable  to  distortion  through 
shrinkage  during  cooling.  It  is  advisable  that  the 
angles  between  the  head  and  web  should  be  similar  to 
those  on  the  "  Standard  "  rails,  for  these  are  the  best 
angles  for  fishing  purposes,  and  on  all  tracks,  whether 
welded  or  not,  a  considerable  number  of  fished  joints 
have  to  be  made  to  couple  up  to  special  work. 


CHAPTER   X. 


COMPOSITION    AND    MANUFACTURE    OF    TRAMWAY    RAILS 
AND    RAIL    WEAR. 

AFTER  carefully  examining  in  detail  some  thousands 
of  tons  of  worn  tramwray  rails  which  have  been  removed 
from  electric  tramway  tracks  during  the  past  ten  years, 
the  writer  has  become  convinced  that  the  modern  high 
carbon  basic  Bessemer  steel  rail  is  in  many  respects 
inferior  to  the  low  carbon  rail  which  preceded  it.  It  is 
the  writer's  opinion  that  tramwray  rails  should  be  more 
carefully  manufactured  from  a  much  superior  quality  of 
steel  in  order  to  withstand  the  combined  effect  of  high 
speeds,  heavy  vehicular  traffic,  frequent  braking,  steep 
grades,  small  heavily  loaded  wheels,  arid  the  gritty  con- 
dition of  the  rails.  The  earlier  low  carbon  rail,  with  its 
fairly  high  percentage  of  manganese,  was  not  such  a 
soft  rail  as  is  generally  supposed  ;  and  although  lighter 
and  smaller  in  design,  it  was  considerably  more  durable 
than  the  more  recent  high  carbon  rail  of  the  standard 
composition.  These  earlier  rails  were  of  a  more  uniform 
structure  throughout  and  more  homogeneous,  as  will 
be  seen  on  referring  to  the  photographs  shown  in  Fig. 
85.  These  are  sulphur  prints  taken  from  polished 
sections  cut  from  rails  rolled  15  years  ago,  which 
have  carried  from  20  to  30  million  tons  of  tramwray  car 
traffic  at  considerable  speeds. 

The  durability  of  the  higher  carbon  basic  Bessemer 
rails,  of  standard  composition,  which  have  come  before 
the  writer's  notice,  has  been  far  from  satisfactory,  and 
the  maximum  traffic  recorded  up  to  the  present  on 
such  rails  before  replacement  has  become  necessary  is 


132   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


RAIL   MANUFACTURE    AND    WEAR    133 


fab 


about  27  million  tons.  It  will 
be  observed,  on  referring  to 
Fig.  86,  that  the  structure  of 
the  steel,  as  revealed  by  the 
sulphur  print  test  and  by  the 
etchings  shown  in  Fig.  87,  is 
anything  but  satisfactory.  It 
is  particularly  noticeable  on 
the  Leeds  tramways  that 
the  basic  Bessemer  steel  of 
standard  composition  not  only 
wears  more  rapidly  and  un- 
evenly, but  it  extrudes,  lami- 
nates, cracks,  and  the  surface 
peels  off,  as  shown  in  Fig.  88. 
The  writer  does  not  intend  to 
convey  the  idea  that  a  mere 
change  in  the  chemical  com- 
position is  responsible  for  this 
difference  in  quality  and  struc- 
ture, and  for  the  defects  shown 
in  the  illustrations  referred  to. 
It  is  suggested  that  the  earlier 
rails  were  more  carefully  and 
regularly  rolled  at  lower  and 
more  even  temperatures,  which 
was  conducive  to  a  closer  struc- 
ture of  the  steel.  There  have 
been  many  improvements  in 
the  manufacture  of  tram- 
way rails  during  the  past  10 
years,  but  until  quite  recently 
such  improvements  have  been 
more  with  a  view  to  increas- 
ing the  output  of  the  works 
and  decreasing  the  cost  of 


TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 


DEFECTIVE    RAILS 


13.5 


III 

&,  s  <u 
•C  h'C 

-1^ 
1*1 

li-9 
5jg 

li 
*l 


cfiX 

s^ 


c^£  o       jS 

|!I  | 


.2 'I  .S2        £ 
""  Js^       ^ 

«£    ^  S£ 


rt  « 

O   jS 


0> 

^Ji 


'5 

2S 


.2 

s 


136   TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION     . 

production    than    with   the    object    of  improving   the 
quality  of  tram  rail  steel. 

Tramway  engineers  have  not,  until  recently,  paid 
much  attention  to  the  relation  between  the  composition 
and  manufacture  of  the  steel  and  the  wear  of  the  rails , 
consequently  they  have  not  been  in  a  position  to  give 
to  the  manufacturers  such  information  as  would  enable 
them  to  produce  steel  suitable  for  the  purpose.  At  the 
same  time,  it  is  evident  that  metallurgists  and  steel 
experts  have  not  exactly  conceived  the  necessity  for  a 
superior  quality  of  steel  for  the  purpose  of  rail  manu- 
facture. The  following  excerpt  from  "  Steel,  its 
Varieties,  Properties,  and  Manufacture,"  by  Messrs. 
Greenwood  and  Sexton,  conveys  a  fairly  accurate  idea 
of  the  esteem  in  which  rail  steel  is  held.  The  authors 
refer  to  the  growing  popularity  of  the  open  hearth  steel 
for  all  purposes,  "  whilst  the  Bessemer  process  is  falling 
back,  and  is  likely  in  future  only  to  be  used  for  rails 
and  similar  articles  where  the  output  required  is  very 
large,  the  price  low,  and  absolute  uniformity  of  composi- 
tion is  not  essential"  Quite  accidentally  the  authors  of 
this  excellent  little  treatise  have  expressed  the  pre- 
vailing opinion  in  regard  to  the  quality  of  steel  which 
is  suitable  for  rails  in  general,  and  tramway  rails  in 
particular. 

As  the  wear  of  tramway  rails  is  so  unsatisfactory, 
and  they  are  subjected  to  so  many  different  influences 
which  are  conducive  to  excessive  rail  wear,  it  is  evident 
that  the  question  of  a  suitable  quality  of  steel  for  tram- 
way purposes  should  receive  an  early  and  exhaustive 
investigation.  At  the  recent  conference  of  the  Muni- 
cipal Tramways  Association  at  Glasgow,  Mr.  H. 
Mattinson,  in  his  report  on  "  Tramway  Track  Con- 
struction and  Maintenance,"  referred  to  the  quality  of 
rail  steel,  and  observed  that  "  the  percentage  of  the  cost 
of  the  rail,  allowing  its  scrap  value,  is  only  about  20  per 


COMPOSITION   OF   RAILS  187 

cent,  of  the  cost  of  reconstruction,  yet  the  rail  alone  is 
the  determining  factor  in  the  life  of  the  track.     Too 
much   attention    cannot,    therefore,    be   given   to   this 
question,  and  the  very  best  steel  procurable  for  this 
purpose   is    the    most    economical."      Mr.    Mattinson 
further  stated  that  the  "  composition  of  the  steel  given 
in  the  British  standard  specification  cannot  be  classed 
as  a  high  quality  steel,  and  is  by  no  means  of  a  grade 
suitable  for  electric  traction."      Actual  experience  on 
heavily  worked  systems  bears  out  the  accuracy  of  these 
statements.     It  will  be  generally  admitted,   however, 
that  the  preparation  of  a  standard  specification  for  tram 
rail  steel,  suitable  for  the  various  ores,  processes,  and 
works,  is  a  very  difficult  matter  to  arrange.     Over  40 
years  ago  the  late  Sir  John  Fowler  stated  at  the  Insti- 
tution of  Civil  Engineers  that  "  no  rule  could  be  laid 
down  for  the  manufacture   of  rails    which   would  be 
applicable  to  all  localities."     In  1889,  at  the  same  insti- 
tution, the  late   Sir  Lowthian  Bell  said  "  that  he  had 
tabulated  many  hundreds  of  specimens  according  to  the 
quantity  of  metals  and  metaloids  contained  in  the  rail, 
and  there  was  no  kind  of  harmony  between  weakness 
and   great  purity,    and,   on   the   other  side,   there  was 
no  harmony  between  great  purity  and  great  strength. 
He    had    come     to    the     conclusion,    therefore,    that 
great    care    was    necessary    in    forming   any   decision 
too  rapidly  on  all  subjects  connected  with  rails."     He 
further    stated    that    "  with    regard    to    manufacturers 
aiming   at   any  particular    constitution    of   rails,    that 
was  a  much  more   difficult    question.      When  it  was 
conceived  that  into   a   great    cauldron    about    15    tons 
of  metal    were   poured,   and   that   in  15    minutes  the 
whole  of  that  metal  had  been  converted  into  Bessemer 
steel,    it   would    seem    that    it    was    almost   impossible 
to  calculate  with  any  degree  of  nicety  the  character  of 
the  product." 

T.T.C.  T 


138   TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

So  recently  as  the  Engineering  Conference  of  1907, 
such  eminent  engineers  as  Mr.  Alex  Ross,  Mr.  R. 
Price  Williams,  Mr.  C.  P.  Sandberg,  and  others,  were 
unanimous  in  their  remarks  to  the  effect  that  a 
universal  specification  or  composition  for  rails  which 
will  suit  all  cases  cannot  be  satisfactorily  arrived  at. 
"  The  varying  conditions,  such  as  ores  available, 
processes  of  manufacture,  weight  of  the  rails,  climatic 
and  traffic  conditions,  differ  to  a  great  extent  in  every 
case,  and  all  of  them  should  be  taken  into  account  in 
order  to  obtain  the  best  results."  Notwithstanding 
these  convincing  statements  in  regard  to  the  impossi- 
bility of  preparing  a  standard  specification  for  rail  steel., 
many  thousands  of  tons  of  tramway  rails  are  purchased 
annually  on  the  understanding  that  they  are  manufac- 
tured in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the 
Engineering  Standards  Committee ;  it  being  considered 
that  the  steel  is  the  best  obtainable  for  the  purpose. 
This  is  not  so,  however,  and  it  is  not  to  be  expected 
that  steel  of  a  uniform  and  high-grade  quality,  suitable 
for  withstanding  the  extraordinary  effects  of  tramcar 
and  vehicular  traffic,  will  be  obtained  from  the  meagre 
metallurgical  data  given  in  the  standard  specification  > 
which  merely  consists  of  a  hypothetical  analysis  suitable 
for  Bessemer  steel  of  ordinary  quality,  but  which  in  no 
way  guarantees  the  production  of  a  steel  of  equal  quality 
and  hardness  by  the  other  "  approved  processes " 
referred  to. 

The  only  data  given  in  the  standard  specification 
which  may  be  said  to  have  direct  bearing  on  the 
metallurgical  aspect  is  the  first  clause  in  the  specifica- 
tion which  reads,  that  "  The  steel  for  the  rails  shall  be 
of  the  best  quality  made  by  the  acid  Bessemer,  basic 
Bessemer,  or  other  approved  process  and  on  analysis 
shall  show  that  in  chemical  composition  it  conforms  to 
the  following  limits  : 


STANDARD    SPECIFICATION  139 


Per  cent. 
Carbon  0'40  to  0*55 


Manganese    . 
Silicon* 
Sulphur 
Phosphorus  . 


0-70  to  1-0 
not  to  exceed  0*1 
„       0-08 
0-08 


Basic  Bessemer  and  acid  Bessemer  are  two  very 
different  processes,  and  the  open  hearth  process  requires 
a  considerably  revised  chemical  composition  in  order 
to  produce  a  steel  of  equal  hardness  to  that  obtained  by 
the  Bessemer  processes  to  the  standard  analysis.  For 
instance,  the  carbon  content  alone  would  have  to  be 
increased  to  something  like  0*5  to  0-65.  Then  again, 
another  difficulty  lies  in  the  fact  that  the  different  results 
obtained  by  individual  manufacturers  may  be  greater 
than  the  general  differences  in  the  processes.  It  is 
suggested,  therefore,  that  a  much  more  comprehensive 
specification  should  be  prepared  giving,  in  regard  to  the 
chemical  composition,  such  typical  analysis  as  will, 
within  certain  limits,  be  a  guide  for  the  production  of  a 
steel  of  equal  hardness  by  the  different  processes  of 
manufacture. 

It  is  evident  that  in  future  much  more  attention 
will  have  to  be  given  to  the  actual  manufacture  of  the 
steel.  The  writer  is  of  opinion  that  careful  metallurgical 
supervision  is  required,  in  addition  to  the  testing  and 
inspection  of  the  finished  rails  by  competent  engineers. 
For  the  purpose  of  guiding  these  inspectors,  sound 
rules  should  be  laid  down  relating  to  the  timing  of  the 
various  operations  and  stages  in  the  manufacture  of  the 
rails,  and  the  temperatures  which  have  to  be  maintained 
from  the  casting  of  the  ingots  to  the  completion  of  the 
rolling  operation.  In  the  past  there  has  been  too  little 
attention  paid  to  these  important  details,  and  in  the 
majority  of  cases  there  has  been  merely  a  superficial 
inspection,  and  a  slipshod  method  of  getting  through 
easy  physical  tests  has  sufficed. 


140   TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

The  question  whether  the  Bessemer  processes  are 
suitable  for  the  production  of  a  really  high-grade  steel 
of  uniform  quality  is  one  which  requires  very  careful 
consideration,  and  in  any  case  immediate  steps  should 
be  taken  to  ascertain  to  what  extent  these  earlier 
methods  of  steel  production  may  be  utilised  more 
satisfactorily.  There  is  a  very  decided  opinion  amongst 
experts  that  the  open  hearth  steels  will  give  much 
better  results  than  the  Bessemer  varieties  ;  but  it  must 
not  be  imagined  that  a  mere  change  of  the  process  of 
manufacture  will  remedy  all  the  defects  and  ills  from 
which  tramway  rails  suffer.  According  to  one  authority, 
"  the  open  hearth  furnace  is  too  slow  in  operation  to 
produce  rail  steel  at  an  economical  price,  and  the 
output  is  intermittent  and  not  suited  to  the  continuous 
operation  of  a  rail  mill."  On  the  other  hand,  the 
Bessemer  processes  are  said  to  be  wasteful.  The 
Bessemer  process  of  manufacture  is  cheaper,  but  the 
open  hearth  steels  are  said  to  be  more  reliable. 
Although  it  would  appear  that  the  open  hearth  steels 
are  being  more  generally  used,  and  that  the  steel  is 
more  homogeneous  and  of  a  more  uniform  composition 
when  carefully  made  ;  still  it  is  a  fact  that,  speaking 
generally,  the  careless  manufacture  of  steel  by  this 
process  may  have  far  worse  results  than  the  careful 
production  of  steel  by  a  supposedly  inferior  process. 
The  personal  equation  enters  into  both  cases  to  a  very 
large  extent,  and  the  ideal  specification  should,  as 
previously  stated,  contain  rules  for  the  guidance  of  the 
inspectors,  who  should  have  some  competent  knowledge 
of  steel  manufacture.  Fig.  89  shows  sulphur  prints  of 
a  tramway  rail  and  a  railway  rail  both  made  by  the 
open  hearth  process,  and  it  is  evident  that  there  is  much 
segregation  and  unsouridness.  This  confirms  the  assertion 
that  it  is  necessary  for  the  entire  process  of  manufacture 
to  be  under  careful  supervision.  Generally  speaking, 


OPEN    HEARTH    RAILS 


141 


Open  Hearth  Rail. 


Open  Hearth 
Rail. 


Carbon  -50%,  Silicon  -04%,  Sulphur  "041%,  Phosphorus  -005%, 
Manganese,  '75%, 

Fig.  89. — Showing  Unsoundness  in  Open  Hearth  Steel  Rails. 


142   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

if  the  best  and  most  economical  results  are  to  be 
obtained  from  the  open  hearth  process,  it  will  have  to 
be  carefully  made  in  a  similar  manner  to  tyre  and  axle 
steel.  If  carelessly  made,  and  with  very  large  ingots, 
excessive  segregation  is  often  found  ;  for  example,  the 
carbon  in  an  ingot  may  vary  from  0*50  to  1*0  per  cent., 
with  the  result  that  very  uneven  results  may  be  obtained. 
The  writer  has  observed  that  the  earlier  low  carbon 
rails  with  a  fairly  high  manganese  content  have  proved 
themselves  to  be  considerably  more  durable  than  the 
more  modern  rails  with  a  lower  percentage  of  manga- 
nese ;  but  it  must  not  be  imagined  that  he  advocates 
reverting  to  the  earlier  composition  of  steel,  even  if  it 
could  be  so  well  made  as  formerly,  although  a  somewhat 
lower  percentage  of  carbon  and  a  higher  percentage  of 
manganese  would  facilitate  the  cleaner  rolling  of 
difficult  sections.  A  very  much  superior  quality  of 
steel  is  required  for  this  purpose,  and  the  maximum 
load  of  40,000,000  tons,  which  the  writer  has  referred 
to  as  having  been  carried  by  the  low  carbon  rails, 
cannot  by  any  means  be  considered  satisfactory  from  a 
tramway  point  of  view.  When  it  is  considered  that 
the  replacement  of  the  rail  is  a  very  costly  operation 
necessitating  the  entire  reconstruction  of  the  track,  it 
will  be  obvious  that  a  harder,  tougher,  and  more  homo- 
gen  eo  us  steel  is  required. 

There  is  a  tendency  for  engineers  to  increase  the 
proportion  of  carbon  in  their  steel  with  a  view  to 
obtaining  harder  rails  ;  but  it  by  no  means  follows  that 
u  rail  which  is  glass  hard  will  of  necessity  be  a  very 
durable  rail,  and  there  is  a  certain  element  of  danger 
arising  out  of  indiscriminate  experiments  of  this  kind, 
that  is  danger  to  the  rail  itself.  One  very  important 
reason  for  keeping  the  carbon  down  to  ordinary  limits 
is  in  connection  with  welded  joints.  There  is  ample 
evidence  pointing  to  the  fact  that  the  welded  joint  has 


EFFECT  OF  CARBON  IN  RAILS        148 

come  to  stay,  and,  as  the  writer  has  previously 
indicated,  its  requirements  should  be  fully  considered 
in  the  drafting  of  a  specification  for  the  design  and 
manufacture  of  tramway  rails.  The  effect  of  a  very 
high  carbon  in  rail  steel,  say  above  0'5  per  cent.,  is 
detrimental  to  the  making  of  a  true  butt  weld  by 
the  Thermit  process  of  rail  welding.  It  is  said  by 
Thermit,  Limited,  that  such  steel  can  only  be  welded 
when,  between  the  fluid  and  solid  stages,  the  metal 
remains  in  a  state  such  that  it  can  amalgamate  without 
actually  becoming  fluid.  The  more  carbon  there  is  in 
steel,  the  shorter  the  period  in  which  the  metal  remains 
in  this  intermediate  stage,  and  with  very  high  carbon 
steels  it  becomes  so  restricted  that  amalgamation  only 
takes  place  in  the  liquid  stage.  With  the  increase  of 
the  carbon  there  is,  at  the  same  time,  a  lowering  of  the 
chilling  point  of  the  steel  and  an  increased  risk  that  the 
material,  in  consequence  of  being  heated  by  the 
Thermit  slag,  will  not  amalgamate,  but  will  simply  be 
washed  awray.  From  this  point  of  view  alone  it  is 
evident  that  other  hardening  agents  should  be  carefully 
considered  on  their  merits,  more  particularly  so  as  the 
wear  on  the  modern  high  carbon  steel  rail  has  not 
realised  the  high  standard  of  excellence  which  was 
predicted  for  it. 

Whether  the  open  hearth  processes  will  ultimately 
supersede  the  Bessemer  processes  remains  to  be  seen  ; 
but  it  is  evident  from  a  fairly  lengthy  experience  of 
silicon  steel  on  both  tramways  and  railways,  that  the 
improvements  in  steel  manufacture  patented  by  the  late 
Mr.  C.  P.  Sandberg,  M.Inst.C.E.,  have,  in  a  manner  of 
speaking,  "  set  back  the  clock,"  and  given  the  Bessemer 
processes — as  far  as  regards  rail  manufacture — a  new 
lease  of  life.  The  addition  of  silicon,  by  this  process, 
has  the  effect  of  increasing  the  life  of  the  rail  by  fully 
33  per  cent.,  as  will  be  seen  on  referring  to  the  repro- 


144   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


duction  of  the  diagrams 
(Fig.  90)  which  were 
presented  before  the 
Municipal  Tramways 
Association  at  the  con- 
ference at  Glasgow  in 
1911.*  In  connection 
with  this  quality  of  steel 
it  is  interesting  to  note 
that  nearly  1,000,000 
tons  have  been  used  on 
tramways  and  railways 
since  1905. 

Silicon  steel  may  be 
made  by  any  of  the 
ordinary  processes,  and 
consists  chiefly  in  the 
elimination  of  the  sili- 
con in  the  metal  during 
the  process  of  conver- 
sion, a  known  propor- 
tion being  added  sub- 
sequently in  the  form 
of  ferro-silicon  or  silico- 
speigel. 

By  Mr.  Sand  berg's 
process  the  silicon  is 
added  to  the  charge 
after  the  purification 
of  the  crude  steel,  in 
such  proportion  that  the 
finished  steel  may  con- 
tain from  0'2  per  cent, 
to  0\50  per  cent. 

*  Vide  Tlie  Tramway  and  Uail- 
way  World,  October,  1911. 


THE    SANDBERG   PROCESS  145 

The  effect  of  the  added  silicon  is  to  toughen  the  steel 
instead  of  making  it  brittle,  as  is  the  case  when  the 
silicon  is  left  in  from  the  pig  iron.  "  Silicon  left  in  the 
charge  is  generally  an  indication  that  the  metal  has 
been  blown  too  hot,  which  is  well  known  to  lead  to 
great  irregularity  in  the  finished  steel."  Silicon  occurs 
in  two  distinct  forms  in  steel  :  firstly,  as  silicate  or  slag, 
which  has  a  decidedly  injurious  effect  upon  the  steel ; 
and  secondly,,  as  silicide  of  iron,  which  alloys  with  the 
metal  and  imparts  useful  and  valuable  properties  to  the 
steel.  The  effect  of  the  added  silicon  is  claimed  to  be 
four-fold  :  First,  it  completely  eliminates  oxide,  thus 
producing  a  metal  less  easily  corroded.  Secondly,  the 
elimination  of  the  oxide  is  accompanied  by  a  marked 
increase  in  the  fluidity  of  the  steel,  thus  enabling  the 
entangled  slag  to  rise  to  the  surface.  Thirdly,  the 
combination  of  silicon  with  oxygen  takes  place  with  a 
considerable  evolution  of  heat  which  tends  to  maintain 
the  temperature  of  the  metal,  and  thus  allows  a  longer 
time  for  the  separation  of  the  slag.  Fourthly,  an 
excess  of  silicon  over  and  above  that  required  for  the 
deoxidation  alloys  with  the  steel  and  produces  a  metal 
which  is  much  stronger  than  ordinary  steel,  while  at 
the  same  time  it  remains  absolutely  free  from  brittleness. 
That  these  claims  have  been  amply  substantiated  is 
evident  from  the  large  quantity  of  Sandberg  steel  which 
has  been  used  within  the  six  years  since  its  introduction. 
The  diagrams  shown  in  Fig.  91  show  the  rate  of  wear  on 
this  quality  steel  as  compared  with  the  ordinary  basic 
Bessemer,  together  with  the  amount  of  traffic  carried. 
Fig.  92  shows  a  section  of  a  Sandberg  steel  rail,  which 
has  been  polished  and  immersed  in  a  strong  solution  of 
hydrochloric  acid  and  water  for  48  hours.  It  will  be 
observed  that  the  structure  of  the  steel  is  perfectly 
homogeneous,  and  there  are  no  signs  of  unsoundness. 
Fig.  93  shows  two  specimens,  one  of  standard  quality 

T.T.C.  u 


146   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


to 

5 


COMPARATIVE    WEAR   OF    RAILS     147 

steel,  and  the  other  of  Sandberg  steel,  which  have 
been  cleaned  and  immersed  in  a  solution  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  water  for  24  hours,  in  order  to 
ascertain  the  density  and  texture  of  the  metal  in  the 
rail  tread. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  specimen  of  Sarid- 
berg  quality  is  more  dense  in  structure  than  the 
other.  These  illustrations  indicate  the  difference  in  the 
quality  of  the  two  steels  as  revealed  by  innumerable 
tests. 

The  hardness  of  rails  made  from  this  quality  of  steel 


Fig.  92.— Etched  Section  of  Sandberg  Rail. 

is  indicated  by  the  high  tensile  strength  (an  average  of 
over  50  tons  per  square  inch  being  obtained)  and  the 
resistance  to  the  impression  test.  In  the  latter  case 
the  pressure  of  50  tons  upon  a  hard  steel  ball  19  milli- 
metres in  diameter  only  produced  an  impression  3*5 
millimetres  deep,  whereas  the  same  pressure  applied 
to  the  ordinary  basic  Bessemer  steel  caused  an  impres- 
sion 4*5  millimetres  deep.  Its  toughness  and  resist- 
ance to  sudden  shocks  are  shown  by  the  fact  that 
it  may  be  bent  cold  to  the  sharpest  radius  without 
fracture,  and  it  is  capable  of  withstanding  a  severe 
drop  test. 

The    following    Table    shows    the    actual    chemical 


148   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


-*  t 

G*     ce 

II 

2    - 

Q^         g. 

S     o 


50 


ANALYSIS    OF    LEEDS    RAILS 


149 


composition  and  physical  properties  of  specimens  of  the 
steel  rails  now  being  used  on  the  Leeds  Tramways  :— 


Makers  :  Walter  Scott,  Ltd., 
Leeds  Steel  Works. 


LEEDS  CITY   TRAMWAYS. 

Basic  Bessemer  Steel — Mr.  C.  P. 
Sandberg's  patent  process. 


Composition  by 
Analysis. 

Tensile  Test. 

Brinnel  Impression 
Test. 

Drop 
Test. 

Manganese     .  1'25% 

Average  stress  :  50 

50  ton  load. 

1  ton  tup, 

tons    per    square 

18     ft. 

inch. 

drop. 

Carbon  .         .     -40% 

3'5  mm.  impression. 

Silicon  .         .     -30% 

20%  Elongation. 

N.B.—  On  "  Standard  " 

Aver  age 
d  e  fl  e  c  - 

Sulphur          .     -07% 

26%     Contraction 

quality  Basic  Bessemer 

tion  1^ 

Phosphorus    .     '07% 

of  Area. 

Steel  the  impression  = 
4*5  mm. 

in. 

Bending  test :  Two  rails  selected  at  random  were  curved  to  15  ft.  radius 
without  sign  of  fracture. 

In  regard  to  other  hardening  and  toughening  agents, 
experiments  have  been  made  both  in  this  country  and 
in  the  United  States  of  America  with  nickel  and 
chromium,  and  the  results  are  said  to  be  satisfactory 
as  far  as  regards  the  increased  wearing  properties 
imparted  to  the  rails  and  the  absence  of  brittleness,  but 
it  is  said  that  the  cost  of  such  rails  is  out  of  all  propor- 
tion to  the  benefits  gained.  Titanium,  which  has  been 
tried  on  some  American  railways,  is  said  to  be  a  very 
powerful  deoxidiser,  and  that  it  also  removes  a  portion 
of  the  nitrates  as  well.  It  is  claimed  also  by  the 
Titanium  Manufacturing  Company  of  Pittsburg,  that 
"  Titanium  prevents  brittleness,  hence  the  carbon 
content  of  the  rail  may  be  materially  increased."  The 
analysis  of  open  hearth  steel  rails  which  have  received 
this  treatment  show  that  the  carbon  content  is  generally 
above  0*8  per  cent.  Experiments  are  being  made  on 
railways  and  on  at  least  one  tramway  system  in  this 
country  with  Titanium  treated  steel  rails,  but  up  to  the 
present  no  results  have  been  published. 


1.50   TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

It  is  well  known  that  rails  containing  an  excess  of 
phosphorus  invariably  wear  well,  but  the  brittleness 
accompanying  the  same  is  seriously  detrimental  even  in 
tramway  rails,  as  it  leads  to  fractures  in  handling  and 
bending.  In  the  basic  Bessemer  process  it  would  be 
impossible  to  make  use  of  phosphorus  as  a  hardening 
agent,  on  account  of  the  difficulty  of  stopping  the 
dephosphorisation  at  such  a  point  as  would  leave  the 
required  amount  in  the  steel.  In  the  acid  Bessemer 
process,  with  a  pig  iron  containing  O'l  per  cent,  of  phos- 
phorus, which  is  not  affected  by  the  conversion,  a  regular 
O'l  per  cent,  of  phosphorus  may  be  obtained  in  the 
steel. 

Manganese  will  harden  the  metal,  and  in  sufficient 
quantity  it  secures  a  more  uniform  distribution  of  the 
carbon,  and  on  account  of  its  affinity  for  oxygen  it 
eliminates  the  oxides  of  iron  formed  during  the  con- 
version of  the  steel,  and  to  a  certain  extent  prevents 
the  formation  of  oxides  whilst  the  steel  is  being  worked 
into  shape.  In  sufficient  quantity  manganese  arrests 
the  cooling  of  the  steel  during  the  rolling,  and  thereby 
obviates  the  necessity  for  commencing  and  completing 
the  operation  at  excessively  high  temperatures.  For 
tramway  purposes  rails  may  be  made  considerably 
harder  than  railway  rails,  for  there  is  not  the  same  risk 
attendant  upon  the  fracture  of  a  rail.  It  is  of  rare 
occurrence  for  a  tramway  rail  to  fracture  after  it  lias 
been  laid,  and  where  such  a  break  occurs  it  is  not 
discernible  for  some  considerable  time.  It  is  therefore 
apparent  that  the  drop  test  is  unnecessarily  severe  for 
tramway  rails.  Generally  speaking,  rails  that  will  pass 
through  the  tensile  and  impression  tests  and  the 
straightening  at  the  works,  the  handling  in  transit,  and 
the  curving  and  handling  on  the  job,  will  do  well 
enough  for  all  purposes.  It  follows,  therefore,  that  the 
abolition  or  modification  of  the  drop  test,  for  all  but 


DROP   TEST    UNNECESSARY  151 

comparative  purposes,  will  be  an  advantage,  and  will 
permit  of  the  use  of  harder  rails.  Probably  the  best 
method  of  increasing  the  hardness  of  basic  Bessemer 
tramway  rails  would  be  to  increase  the  carbon  to  about 
0*5  per  cent.,  and  bring  up  the  manganese  to  between 
1.0  to  1*25  per  cent.,  with  approximately  '35  per  cent, 
of  silicon  obtained  by  Sandberg's  process,  and  by 
dispensing  with  or  reducing  the  drop  test. 

In  conclusion  the  writer  must  again  insist  on  the  fact 
that  if  better  rails  are  to  be  obtained,  a  fair  price  must 
be  paid  and  the  process  of  manufacture  must  :  be 
carefully  followed  from  start  to  finish. 


CHAPTER    XI. 

THE    CORROSION    OF    TRAMWAY    RAILS. 

THE  writer  has  drawn  attention,  from  time  to  time, 
in  these  chapters,  to  various  causes  resulting  in  rail  wear. 
These  may  be  recapitulated  as  follow :  The  speed  and 
weight  of  the  cars,  the  density  of  the  car  service,  the 
design  of  the  rails  and  the  quality  of  the  rail  steel,  and 
the  nature  and  weight  of  the  ordinary  street  traffic.  In 
addition  to  these  more  important  causes,  the  rate  of 
wear  is  undoubtedly  influenced  to  a  considerable 
extent  by  the  frequent  use  of  the  brakes  and  brake 
sand,  the  proportion  and  extent  of  the  gradients,  the 
condition  of  the  wheel  tyres,  the  cleanliness  of  the 
rails,  and,  to  a  varying  extent,  by  the  corrosion  of  the 
rail  steel.  The  regular  gauging  of  rails,  in  all  positions, 
indicates  that  the  rate  of  wear  increases  rapidly  with 
the  speed  of  the  cars,  and  that  speed  is  far  more 
destructive  to  the  rails  than  traffic  density  ;  unfortu- 
nately it  is  not  possible  to  express  the  ratio  of  the  wear 
in  terms  of  either  the  speed  of  the  cars  or  the  traffic 
density  on  account  of  the  variations  caused  by  the 
presence  or  absence  of  any  of  the  above-mentioned 
supplementary  factors.  By  observing  tracks  where  the 
conditions,  excepting  speed,  are  almost  identical,  the 
writer  has  noticed  in  several  instances  that  the  number 
of  cars  carried  on  tracks  where  the  speed  has  not 
exceeded  10  miles  per  hour  has  been  double  that  on 
tracks  over  which  the  cars  run  at  15  miles  per  hour  and 
upwards.  It  is  also  a  notable  fact  that  the  wear  of 
rails  is  more  regular  where  the  ordinary  street  traffic  is 
of  a  light  order.  Again,  as  has  been  said  in  previous 


RAIL    CORROSION  153 

chapters  (and  as  illustrated  in  Fig.  94),  there  are  numerous 
instances  on  the  larger  tramway  systems  where  the  rails 
have  become  worn  out  without  ever  having  been  run 
over  by  the  tramway  cars ;  such  wear  being  almost 
entirely  due  to  the  ordinary  street  traffic. 

To  turn  to  the  question  of  rail  corrosion,  this  would 
appear  to  be  more  likely  to  take  effect  in  damp 
situations,  where  the  rails  are  alternately  wet  and  dry, 
and  subjected  to  an  infrequent  service  of  cars.  It  has 
been  suggested,  and  with  very  good  reason,  too,  that 
the  impurities  deposited  from  the  atmosphere  in  many 
of  the  great  industrial  centres  may  have  a  deleterious 


Fig.  94. — Wear  of  Tramway  Rail  entirely  due  to  ordinary  Street  Traffic. 

effect  on  the  rails,  and  in  conjunction  with  this  suggestion 
the  nature  of  the  road  mud  should  receive  due  con- 
sideration, particularly  where  there  is  considerable 
cartage  of  trade  wastes,  which  drain  from  the  carts  on 
to  the  track  surface. 

On  railways  the  rails  deteriorate  more  rapidly  in 
tunnels  than  in  the  open  air,  on  account  of  the  presence 
of  sulphurous  gases  from  the  locomotives  and  the 
moisture  which  is  generally  percolating  through  the 
walls,  the  corrosion  taking  effect  over  the  entire  rail- 
section.  In  a  paper  on  the  "  Wear  of  Steel  Rails  in 
Tunnels,"  presented  to  the  Institution  of  Civil  Engi- 
neers in  April,  1900,  Mr.  Thos.  Andrews  states  that  in 
one  tunnel  3,000  ft.  long  the  average  loss  in  weight  of 

T.T.C.  x 


154   TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION     .. 

rails  from  corrosion  and  wear  was  2 -8  Ib.  per  yard,  as 
compared  with  an  average  annual  rate  of  *324  Ib.  per 
yard  for  rails  under  the  same  volume  of  traffic  in  the 
open  air. 

In   a  discussion   on    a   paper  by   Mr.    G.    Lawford, 
•'  The  Maintenance  of  Permanent  Way  Exposed  to  the 
Sea,"  read  before  the  Permanent   Way  Institution  in 
1909,  it  was  stated  by  Messrs.  G.  Lawford  and  Fletcher 
that  there  is  rapid  deterioration  of  rails,  fish  plates,  and 
bolts,  due  to  corrosion,  when  exposed  to  moisture-laden 
sea  winds.     On  one  particular  length  of 
line  referred  to,  the  life  of  the  rails  is 
five  years  less  than  on  other  parts  of  the 
same   line    which    are   not   so    exposed. 
According     to     Mr.     Fletcher,    similar 
lengths  of  rails  on  the  North    Eastern 
Railway  are  so  corroded  that  the  web  of 
rail  is  reduced  in  places  to  J  in.  in  thick- 
ness, and  the  whole  of  the  surface  of 
the   rails  exposed  to  the  north-easterly 
winds  is  pitted  to   an   alarming  extent 
(see  Fig.  9.5).     It  is  stated  that  "this 
posed     to    Sea   pitting     can     only    be     detected     with 

Winds 

difficulty,  except  when  the  rails  are 
wet,"  and  also  that  the  deterioration  is  almost  entirely 
on  the  rail  which  first  catches  the  sea  moisture-laden 
winds.  The  pit  marks  are  said  to  be  "  in  clusters,  and 
to  be  for  a  long  time  covered  up  with  a  cake  of  rust, 
which,  when  it  falls  away,  reveals  a  black  carbonised 
blotch  on  the  rail  which  quickly  becomes  coated  again." 
In  a  paper  contributed  to  the  Journal  of  the  Tram- 
ways and  Light  Railways  Association  by  Mr.  W. 
Thorn,  general  manager  of  the  Potteries  Tramways, 
the  author  draws  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  wear 
of  the  rails  is  not  directly  proportionate  to  the  number 
of  cars  which  have  passed  over  the  rails,  and  he  suggests 


CAUSES    OF    RAIL    CORROSION        155 

that  the  bulk  of  the  extra  wear  is  due  to  corrosion, 
and  that  the  difference  in  the  speed  of  the  cars  may 
be  ignored.  From  measurements  which  Mr.  Thorn  has 
taken,  he  infers  that  the  wear  due  to  the  passage  of 
10,600,000  car-tons  is  '2279  in.  and  the  loss  of  metal 
due  to  corrosion  during  the  same  period  is  -0846  in. 

To  Mr.  Thorn  is  due  the  credit  for  being  the  first  to 
attempt  to  express  the  rate  of  corrosion  in  proportion 
to  the  number  of  years  the  rails  have  been  in  service, 
but  it  is  improbable  that  the  loss  of  metal  can  be 
satisfactorily  accounted  for  in  this  manner.  As  the 
present  writer  has  indicated,  the  speed  of  the  cars,  the 
quality  of  the  rail  steel,  the  nature  and  amount  of 
the  ordinary  street  traffic,  etc.,  are  all  factors  of 
primary  importance,  and  their  effect  on  the  wear  of 
rails  is  too  far-reaching  to  be  ignored.  The  writer  has 
ascertained  from  collieries  and  steelworks  that  the  rails 
in  sidings  near  to  deposits  of  coal  and  coke,  and  those 
carrying  wagons  dripping  with  moisture  from  these 
materials,  corrode  much  more  rapidly  than  other  rails 
in  the  same  sidings  that  are  not  so  exposed.  The 
writer  has  been  observing  for  a  considerable  period  the 
effect  on  the  rails  of  the  seep  water  from  a  large  stack 
of  coal  in  the  tramway  permanent  way  depot,  Leeds. 
This  coal  has  been  stacked  to  an  average  height  of 
about  11  ft.  ;  rain  water  is  absorbed  and  is  afterwards 
discharged  in  the  form  of  small  runnels  of  a  light 
brown-coloured  liquid,  which  drain  into  the  tramway 
rails  surrounding  the  stack. 

There  are  two  varieties  of  steel  in  the  track  which 
has  received  this  discharge  for  a  period  of  18  months, 
viz.,  ordinary  basic  Bessemer  steel  and  Sand  berg- 
basic  Bessemer  steel.  The  former  variety  has  corroded 
away  rapidly  at  each  place  where  the  liquid  has  flowed 
over  the  rail  tread,  as  shown  in  Figs.  96 — 99.  The 
depth  of  the  corrosion  varies  :  in  a  number  of  places 


156   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


Fig.  96. — Runnels  of  Liquid  between  Coal  Stack  and  Rail. 


Fig.  97- — Corrosion  of  Rail  Tread  where  Liquid  flows  into  Groove. 


Fig.  98. — Corrosion  of  Rail  Tread  where  Liquid  flows  into  Groove. 


CORROSION   OF   RAILS 


157 


it  exceeds  1  in.,  with  variations  in  width  up  to  several 
inches,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  photographs.  The  liquid 
has  attacked  the  Sandberg  steel  also,  but  to  a  far  less 
extent,  the  maximum  depth  of  the  corrosion  not  exceed- 
ing JT  in.,  and  at  the  same  time  there  are  no  indications 


Fig.  99. — Effect  of  corrosive  Liquid  on  a  Sandberg  Steel  Rail. 
(The  corrosion  is  uniform  and  mild.) 

of  irregular  pitting.     The  loss  of  metal  is  uniform,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  99. 

The  analysis  of  the  liquid  is  as  follows  : 


Water  .... 
Ferric  sulphate 
Ferrous  sulphate    . 
Calcium  sulphate,  etc.     . 


.      96*41  per  cent. 

.     <m 

.       0-85 

•       0-47         „ 

100-00  per  cent. 


NOTE. — The  analysis  shows  this  to  be  a  dilute  solution  of  the 
sulphates  of  iron,  probably  formed  by  the  oxidation  of  the 
iron  pyrites  in  the  coal. 

(Signed)     THOS.  FAIRLEY,  Analyst. 

This  case  is  an  exceptional  one,  of  course,  but  it 
clearly  indicates  the  susceptibility  of  ordinary  rail  steel 
to  corrosive  influences,  and  as  there  are  many  indications 
of  corrosion  and  pitting  to  be  observed  on  tramway  rails, 
it  is  evident  that  the  question  of  rail  corrosion  will  have 
to  receive  more  attention  in  the  future. 


CHAPTER  XII. 

TRACK    PAVING. 

THE  paving  is  the  most  expensive  item  in  both  the 
construction  and  maintenance  of  a  tramway,  arid  the 
promoters  of  tramways  consider  it  an  injustice  that  they 
should  be  compelled  to  provide  and  maintain  an  expen- 
sive pavement  for  the  sole  use  of  the  ordinary  vehicular 
traffic,  in  addition  to  being  mulct  heavily  in  regard  to 
the  ordinary  highways  rate.  On  the  other  hand,  high- 
ways authorities  contend  that  the  ordinary  vehicular 
traffic  is  swept  off  that  part  of  the  roadway  wherein  the 
rails  are  laid,  and  is  concentrated  at  the  sides  thereof, 
causing  excessive  wear  and  tear.  It  is  further  alleged 
that,  although  the  cars  do  not  actually  make  use  of  the 
paving,  the  vibration  which  is  set  up  by  the  passage  of 
heavy  cars  is  sufficient  in  time  to  loosen  both  the  rails 
and  the  paving.  One  authority  states  that  such  repairs 
are  inevitable,  and  that  more  damage  is  done  to  the 
setts  by  the  frequent  repairs  than  by  ordinary  wear  and 
tear.  In  exceptionally  busy  thoroughfares  in  the 
centre  of  large  towns  there  are  undoubtedly  some  few 
instances  where  the  track  is  monopolised  by  the  tram- 
way cars,  but  on  other  parts  of  tramway  tracks  it 
will  be  found  that  full  advantage  is  taken  of  the 
reduction  in  the  tractive  effort  afforded  by  the 
rails.  Figs.  100 — 108  are  examples  of  the  wear 
which  takes  place  on  the  track  paving  on  all  systems. 
This  is  entirely  due  to  the  ordinary  street  traffic,  and 
the  concentrated  wear  due  to  both  the  wheels  and  the 
horses'  hoofs  may  be  easily  discerned.  Figs.  102  and 
103  are  groups  of  setts  which  have  been  taken  from 


EFFECTS  OF  VEHICULAR  TRAFFIC    159 


Fig.  100. — Showing  Wear  due  to  vehicular  Traffic  alongside  of  Rail. 


Fig.  101.— Showing  Track  Pavement  crushed  by  heavy  vehicular  Traffic. 


100   TRAMWAY    TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

alongside  the  rails,  and  from  the  centres  of  different 
tracks.  With  reference  to  the  suggestion  that  the 
vibration  of  the  rails  is  responsible  for  the  bulk  of  track 
paving  repairs,  and  that  such  repairs  are  inevitable,  it 
must  be  pointed  out  that  a  very  considerable  amount 
of  damage  is  done  to  the  paving  of  tramway  tracks  by 
the  ordinary  street  traffic,  and  it  is  not  at  all  an  un- 
common occurrence  for  paving  repairs  to  be  executed  on 
tracks  where  there  is  little  or  no  service,  and  where  the 


r  r  F 


Fig.  102. — Typical  worn  Granite  Setts  taken  from  alongside  of  the  Rails 


Fig.  103 — Typical  worn  Granite  Setts  taken  from  between  Rails. 

rails  are  not  moving  in  the  slightest  degree.  At  the  same 
time,  it  must  be  admitted  that  very  considerable 
quantities  of  paving  repairs  due  to  loose  rails  are 
executed  annually  on  nearly  all  systems,  but  this  is  not 
by  any  means  due  to  the  inevitability  of  such  repairs. 
If  the  loosening  of  the  rail  was  inevitable,  it  would 
naturally  follow  that  the  whole  of  the  paving  adjoining 
the  rails  would  become  loose  in  due  course,  whereas  in 
the  worst  of  tracks  there  will  be  found  very  consider- 
able lengths  of  paving  and  rails  which  have  not  been 
disturbed.  The  loose  rails  and  paving  referred  to  are 


CAUSE    OF   LOOSE    RAILS  161 

not  caused  by  the  inevitable  loosening  of  the  rails,  but 
to  the  fact  that  they  have  never  been  properly  laid. 
Well-laid  rails  do  not  work  loose,  and  subsequent  signs 
of  looseness  are  entirely  due  to  the  development  of 
incipient  flaws. 

As  the  writer  has  shown  in  previous  chapters,  the 
looseness  of  rails  is  due  to  one  of  two  causes,  either  the 
concrete  foundations  are  fractured,  or  the  rails  have  not 
been  properly  packed  before  being  paved  in.  In  the 
latter  case  trouble  may  be  generally  traced  to  the 
expansion  and  contraction  of  the  rails  after  they  have 
been  packed.  As  the  writer  has  remarked  before,  the 
rails  may  have  been  carefully  packed  at  the  time,  but 
the  supervision  has  ended  there,  and  the  subsequent 
movement  in  the  rails  due  to  the  variations  in  the 
temperature  has  been  sufficient  to  destroy  the  contact 
between  rail  and  packing.  If  loose  rails  and  paving  are 
to  be  avoided  it  is  necessary  that  every  yard  of  rail 
should  be  carefully  sounded  by  a  responsible  person 
immediately  before  being  paved  in,  and  all  doubtful 
places  should  be  carefully  repacked.  In  order  to 
further  minimise  the  risk  of  loose  rails  and  paving,  it  is 
advisable  that  the  rails  should  not  be  packed  for  more 
than  a  rail  length  in  front  of  each  paving  gang,  and  the 
effect  of  the  changes  of  temperature  may  be  further 
neutralised  by  commencing  the  paving  operations  in 
several  different  places  on  the  same  track  simultaneously, 
for  example  at  each  end  of  a  given  length  and  in  the 
middle.  The  writer  has  frequently  noticed  that  no 
trouble  is  ever  experienced  on  reconstructed  tracks 
which  have  been  entirely  relaid  during  the  night  in  busy 
thoroughfares,  and  this  notwithstanding  the  fact  that 
such  tracks  have  been  in  service  on  the  following 
morning.  This  should  prove  conclusively  that  with  a 
uniform  temperature,  and  where  the  tracks  are  paved 
immediately,  trouble  from  loose  rails  and  paving  may 

T.T.C.  Y 


162   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

be  overcome  provided   that   the  concrete  foundations 
are  unfractured. 

It  is  not  to  be  expected  that  the  promoters  of  a 
tramway  should  be  freed  from  their  obligations  to 
reinstate  paving  setts  which  have  been  disturbed 
by  the  looseness  or  vibration  of  the  rails,  and 
which  may  be  readily  traced.  But  it  is  reasonable 
to  anticipate  an  amendment  of  the  archaic  Tram- 
ways Act  of  1870,  which  insists  that  the  rails  shall 
be  kept  level  with  the  surface  of  the  paving.  In 
the  days  of  the  horse-drawn  tramcars  there  was  a 
certain  amount  of  justification  for  this  provision,  but 
to-day  it  is  not  reasonable  to  insist  that  the  pro- 
moters should  bear  the  cost  of  the  wear  and  tear  of 
the  sett  paving  which  is  caused  by  the  ordinary 
vehicular  traffic. 

Notwithstanding  the  injustice  of  the  existing  legis- 
lation, the  prospect  of  any  alleviation  appears  to  be 
remote,  and  taking  into  consideration  the  amount  of 
wear  that  takes  place  on  the  paving  of  all  tramway 
tracks,  it  is  necessary  that  the  closest  attention  should 
be  given  to  the  quality  of  the  granite,  the  size  and 
dressing  of  the  setts,  and  the  manner  of  laying  the 
same.  It  is  false  economy  to  execute  the  track 
paving  with  roughly  dressed  setts  of  inferior  quality. 
So  long  as  there  are  rails  in  the  road,  and  in  the 
absence  of  statutory  powers  limiting  the  use  of  the 
track  by  other  vehicles,  the  track  paving  will  be  sub- 
jected to  more  than  its  share  of  the  ordinary  street  traffic 
on  account  of  the  decreased  tractive  effort  offered  by 
the  surface  of  the  rails.  In  many  instances  it  may 
not  be  possible  for  more  than  one  pair  of  wheels  on  a 
four-wheel  vehicle  to  make  use  of  the  rails,  and  in  the 
case  of  some  two-wheel  carts  perhaps  only  one  wheel 
may  ride  on  a  rail,  but  no  doubt  a  certain  advantage  is 
gained  in  each  case,  and  in  the  course  of  a  short  time 


SETTS  OF  GOOD  QUALITY  ESSENTIAL  163 

the  other  wheels  form  for  themselves  a  smooth  patli 
alongside  the  rails,  as  may  be  seen  in  Fig  100. 

Roughly-dressed  setts  very  soon  accomplish  their 
own  destruction,  for  the  constant  passage  of  heavy 
vehicles,  which  pound  along  from  one  sett  to  another, 
rapidly  pulverise  soft  setts  of  this  type,  and  split  the 
harder  varieties  (see  Fig.  101).  For  tramway  purposes 
where  there  is  any  vehicular  traffic  wrorthy  of  note,  it  is 
necessary  that  well-dressed  setts  of  good  serviceable 
granite  should  be  used.  Such  may  be  obtained  from 
Bonawe,  Trevor,  Aberdeen,  Mount  Sorrell,  Enderby, 
Llandbedrog,  Dalbeattie,  Newry,  Penmaenmawr,  and 
other  quarries.  These  granites  vary  in  hardness,  and 
should  be  selected  after  due  consideration  of  the  weight 
and  density  of  the  vehicular  traffic  and  the  gradients  and 
other  local  conditions.  For  instance,  Mount  Sorrell, 
Trevor,  and  Aberdeen  are  each  capable  of  sustaining 
very  heavy  traffic,  but  on  appreciable  gradients  with 
tight-jointed  setts  they  would  become  too  slippery  to 
afford  a  satisfactory  foothold  for  horses  drawing  heavy 
loads.  For  steep  gradients  an  excellent  foothold  is 
afforded  by  Dalbeattie  and  Newry  granites,  which  are 
of  large  grain  and  contain  plenty  of  white  mica  which 
crumbles  away,  leaving  the  sharp  edges  of  the  quartz 
and  spar  crystals  exposed,  but  in  consequence  of 
which  they  are  not  so  durable  as  the  other  varieties 
mentioned. 

Again,  where  exceptionally  heavy  loads  are  to  be 
borne  by  the  paving,  it  is  necessary  that  the  granite 
should  combine  great  hardness  with  toughness  and  non- 
slipperiness.  These  qualities  are  rarely  found  in  one 
stone,  and  so  far  the  writer  has  obtained  the  most  satis- 
factory results  in  such  places  from  the  use  of  Bonawe 
granite.  This  is  a  grey  granite  of  fine  texture,  contain- 
ing just  sufficient  white  mica  to  keep  the  edges  of  the 
crystals  exposed  and  the  surface  of  the  setts  sharp. 


104   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


be 


SQUARE-DRESSED  AND  NIDGED  SETTS  165 

Fig.  104  shows  a  track  paved  with  Bonawe  granite, 
which  has  carried  heavy  road  traffic  for  four  years, 
Particular  attention  should  he  paid  to  the  dressing  of 
the  setts.  Badly-dressed  setts  are  not  so  durable  as 
well-dressed  setts,  and  it  will  be  found  to  be  more 
economical  eventually  to  pay  the  difference  in  the  cost 
of  the  better-dressed  ones.  Setts  should  be  dressed  so 
that  they  may  be  paved  with  a  tight  joint,  and  without 
the  use  of  racking.  The  setts  should  be  free  from 
bulges,  and  at  the  same  time  they  should  not  be  wedge 
shaped  or  undercut  to  any  extent,  as  shown  in  Fig.  105. 
Each  sett  should  be  dressed  and  squared  on  all  its  faces, 
its  ends  should  be  parallel  and  square,  and  the  top  and 
bed  should  be  level  (see  Fig.  100).  Setts  should  riot  be 
less  than  four  inches  in  width,  and  no  variation  greater 
than  one-quarter  of  an  inch  under  or  over  the  specified 
sizes  should  be  allowed.  For  tramway  purposes  the 
length  of  the  setts  should  vary  between  6  in.  and  9  in.  If 
the  setts  are  made  longer  than  this  it  is  not  possible 
to  pave  them  with  the  half-inch  of  camber  which  is 
necessary  to  free  the  paving  of  standing  wrater.  Again, 
long  setts  are  liable  to  rock  when  cambered  between 
two  rails.  The  depth  of  the  setts  will  depend  entirely 
upon  the  form  of  construction  adopted.  The  writer 
has  invariably  obtained  the  best  results  from  the  use  of 
setts  not  exceeding  5  in.  in  depth,  paved  upon  a  half- 
inch  bed  of  cement  and  sand  composition,  as  shown  in 
the  chapter  on  track  design. 

In  busy  parts  of  a  system  where  it  is  necessary  to 
minimise  the  noise  caused  by  the  traffic  as  much  as 
possible,  and  where  the  traffic  is  too  heavy  for  wood 
paving,  very  excellent  results  may  be  obtained  by 
laying  "  nidged "  setts.  These  are  setts  carefully 
•dressed  and  squared,  and  finished  off  on  the  surface  by 
masons,  as  shown  in  Figs.  107 — 110.  Granite  setts  of 
this  description  are  naturally  much  more  expensive 


1<>6   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


rt 
1 


C 

I 
X 


BONAWE    GRANITE    PAVING  167 


= 


&    b 

be    ^3 

s  s 


£    ^ 

-<U 


168   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION  .. 

than    the    best  dressed   setts  of  ordinary    quality,  and 
are   only   recommended    for   special  purposes. 


Fig.  109.— Nidged  Granite  Setts  (Tnpaved). 

It  has  been  stated  that  wood  blocks  do  not  form  a 
good  material  for  tramway  paving,  and  that  a  tramway 


Fig.  110. — Showing  Nidged  Bonawe  Granite  Sett  Paving. 

engineer  seldom  lays  them  from  choice.     There  is  no 
disputing    the    fact    that    much    trouble     has     been 


WOOD    PAVING  169 

experienced  with  wood  paving  on  tramways,  but  with 
care  in  the  selection  and  treatment  of  the  timber  and 
in  laying  the  blocks,  very  satisfactory  results  may  be 
obtained.  The  writer  has  continually  observed  on  old 
lines  that  the  short  lengths  of  track  which  have  been 
paved  with  wood  opposite  places  of  worship  are  invariably 
in  much  better  condition  than  the  remainder  of  the  track. 
That  is  to  say,  whilst  the  short  rails  may  be  "  hogged  " 
and  loose  in  the  granite  paved  portions,  they  are  firm 
and  straight  in  the  wood  pavement.  No  doubt  much 
of  this  is  due  to  the  presence  of  the  concrete  above  the 
base  of  the  rail,  but  at  the  same  time  the  wood  must 
necessarily  absorb  a  considerable  amount  of  vibration. 
The  swelling  of  wood  pavements  has  in  some  cases 


Fig;.  111. — Swollen  Wood  Pavement  caused  by  Contraction  of  the  Surface  of 
the  Blocks  in  Hot  Weather. 

caused  the  track  to  get  out  of  gauge,  and  much 
expense  has  been  incurred  in  lowering  high  wood 
paving.  The  swelling  of  wood  paving  frequently  takes 
place  during  the  dry  weather,  whilst  the  wrood  is  con- 
tracting on  the  surface.  This  is  paradoxical,  but  none 
the  less  true.  It  may  be  taken  that  there  is  a  neutral 
axis  in  each  block,  and  that  when  the  surface  of  the 
block  contracts  to  any  extent  the  base  of  the  block 
expands,  as  shown  in  Fig.  111.  The  presence  of 
detritus  in  the  surface  cracks  prevents  the  return  of  the 
block  to  its  original  position. 

The  writer's  experience  of  wood-block  paving  is  that 
soft  wood  pavements  are  quite  as  lasting  as  those  made 
with  hard  woods,  and  the  rate  of  wear  is  much  more 
uniform.  Hard  wood  blocks  wrear  slippery,  and  owing 

T.T.C.  z 


170   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

to  the  resistance  they  offer  to  the  pounding  of  horse 
hoofs  they  become  badly  rounded,  as  shown  in  Figs.  112 
and  113,  thereby  losing  all  claim  to  the  resiliency  and 


Fig.    112. — Showing  Wear  on  Hard  Wood  Block  Pavement. 

noiselessness  which  wood  pavements  should  possess. 
Soft  wood  paving  is  only  one-half  the  cost  of  hard 
wood  ;  which  is  a  very  important  item  for  considera- 


Fig.   113. — Showing  Wear  on  Hard  Wood  Blocks. 

tion,  particularly  so  as  neither  the  hard  wood  nor  the 
soft  wood  have  any  residual  value  worth  mentioning. 
The  writer  has  obtained  the  best  results  from  the  use  of 
Archangel  redwood,  creosoted  to  the  extent  of  12  Ib. 


BEDDING   OF    SETTS  171 

per  cubic  foot,  under  a  pressure  of  00  Ib.  per  square 
inch.  Fig.  114  shows  a  soft  wood  pavement  which  has 
been  in  service  for  10  years  under  a  fairly  heavy 
vehicular  traffic.  Fig.  115  shows  the  wrear  on  soft- 
wood blocks  removed  from  the  track. 


Fig.  114. — Showing  Wear  on  Soft  Wood  Paving. 

For  tramwray  purposes  it  is  advisable  that  all  granite 
setts  should  be  paved  upon  a  bed  of  moist  cement  and 
sand  in  the  proportion  of  about  four  to  one.  This,  after 


Fig.  115.— Showing  Wear  on  Soft  Wood  Blocks. 

it  lias  set,  will  tend  to  lesson  any  tendency  for  water  to 
surge  beneath  the  setts  in  the  case  of  looseness  develop- 
ing in  either  the  rails  or  the  paving.  It  is  a  mistake  to 
suppose  that  a  sand  paving  bed  affords  any  advantage 
in  the  nature  of  a  cushion  beneath  the  paving,  after  the 


172   TRAMWAY    TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

setts  have  been  rammed  ;  the  bed  is  perfectly  hard  and 
unyielding,  and  in  any  ease  it  is  undesirable  to  have  a 
resilient  cushion  between  the  setts  and  the  foundation. 
If  resiliency  is  desired  it  should  be  obtained  at  the 
surface  of  the  paving,  not  beneath  it.  For  track  pur- 
poses the  writer  has  found  it  advisable  to  lay  wood 
blocks  in  precisely  the  same  manner  as  the  stone 
paving  in  order  to  minimise  the  effect  of  expansion 
and  contraction.  The  wood  blocks  are  laid  upon  the 
pounded  floating,  carefully  rammed  and  grouted,  as 
described  hereafter. 

Paving  of  all  descriptions  is  liable  to  failure  unless  it 
is  properly  laid  under  competent  supervision.  Paviors' 
work  is  little  understood  by  the  average  man  in  charge 
of  either  street  works  or  track  work,  and  whilst  much 
attention  is  paid  to  the  coursing,  gauging,  lining,  and 
levelling  of  the  work  generally,  little  attention  is  paid  to 
the  paviors'  method  of  laying  the  setts.  The  result  of 
this  lack  of  inspection  is  that  many  streets  and  tracks 
suffer  from  small  hills  and  hollows,  wrhich  are  particu- 
larly noticeable  and  objectionable  during  wet  weather. 
Paving  should  be  carefully  executed  in  the  following 
manner  : 

The  paving  bed  having  been  spread  evenly  over  the 
surface  of  the  foundation,  the  pavior  takes  a  sett  in  his 
left  hand,  and  with  a  broad-ended  paving  hammer  he 
shapes  the  bedding  to  receive  the  stone,  which  is  gently 
placed  in  position.  If  the  sett  is  not  low  enough  it 
should  on  no  account  be  struck  with  the  hammer,  as  is 
frequently  done,  but  it  should  be  removed  and  the 
bedding  lowered  and  then  placed  back.  The  pavior. 
by  pressing  on  the  sett  with  his  hammer,  is  able  to 
detect  at  once  wrhether  it  will  rock  or  not.  If  it  rocks 
or  is  too  low,  it  must  be  taken  up  and  additional 
bedding  must  be  carefully  spread  before  the  sett  is 
replaced  ;  on  no  account  must  the  paving  hammer  be 


RAMMING   OF    SETTS 


used  for  beating  extra  bedding  beneath  the  sett  with- 
out removing  the  same,  although  this  is  of  common 
occurrence  amongst  inferior  paviors.  When  setts  are 
hammered  down,  or  where  extra  material  is  packed 
tightly  beneath  them  whilst  they  are  in  position,  they 
will  not  be  depressed  to  the  same  extent  as  the  adjoin- 
ing setts  during  the  ramming  operation,  with  the  result 
that  there  will  be  either  a  considerable  number  of  high 
setts  forming  hollows  with  those  next  to  them,  or  if 
these  are  detected  much  trouble  is  experienced  in 
lowering  the  high  setts  during  the  ramming  operation. 
The  ramming  of  setts  requires  a  skilled  workman's 
patient  attention.  All  setts  should  be  rammed  down 

1  I  I  ) 


a 


(a 


a 


-4?z<-'          I 
Fig.    IK). — Procedure  in  Ramming  Two  Courses  of  Setts. 

the  same  amount.  It  is  the  pavior's  duty  to  bed  the 
setts  evenly,  and  the  rammerman's  duty  to  ram  them 
uniformly  into  the  bedding.  It  is  not  part  of  the 
rammerman's  job  to  ram  down  high  setts.  If  the  setts 
have  been  properly  paved  there  will  be  no  high  setts 
after  being  rammed.  The  paving  should  be  rammed 
sett  by  sett  and  course  by  course  in  the  following- 
manner  :  Commencing  with  the  sett  next  to  the  rail,  the 
rammerman  rams  it  down  hard  by  striking  it  fair  in  the 
centre,  giving  each  sett  in  the  course  the  same  treat- 
ment as  he  makes  his  way  across  the  track.  The  next 
course  is  treated  in  a  similar  manner,  and  finally  the 
setts  are  rammed  across  each  joint,  as  shown  in  Fig.  116, 
so  as  to  engage  three  setts,  and  to  ensure  the  courses- 


174   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

being  in  the  same  level.  It  will  be  seen  that  each 
set  is  thus  rammed  at  each  corner  and  in  the  centre. 
All  setts  which  sink  too  low  under  the  ramming  should 
be  removed  and  additional  bedding  should  be  added. 
A  story  is  narrated  about  a  trustworthy  but  not  very 
intelligent  navvy  who  was  being  tried  as  a  rammerman, 
to  the  effect  that  in  ramming  the  paving  he  sent  one 
sett  very  much  below  the  others  ;  it  did  not  occur  to 
him  that  the  sett  could  be  raised,  but  in  order  to  carry 
out  his  instructions  to  the  letter  he  rammed  down  all 
the  adjacent  setts  to  the  same  level. ' 

Care  should  be  taken  to  secure  an  even  depth  of 
bedding  beneath  each  sett,  and  as  setts  vary  slightly  in 
depth  they  should  be  gauged  and  all  setts  of  the  same 
depth  should  be  paved  together. 

The  setts  along  the  side  of  the  rail  should  be  paved 
to  the  same  level  as  the  rail.  There  is  nothing  to  be 
gained  by  paving  them  above  the  level  on  the  assumption 
that  they  will  wear  down  more  rapidly  than  the  rails. 
When  they  are  paved  above  the  rail  level  the  arrises 
are  soon  broken  off  and  the  sett  is  ground  down  to  the 
level  of  the  rail  in  a  very  short  time,  causing  the  forma- 
tion of  ruts  alongside  the  rail  and  frequently  shattering 
the  setts.  In  conclusion,  it  may  be  repeated  that  the 
best  results  will  be  obtained  from  paving  a  track  with 
broad,  flat-topped,  well-dressed,  tight-jointed  setts  with 
sharp  arrises,  made  from  granite  with  hard  wearing- 
properties. 


CHAPTER   XIII. 

RECONSTRUCTION. 

The  question  of  track  reconstruction  has  to  be  faced 
sooner  or  later  on  all  systems,  and  it  is  intended  in  this 
chapter  to   review   the    most   economical   methods  of 
executing  the  same  without  entirely  suspending  either 
the    tramway    service    or   the    vehicular   traffic.     It   is 
somewhat  difficult  to  lay  down  definite  rules  as  to  the 
exact   period   when  a  track  is  ready  for  renewal ;  so 
much  depends  upon  the  general  condition  of  the  track, 
the  speed  and  frequency  of  the  service,  and  other  local 
considerations.     In  valuation    cases  and   the   like,  too 
much    importance    is    placed    upon    the    relationship 
between  the  depth  of  the  groove  and  the  life  of  the 
track.       In   actual   practice   the  depth  of  the  groove 
plays  but  a  minor  part  in  the  life  of  the  track  and  can 
in  no  case  be  taken  as  a  standard  for  the  determination 
of  either  the  remaining  life  or  the  residual  value  of  the 
track.     As  the   writer   has   indicated   in    the  chapters 
dealing  with  rail  wear,  the  wear  of  modern  rails  has  not 
proved    at   all   satisfactory  and   the   weight   of  traffic 
carried  affords  little  or  no  information  on  this   point. 
Many  tracks  are  worn  out  before  the  wheel  flanges  are 
anywhere  near  the  bottom  of  the  rail  groove,  whilst  it 
has  been  possible  to  operate  other  tracks  for  several 
years  after  the  floor  of  the  groove  has  been  reached. 
On  two  tracks  the  writer  has  charge  of,  it  was  possible 
to  grind  |  inch  of  metal  off  the  floor  of  the  groove  and 
so  facilitate  the  progress  of  the  wheels  after  the  allotted 
amount  of  metal  had  been  worn  off  the  rail  tread. 

Again,    the    concrete     foundations    are     frequently 


176   TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION    .- 

discovered  to  be  fractured  from  one  cause  or  another, 
and  where  such  defects  exist  to  any  extent  the 
expenditure  upon  maintenance  is  generally  out  of  all 
proportion  to  the  residual  life  represented  by  the  depth 
of  the  groove. 

The  depth  of  the  groove  will  vary  considerably  in 
the  same  rail  and  different  tracks  will  give  different 
results.  As  previously  stated,  too  much  importance  is 
attached  to  the  depth  of  the  groove ;  this  is  more 
apparent  when  it  is  considered  that  the  value  of  the  rail 
represents  only  about  20  per  cent,  of  the  cost  of  recon- 
struction, from  which  it  will  also  be  evident  that 
extensive  repairs  to  the  foundations,  paving,  joints,  etc., 
are  a  sheer  waste  of  money  merely  to  prolong  the  life 
of  the  rail  a  few  years,  at  the  end  of  which  the  same 
expenditure  coupled  with  the  renewal  of  the  rail  has  to  be 
incurred. 

The  cost  of  track  reconstruction  is  a  variable  quantity 
and  will  depend  upon  the  gauge  and  form  of  construc- 
tion, the  actual  condition  of  the  existing  foundations 
and  paving,  and  also  upon  the  distance  from  the  centre 
of  the  system,  the  width  of  the  streets,  and  the  density 
of  both  the  car  service  and  the  ordinary  traffic.  It  is 
obvious  that  if  much  of  the  work  has  to  be  executed 
during  the  night,  or  if  the  provision  of  a  thoroughfare, 
for  the  whole  or  part  of  the  street  and  car  traffic, 
impedes  the  progress  of  the  work,  that  the  cost  of 
reconstruction  will  be  proportionately  high.  It  is, 
therefore,  impossible  to  give  any  definite  figures  in 
regard  to  the  cost  of  this  work  ;  which  varies  between 
30  shillings  and  60  shillings  per  yard  of  single  track 
exclusive  of  special  work.  Provided  the  foundations 
are  sound  and  the  works  may  be  executed  during  the 
daytime  without  much  interruption,  a  track  may  be 
relaid  in  the  most  up-to-date  manner,  with  welded 
joints,  frequent  anchors,  high  quality  steel  rails  and 


REMOVAL   OF   TRACK 


177 


redressed  granite  setts  for  little  more  than  40  shillings 
per  yard  of  single  track  exclusive  of  special  work. 

There  are  many  ways  of  executing  the  renewal  of 
the  track,  the  choice  of  which  will  depend  entirely 
upon  circumstances.  These  are  briefly  as  follows  : — 
(1)  By  the  use  of  a  temporary  track  laid  alongside  the 
main  track,  as  shown  in  Fig.  117  ;  (2)  By  converting  a 
double  line  into  a  single  line  for  a  short  distance, 


Fig.  117. — A  Temporary  Track. 

through  the  insertion  of  temporary  loop-ends  ;  or  (3)  By 
relaying  short  lengths  of  track  during  the  night  and 
paving  up  the  same  either  at  night  or  during  the 
following  day. 

Probably  the  most  economical  and  efficient  method 
is  number  (2)  with  temporary  loop-ends.  These  turn- 
out ends  may  be  either  of  old  points  and  crossings 
laid  in  the  track,  or  they  may  consist  of  new  purposely 
made  materials  laid  upon  the  surface  of  the  paving  as 


T.T.C. 


A  A 


178   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

shown  in  Fig.  117.  It  is  necessary  that  the  two  turn- 
outs should  be  right  and  left  hand  respectively  and 
when  the  mate  track  is  relaid  the  turnouts  will  require 
to  be  moved  from  one  end  to  another.  Of  course  there 
are  many  instances  where  it  is  impossible  to  interfere 
with  the  car  service  to  such  an  extent  as  this  and  in 
such  cases  it  is  better  to  lay  a  length  of  temporary 
track  down  ;  this,  of  course,  causes  the  least  delay  to 
the  car  service  ;  but  as  it  occupies  more  space  it  does 


Fig.  118. — Temporary  Track  and  Cross-over.     (1)  On  to  reconstructed 
"outgoing"  track.     (2)   "  Incoming"  track  under  reconstruction. 

not  afford  so  much  room  for  the  reconstruction  works 
and  the  ordinary  traffic.  There  are  several  types  of 
special  tracks  in  use  ;  but  without  doubt  the  most  satis- 
factory results  are  obtained  from  those  having  a  girder 
type  of  rail.  Flat  rails  are  not  suitable  for  well 
cambered  streets,  as  the  outer  rail  has  frequently  to  be 
raised  considerably,  thus  necessitating  the  use  of  either 
sleepers  or  numerous  well  secured  packing  pieces.  The 
writer  has  not  found  any  disadvantage  from  the  use 
of  a  girder  temporary  track  rail  and  there  is  far  less 


TEMPORARY    TRACKS  179 

liability  to  a  derailment  with  its  use.     Fig.  118  shows 
the  details  of  the  temporary  track  used  in  Leeds. 

A  very  economical  and  satisfactory  temporary  track 
may  be  formed  by  "  throwing  out "  the  track  to  be 
reconstructed  ;  this  is  done  after  the  removal  of  the 
paving  and  the  releasing  of  anchor  bolts  and  other 
fastenings,  by  freeing  both  ends  of  a  length  of  the 
track  to  be  relaid  and  levering  the  same  to  one  side  of 
the  road  so  as  to  form  a  temporary  track,  the  ends  being 
coupled  up,  by  means  of  curved  closers.  The  third 
method  of  reconstruction,  i.e.,  by  nightwork,  is  con- 
sidered by  many  people  to  be  a  very  unsatisfactory 
way  of  executing  the  work,  and  that  work  done 
in  this  manner  is  generally  scamped.  This  may 
be  the  case  on  systems  where  the  permanent  way 
works  suffer  either  from  the  inexperience  of  the  staff 
or  from  being  understaffed  ;  but  where  the  opera- 
tions can  be  properly  supervised  there  is  no  more 
satisfactory  method  of  carrying  out  the  work ;  and 
in  addition  there  is  this  undoubted  benefit  derived 
from  nightwork,  that  as  the  works  are  executed  at  an 
uniform  temperature,  there  are  no  deleterious  effects 
from  expansion  arid  contraction  of  the  rails,  which  are, 
as  the  writer  has  instanced  in  these  pages  on  several 
occasions,  responsible  for  so  much  of  the  trouble 
experienced  from  loose  rails  and  the  like.  For  this 
reason  it  is  advisable  that  the  works  should  be  paved 
up  as  the  job  proceeds  and  not  left  until  the  following 
day.  On  account  of  the  expense  it  is  only  advisable  to 
execute  works  of  this  description  during  the  night 
where  it  is  not  possible  to  lay  a  temporary  track,  as 
in  the  busy  parts  of  a  city.  Where  the  concrete  founda- 
tions are  fractured,  the  new  concrete  will  have  to  be 
inserted,  in  a  case  like  the  above,  before  the  new  rails 
are  laid.  The  method  of  doing  this  wras  illustrated  in 
the  chapter  on  concrete,  and  consists  of  the  interposition 


180   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

of  short  lengths  of  small  channel  iron  beneath  the  track 
rails,  thereby  raising  them  above  the  new  concrete. 
These  supports  are  kept  in  position  for  several  days, 
until  the  concrete  has  hardened,  and  the  trench  is  kept 
open  during  this  time.  Considerable  saving  is  effected 
on  both  new  works  and  the  reconstruction  and  repair 
of  old  tracks,  by  the  use  of  the  electric  hopper  wagons 
illustrated  in  Fig.  119.  These  wagons,  which  have  a 


Fig-.  1 19. — An  Electric  Hopper  Wagon,  as  used  on  the  Leeds  Tramways. 

capacity  of  ten  tons,  are  fitted  with  standard  equipments 
and  do  not  inconvenience  the  ordinary  car  service.  The 
hoppers  are  easily  removed  and  the  vehicle  converted 
into  a  flat  wagon.  In  addition  to  a  great  saving  in  the 
cost  of  "  horse  hire,"  materials  may  be  transferred  to 
and  from  the  central  depot  in  a  fraction  of  the  time 
occupied  by  horse  haulage.  On  reconstruction  works, 
a  short  siding  is  provided  for  these  wagons,  at  one  end 
of  the  temporary  track  as  shown  in  Figs.  117  and  118. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

SURFACE    DRAINAGE RAIL   CLEANING — RAIL    GRINDING. 

IN  order  to  obtain  the  most  satisfactory  results  in 
operating  tramway  points  it  is  necessary  that  all  movable 
points  should  be  drained  ;  it  is  further  necessary  that 
they  should  be  examined,  cleaned  and  oiled  daily. 
Trapped  drain  boxes  should  not  be  used,  as  they  soon 
"choke,"  but  it  is  recommended  that  trapped  catch 
pits,  as  shown  in  Fig.  120,  should  be  interposed  between 
the  points  or  drain  box  and  the  sewer. 

Drain  boxes  and  trapped  sump  pits  should  be  placed 
in  the  track  at  all  changes  of  gradient,  but  it  is  essential 
that  they  should  be  attended  to  daily  if  they  are  to  be 
of  service  when  required.  Fig.  120  illustrates  suitable 
types  of  drain  boxes,  traps  and  the  connections  ;  the 
boxes  are  attached  to  the  rail  webs,  as  shown,  and  a 
long  slot  hole  is  formed  in  the  groove  in  order  to  drain 
off  the  water ;  the  slot  and  the  holes  in  the  web  may  be 
readily  executed  by  means  of  the  oxy-acetylene  blow- 
pipe. 

RAIL  CLEANING. 

The  writer  is  of  the  opinion  that  much  benefit  may 
be  derived  from  the  careful  cleaning  of  the  rail  grooves 
at  frequent  intervals,  though  many  systems  do  not 
trouble  to  attend  to  this  matter  ;  it  is  obvious  that 
there  must  be  increased  resistance  to  traction  and 
excessive  current  consumption  where  the  grooves  are 
allowed  to  become  full  of  tightly  packed  road  dust. 
For  this  purpose  the  writer  advises  the  use  of  rail 
scrapers  similar  to  that  shown  in  Fig.  121  ;  these  may 
be  attached  to  the  side  frames  of  a  stores  car,  and  the 


182   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


frequent  and  regular  use  of  the  same  will  prevent  the 
hardening  of  the  grit  in  the  grooves.  The  chief  objec- 
tion to  the  use  of  such  appliances  as  these  is  the  dust 
which  is  created  when  the  car  is  travelling  quickly  on 
dry  days.  In  the  more  important  thoroughfares  it  is 
better  that  such  work  should  be  done  by  manual  labour. 
A  long  light  bar  inserted  in  the  groove  and  pushed 
steadily  along  with  a  swinging  motion  in  front  of  the 


T»arP£o    SUMP  BO* 


Fig.  120. — Trapped  Drain  Boxes. 

operator  will  quickly  move  the  dirt  out  of  the  groove. 
The  detritus  must  afterwards  be  swept  up. 

RAIL  GRINDING. 

It  is  essential  that  every  tramway,  of  any  size,  should 
possess  portable  electrically  driven  grinding  machinery 
for  the  purpose  of  truing  up  special  work  and  the 
removal  of  corrugations.  The  life  of  worn  points, 
crossings  and  rail  joints  may  be  considerably  increased 
and  the  path  of  the  cars  rendered  easier  by  the  judicious 
grinding  of  worn  paths. 

On  the  majority  of  British  tramways  it  is  necessary 


RAIL    GRINDING  183 

that  such  machinery  should  be  regularly  employed  on 
the  removal  of  corrugations  ;  otherwise  much  damage 
is  done  to  both  the  rails  and  the  rolling  stock  if  the 
corrugations  are  permitted  to  become  too  pronounced. 
It  is  true  that  the  effective  life  of  the  rail  is  decreased 
to  some  extent  by  this  treatment,  but,  on  the 
other  hand,  if  corrugations  are  left  untended  they 
generally  reach  a  stage 
where  battering  com- 
mences, and  from  this 
point  the  deterioration 
is  rapid  and  remedial 
measures  are  impossible. 
In  several  instances, 
where  corrugations  have 
been  removed,  the  writer 
has  had  the  floor  of  the 
rail  groove  ground  down 
to  a  like  extent,  with 
the  result  that  the  full 
life  of  the  rail  has  been 
obtained.  The  grinding 
of  corrugations  and  long 
lengths  of  battered  rail 
requires  to  be  very  care- 
fully carried  out,  and 
the  machinery  should  Fis-  12L~"  ^ "  Fel  Rail  ScraP61*- 
possess  both  speed  and  accuracy,  otherwise  the  cost  will 
be  high  and  considerable  damage  maybe  done  to  the 
rails. 

Corrugations  have  been  kept  down  on  the  Leeds 
tracks  for  the  last  nine  years  by  means  of  the  grinder 
shown  in  Fig.  122.  This  machine  is  equipped  with  two 
20  inch  corundum  wheels,  revolving  at  the  rate  of 
5,200  feet  per  minute,  and  two  " screw  down"  corundum 
slipper  blocks. 


184   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


II 


RAIL    GRINDING   MACHINES 


185 


The  design  of  this  machine  contains  several  faults 
common  to  nearly  all  rail  grinding  machines  ;  in  the 
first  place,  owing  to  its  bulk  it  can  only  be  used  at 
night,  arid  secondly,  in  traversing  it  regularly  happens 
that  one  or  more  wheels  are  resting  upon  the  summits 


r t 


Fig.  123. — Rail  Grinding  Machine. 

of  the  corrugations,  whilst  the  other  wheels  are  in  the 
hollows,  and  vice  versa,  with  the  result  that  accurate 
grinding  and  surfacing  are  impossible,  and  unless  great 
care  is  exercised  irreparable  damage  may  be  done. 

In  order  to  obtain  accurate  results  it  is  necessary  that 
the  grinding  wheels    should   be    controlled  by  guides 

T.T.C.  ]$  B 


186    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


1 


WOODS-GILBERT    RAIL-PLANER      187 

which  are  independent  of  the  body  of  the  machine,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  123,  which  illustrates  a  machine  designed 
by  Mr.  E.  Rhodes,  and  manufactured  by  Messrs.  Thos. 
Green  &  Son,  Ltd.,  Leeds.  This  machine  has  a  positive 
action  and  is  guided  by  means  of  a  swinging  frame 
equipped  with  roller  slides  which  travel  upon  the  rail, 
thus  determining  the  correct  angle  for  the  grinding 
wheel  traverse  ;  it  has  micrometer  adjustments,  together 
with  side  tracking  wheels  which  enable  it  to  be  used 
whilst  the  cars  are  in  service. 

Probably  the  most  noteworthy  effort  to  tackle 
the  problem  of  rail  surfacing  is  that  made  by  the 
Woods-Gilbert  Rail  Planer  Company,  whose  rail 
planing  machine  is  shown  in  Fig.  124.  The  re- 
modelling of  the  rails  by  this  process,  comprises  the 
deepening  of  the  groove,  the  cutting  down  of  the 
guard  lip,  and  the  removal  of  the  dish  at  joints  and 
of  corrugations.  The  work  is  performed  by  a  single 
machine  which  combines  the  work  of  a  cutting,  sur- 
facing, and  grinding  machine.  The  function  of  the 
machine  is  to  deepen  the  groove  and  at  the  same  time 
to  cut  down  the  protecting  guard  lip,  thus  giving  an 
increased  life  to  the  rail  beyond  the  ordinary  period, 
and  also  minimising  accidents  to  vehicles  from  the  pro- 
jecting lip.  The  machine  is  substantially  constructed 
and  of  high-class  material  and  workmanship.  It  is  so 
accurately  balanced  and  adjusted  that  it  cuts  out  the 
rail  groove  to  within  ^tt1  of  an  inch  of  the  standard 
depth  under  all  conditions  of  track.  This  machine,  of 
which  a  view  is  given  in  the  accompanying  illustration, 
weighs  up  to  15  tons,  and  it  cuts  the  groove  and  guard 
lip  of  both  rails  on  the  track  at  a  speed  of  about  9,000 
feet  per  month  when  at  regular  work.  The  machine 
has  suitable  under-gearing  to  enable  it  to  be  run 
along  tracks  at  any  desired  speed  when  riot  engaged 
in  remodelling  work.  It  can  be  quickly  removed  from 


188   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

the  track  by  a  lateral  movement  and  housed  at  depots 
along  the  routes.  The  work  is  carried  out  at  night 
after  the  cars  have  stopped  running,  and  the  tracks  are 
left  clear  in  the  morning. 

The  mileage  which  has  been  remodelled  up  to  the 
present  is  over  75  miles  of  single  track.  This  includes 
work  carried  out  on  the  Melbourne,  the  Sydney,  and 
the  Brisbane  tramways  in  Australia,  together  with  the 
remodelling  of  the  rails  on  the  Oldham,  Ashton,  and 
Hyde  tramways,  in  England.  The  company  have  also 
carried  out  .contracts  for  the  Cardiff  Corporation  and 
the  Isle  of  Thanet  Electric  Tramways  and  Lighting 
Company. 

The  writer  has  witnessed  the  operation  of  the  rail 
planing  machine  on  the  Oldham,  Ashton,  and  Hyde 
tramway  and  was  favourably  impressed  with  the  manner 
in  which  it  performed  the  work  of  deepening  the  grooves 
and  lowering  the  check.  The  work  was  rapidly  executed 
and  with  great  accuracy. 


CHAPTER   XV. 

SPECIAL    TRACKWORK. 

SPECIAL  track  work  is  the  term  which  is  now  generally, 
but  somewhat  loosely,  applied  to  describe  tranway 
points,  crossings,  junctions  and  lay-outs  of  all  descrip- 
tions. Taking  British  tramways  as  a  whole,  it  will  be 
found  that  there  is  such  a  lack  of  uniformity  in  design, 
materials,  and  the  lay-out  of  the  various  units  which 
come  under  the  heading  of  special  work,  that  very  con- 
siderable expense  is  incurred  both  in  regard  to  first  cost 
and  in  stocking  spare  castings,  tongues,  and  accessories. 
At  the  present  time  the  majority  of  tramway  systems 
have  their  own  particular  types  of  points  and  crossings, 
and  a  standardisation  of  design  in  this  direction  would 
lead  to  an  immediate  decrease  in  the  cost  of  production. 
The  purchaser  has  to  pay  for  the  preparation  of  patterns, 
and  the  manufacturers  are  put  to  very  considerable 
inconvenience  in  regard  to  the  storage,  repair,  and 
classification  of  these  special  patterns,  many  of  which 
after  being  kept  for  some  years  are  no  longer  required 
owing  to  further  changes  in  the  design.  Tramway 
managers  and  engineers  are  not  altogether  to  blame  for 
this  state  of  affairs,  because  the  manufacturers  of  special 
work  are  continually  changing  the  design  of  their  pro- 
ductions in  some  way  or  another.  That  many  of  these 
alterations  are  in  the  direction  of  progress  may  not  be 
denied  ;  but  a  great  number  have  no  practical  value, 
and  are  chiefly  introduced  in  order  to  give  a  distinctive 
character  to  a  particular  manufacturer's  wares.  Points 
and  crossings  supplied  by  the  different  manufacturers 
to  specified  radii  and  dimensions  differ  to  such  an 


190   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

extent  in  regard  to  design  that  it  is  not  possible  to 
make  up  a  pair  of  points  from  single  points  to  the  same 
specification  supplied  by  different  manufacturers,  or 
even  to  interchange  tongues  of  the  same  general  dimen- 
sions. Again,  in  regard  to  springs,  tongues,  and  other 
fittings,  each  firm  has  its  own  particular  design,  with 
the  result  that  many  different  types  of  spare  parts  have 
to  be  kept  in  stock.  One  very  excellent  result  of 
standardisation  of  special  trackwork  would  be  the  inter- 
changeability  of  entire  castings,  fittings,  and  spare  parts 
and  the  reduction  in  the  number  of  duplicate  spare 
parts  it  is  necessary  to  keep  in  stock.  According  to 
the  replies  to  the  list  of  queries  recently  issued  by  the 
Municipal  Tramways  Association,  points  vary  in  radii 
between  30  ft.  and  350  ft.  for  lateral  turn-outs,  whilst 
one  system  has  double-curved  points  for  equilateral 
loops  of  450  ft.  and  1,000  ft.  radius.  Such  a  range  of 
curvature  is  quite  unnecessary,  and  the  fact  that  many 
systems  have  a  dozen  or  more  types  of  points  is  due 
more  to  caprice  than  to  any  local  conditions.  There 
are,  of  course,  some  exceptional  cases  where  an  odd 
point  or  crossing  may  require  special  curvature  or  to  be 
compounded  with  some  other  casting,  but  such  cases 
are  exceptional,  and  in  Leeds,  where  there  are  some 
two  hundred  junctions  of  one  kind  and  another,  there 
are  only  about  three  instances,  excluding  depot  sidings, 
where  specially  designed  points  are  required  on  the 
main  track.  The  table  on  page  194  gives  particulars  of 
the  five  different  types  of  points  which  will  meet  the 
requirements  of  any  up-to-date  track.  It  will  be  noticed 
that  although  there  are  five  distinct  sets  of  points  there 
are  only  three  different  designs,  Figs.  125,  126,  127,  viz.  : 
The  200  ft.  double-curved  points  for  equilateral  loops,  the 
150  ft.  radius  points  for  lateral  turn-outs,  and  the  75  ft. 
radius  points  for  lateral  turn-outs  of  sharp  curvature, 
the  other  two  varieties  given  in  the  table  being  for  the 


OPEN    OR   SPRING  POINTS 


191 


192    TRAMWAY  TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


S 
fee. 


DETAILS    OF    POINTS 


193 


T.T.C. 


194   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


left  hand  turn-outs  of  150  ft.  radius  and  75  ft.  radius 
respectively. 

TABLE  OF  STANDARD  POINTS  (PAIRS). 


Location. 

Radius. 

Turn-out. 

Length  of 
Tongue. 

Overall 
Length. 

Design. 

Fittings. 

ft.       in. 

ft.     in. 

ft.      in. 

Equilateral  loop  ends  } 
(Fig.  125)      .         .  j 

200      0 

(  Right  \ 
<    and 
(  Left  ) 

7    6 

12     0 

No.  1 

(  Stand- 
(  ardised 

Right  hand  turn-outs  ) 
(Fig.  126)               .  ) 

150     0 

Right 

8     0 

12     0 

No.  2 

Do. 

Left  hand   turn-outs  j 

and        cross-overs  > 

150     0 

Left 

8     0 

12     0 

No.  2 

Do. 

(Fig.  126)      .         .  ) 

Right  hand  turn-outs  \ 

(sharp     curve  s)  [ 

75     0 

Eight 

8     0 

10     0 

No.  3 

Do. 

(Fig.  127)      .          .  ) 

Left   hand  turn-outs  j 

(s  harp     curves)  [ 

75     0 

Left 

8     0 

10     0 

No.  3 

Do. 

(Fig.  127)      . 

For  all  the  above-mentioned  points  the  fittings  such 
as  drain  boxes,  heel  adjusters,  springs,  and  other  parts 
and  mechanism  may  be  standardised  and  interchanged. 
The  mates  for  these  points  may  be  either  connected 
movables  or  open  points,  according  to  the  requirements 
of  the  particular  system.  In  regard  to  straight  crossings 
for  cross-overs  and  loop-ends  it  is  not  necessary  to  use 
more  than  one  type,  and  for  the  12  ft.  points  in  the 
above  table  a  1  in  5  straight  crossing  (Fig.  128)  will  be 
found  to  give  a  very  easy  entrance  to  both  equilateral 
and  lateral  turn-outs.  The  writer  has  tried  points  of 
larger  radii  and  more  acute  straight  crossings  for  loop- 
ends,  and  although,  with  reasonable  speeds,  a  much 
easier  entrance  may  be  obtained,  the  results  have  not 
been  anything  like  so  satisfactory  as  with  the  designs 
Nos.  1  and  2  in  the  table  with  the  1  in  5  crossing. 
The  reason  for  this  is  simple  and  as  follows :  With 
the  larger  radius  points  the  motormen  run  through 
the  turn-outs  without  reducing  the  speed  of  the  car, 
with  the  result  that  the  digression  of  the  car  from  the 


STANDARD   POINTS 


195 


196   TRAMWAY    TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

straight  is  accompanied  by  a  side  swing  which  neutralises 
the  effect  of  the  easy  entrance,  and  causes  more  dis- 
comfort to  the  passengers  than  points  of  less  radius 
with  the  1  in  5  crossing.  This  crossing  will  also  be 
found  to  be  quite  satisfactory  for  cross-overs,  but  for 
this  purpose  the  writer  recommends  that  two  designs 
should  be  used,  viz.,  the  ordinary  8  ft.  straight  crossing 


Fig.  129.— Solid  Manganese  Steel,  Ordinary  8  ft.  Crossing. 


Fig.   130.— Iron-bound  Crossing,  8  ft.  long  with  Manganese  Steel 
Renewable  Centre. 


Lorain  Patent. 


Fig.  131.— Solid  Manganese  Steel,  Unbroken  Main  Line  Crossing  (1  in  5). 

shown  in  Figs.  129  and  130,  and  the  unbroken  main 
line  types  shown  in  Figs.  131  and  132.  The  former 
to  be  used  where  the  cross-over  is  in  frequent  use, 
and  the  latter  on  emergency  cross-overs,  where  the 
advantage  of  the  continuous  rail  to  the  main  track 
service  will  be  obvious  (see  Fig.  1 33).  A  very  consider- 
able difference  of  opinion  exists  as  to  the  composition 
and  design  of  the  points  and  crossings.  Many  systems 
prefer  solid  manganese  steel  castings,  some  few  prefer 


UNBROKEN   MAIN    LINE    CROSSING     197 

manganese  steel  with  renewable  inserts,  whilst  some 
important  systems  prefer  toughened  cast  steel  with  man- 
ganese steel  inserts  at  the  places  which  are  subjected 
to  the  greatest  wear.  The  crossings  are  also  to  be 
obtained  in  another  variety  of  manufacture,  viz.,  the 


132. — Crossing  with  Unbroken  Main  Line. 


iron-bound  type  shown  in  Fig.  130.  In  this  type  the 
legs  of  the  crossing  are  of  rolled  steel  rail,  the  body  of 
cast  iron,  and  in  the  intersection  of  the  two  grooves  a 
renewable  plate  of  manganese  steel  is  inserted.  There 


Fig.  133. — Unbroken  Main  Line  Crossing  in  Track. 

can  be  no  doubt  that  the  local  service  conditions,  the 
design  and  upkeep  of  the  rolling  stock  and  tyres  have  a 
very  decided  effect  on  the  wear  of  the  special  trackwork, 
and  an  examination  of  the  behaviour  of  the  above- 
mentioned  types  on  different  systems  proves  clearly 


198    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

that  materials  and  designs  which  have  been  found  satis- 
factory on  one  system  will  not  necessarily  wear  well  on 
another  system.  For  example,  points  and  crossings 
with  renewable  inserts  give  good  results  in,  say,  Man- 
chester and  Glasgow,  and  similar  materials  fail  in  Leeds 
and  other  places.  The  writer  has  used  crossings  of  both 
the  iron-bound  type  and  of  toughened  cast  steel  in 
Leeds,  each  with  renewable  manganese  steel  inserts. 


Fig.  134. — Showing  Lateral  Wear  on  Legs  of  Curved  Crossing  with 
Manganese  Steel  Insert. 

Fig.  134  is  a  photograph  showing  a  crossing  of  this 
type  in  position  in  the  track  after  about  ten  years'  con- 
tinuous service.  As  will  be  seen  in  the  illustration 
referred  to,  the  lateral  wear  on  the  legs  of  the  crossing 
is  so  pronounced  as  to  prevent  the  replacement  of  the 
renewable  centre  plate.  The  renewable  plate  itself 
resists  the  lateral  wear,  except  at  the  point  where  it 
joins  up  to  the  legs  of  the  crossing,  where,  owing  to  the 
excessive  wear  on  the  legs,  it  becomes  bevelled,  as 


RENEWABLE    PLATES   TO   CROSSINGS   199 


shown.  Such  are  the  results  of  actual 
wear  in  Leeds,  where  it  is  found  that 
owing  to  the  different  rates  of  lateral 
wear  on  the  different  materials  form- 
ing the  crossings,  it  is  not  possible  to 
renew  the  centre  plates  on  curved 
crossings.  This  irregular  lateral 
wear  depends  to  a  certain  extent 
upon  the  design  of  the  rolling  stock, 
the  attention  paid  to  the  condition 
of  the  wheels  and  wheel  gauge  ;  and 
several  important  systems,  including 
Manchester,  report  that  they  are 
regularly  effecting  renewals  of  this 
kind. 

In  regard  to  points,  it  is  the 
writer's  experience  that  the  renew- 
able plates  which  are  usually  fitted 
in  points  of  this  type  are  far  too 
short  for  the  purpose.  Fig.  135 
shows  a  point  in  the  road  fitted 
with  a  renewable  plate  at  the  toe 
of  the  tongue.  This  point  has  been 
subjected  to  a  very  severe  weight 
of  traffic  on  one  side,  but  only  a 
light  service  has  been  borne  by 
the  other  side.  It  is  evident  that 
such  a  plate  could  not  be  replaced 
satisfactorily  without  special  allow- 
ance for  wear ;  notwithstanding 
this  there  are  many  thousands 
of  points  and  crossings  of  this 
type  in  use  in  this  country.  The 
writer  is  of  the  opinion  that  the 
most  satisfactory  type  of  renewable 
plate  for  points  is  the  one  shown 


*200    TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 

in  Fig.  136,  which  is  the  "tadpole"  switch,  supplied 
by  the  Lorain  Steel  Company.  The  design  of  this 
point  is  novel  and  contains  many  new  and  useful 
features,  chief  of  which  is  the  increased  bearing 
provided  for  the  full  length  of  the  tongue.  At  the 
head  of  the  tongue,  alone,  the  bearing  equals 
60  square  inches.  In  Leeds,  the  most  satisfactory 
results  have  been  obtained  from  the  use  of  solid 
manganese  steel  points  and  crossings,  and  in  all  cases 
the  extra  cost  of  this  material  has  been  more  than 
covered  by  the  benefits  derived  from  the  regular  wear  and 
the  increased  life.  It  is  considered  by  some  engineers 
that  it  is  irregular  in  quality,  and  that  it  is  suscep- 
tible to  internal  sponginess  to  such  an  extent  that  it  is 
like  buying  "  a  pig  in  a  poke."  Such  has  not  been  the 
writer's  experience  with  this  quality  of  steel,  and  from 
.a  close  examination  of  many  hundreds  of  castings.  In 
Leeds,  the  life  of  no  manganese  steel  casting  has  been 
affected  by  defects  of  this  kind,  and  where  at  rare 
intervals  slight  signs  of  sponginess  have  been  detected, 
either  prior  to  being  laid  in  the  track  or  after  being  in 
service  for  some  time,  the  manufacturers  have  willingly 
offered  to  replace  the  castings  free  of  charge  should  the 
presence  of  the  blow  holes  have  any  effect  on  the  wear. 
Manganese  steel  points  and  crossings  wear  regularly, 
except  at  the  intersections,  and  as  the  steel  possesses 
great  toughness  and  durability  rather  than  great 
hardness,  it  is,  in  the  writer's  opinion,  the  most  suitable 
for  all  classes  of  special  trackwork.  Manganese  steel 
has  another  decided  advantage,  in  that  it  takes  a 
perfectly  smooth,  silver-like  polish,  which  is  a  great 
assistance  to  the  car  wheels  in  negotiating  curves, 
points  and  crossings. 

In  regard  to  the  design  of  points,  there  can  be  no 
question  that  the  connected  movable  points  shown  in 
Figs.  126  and  127  are  the  most  perfect  in  design  and 


LORAIN   TADPOLE    SWITCH  201 


s 
I 

1 

3 


T.T.C. 


D  D 


202    TRAMAYAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION     . 

action  when  properly  attended  to.  With  connected 
movable  points  of  this  type  much  more  care  has  to  be 
taken  in  regard  to  cleaning,  oiling,  and  the  drainage  of 
the  points.  Unless  they  are  kept  quite  free  from  dirt 
and  sand  they  will  not  work  satisfactorily.  The 
presence  of  brake  sand  and  detritus  in  the  tongue 
recesses  prevents  the  tongue  from  working  freely  in  the 
recess,  with  the  result  that  both  the  tongues  arid  con- 


Fg.  137. —  3- Way  Mechanism  for  Movable  Points. 

riecting  rods  become  strained  during  the  passage  of  the 
cars  and  finally  become  locked,  causing  blockages  in  the 
car  service  on  account  of  the  difficulty  experienced  in 
removing  the  strained  parts,  which  are  frequently 
buckled  to  such  an  extent  as  to  render  extrication  a 
slow  and  tedious  operation.  To  these  disadvantages 
must  be  added  the  extra  expense  incurred  in  providing 
and  maintaining  the  additional  springs,  tongues,  and 
other  fittings.  This  duplication  of  spare  parts  is  a  very 
serious  item  for  consideration  on  a  large  system,  entail- 
ing, as  it  does,  a  larger  outlay  and  the  employment  of 
a  considerable  amount  of  extra  labour  for  cleaning  and 


MECHANISM    FOR   MOVABLE    POINTS  203 


Sectional  Elevation  through  A  B. 


Fig.  138. — Allen's  3- Way  Mechanism  for  Movable  Points. 


Fig.  139.—  Allen's  3- Way  Mechanism  for  Connected  Movable  Points. 


204   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

maintenance.  It  is  absolutely  necessary  for  all  movable 
points  to  be  drained  if  they  are  to  work  satisfactorily, 
and  provision  should  be  made  for  draining  them  at  both 
the  toe  and  the  heel  of  the  tongue,  so  that  the  drainage 
may  be  effective  whichever  way  the  points  may  lie  on 
a  gradient. 

In  regard  to  point  fittings  and  controllers,  there  are 
numberless  types  of  efficient  springs  and  other  mech- 
anism, and  each  maker  has  his  own  particular  design. 
It  does  not  appear  to  the  writer  that  any  one  type 
possesses  much  advantage  over  another  ;  as  has  been 
stated  previously,  the  differences  in  design  are  chiefly  to 
give  a  distinctive  character  to  a  particular  manufacturer's 
wares.  Figs.  137,  138,  139  show  typical  examples  of 
the  more  prominent  designs  in  point  mechanism.  Con- 
siderable trouble  has  always  been  experienced  in  regard 
to  the  steadying  of  the  point  tongues,  particularly  at  the 
heel,  where  the  greatest  wear  takes  place  through  the 
heel  getting  out  of  alignment.  With  the  idea  of 
remedying  this  fault  stout  hardened  steel  pins  were 
introduced  into  the  heels  of  the  tongues,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  140,  and  these  were  a  decided  improvement  on  all 
existing  devices  for  holding  the  tongue  in  position  ;  but 
at  the  same  time,  with  the  increased  speeds  and  heavier 
traffic,  it  must  be  admitted  that  they  have  failed  to 
realise  all  that  was  expected  of  them.  The  heel  of  the 
tongue  receives  very  severe  treatment  during  the 
passage  of  the  cars,  and  the  hammering  to  which  the 
tongue  heel  is  subjected  ultimately  causes  the  heel 
pins  to  work  loose  and  allow  the  tongue  to  work 
laterally.  The  failure  of  the  heel  pin  has  been  so  pro- 
nounced that  the  leading  manufacturers  of  points  have 
devised  other  means  of  securing  and  adjusting  the 
tongue  heels,  particulars  of  which  are  given  in  Figs.  130, 
141  and  142.  In  the  heel  adjusting  devices  illustrated 
particular  attention  is  given  to  the  grinding  of  both  the 


HEEL    PINS  205 

tongue  recesses  and  the  tongues,  heel  pins  are  entirely 
dispensed  with,  a  true  ground  fit  is  obtained  at  con- 
siderable expense,  and  adjusting  mechanism  is  provided. 
The  writer  has  laid  down  a  considerable  number  of 
points  during  the  last  twelve  months  equipped  with  the 
heel  adjusters  shown  in  Figs.  141  and  142,  but  it  is  too 
early  to  express  any  definite  opinion  on  their  merits. 
In  spite  of  the  failure  of  the  heel  pins,  the  writer  is  still 
of  the  opinion  that  they  afford  the  most  satisfactory 
means  of  securing  the  heel  of  the  point  tongue  if  they 


Fig.  140. — Section  through  Point  Heel  showing  Tongue  Heel  Pin. 

are  suitably  fitted.  Heel  pins  may  be  said  to  have 
failed  by  reason  of  the  defective  application  of  the 
principle. 

The  heel  pins  which  have  failed  were  countersunk 
into  the  tongue  and  fitted  into  a  bush,  run  round  with 
spelter  in  the  floor  of  the  tongue  recess.  The  failure 
was  caused  by  the  crushing  and  displacement  of  the 
spelter  under  the  side  pressure  and  hammering  of  the 
passing  wheels,  coupled  with  the  loosening  of  the 
countersunk  riveted  head  of  the  pin  itself.  A  marked 
improvement  in  heel  pins  has  recently  been  introduced, 
and  in  this  case  the  makers,  Messrs.  Edgar  Allen  and 
Company,  appear  to  have  appreciated  the  earlier  defects 
of  the  heel  pin  and  have  taken  steps  to  avoid  their 
recurrence.  The  heel  pin  is  of  hardened  steel,  and  is 
attached  to  the  manganese  tongue  by  means  of  cast 


206   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

iron  which  is  run  into  a  countersunk  recess  round  the 
pin  shank.  The  bush  for  the  pin  is  cast  in  the  tongue 
bed,  and  is  afterwards  bored  out  to  make  a  perfect  fit. 


Fig.   141. — Hadfield's  Patent  Adjustable  Pinless  Point  Tongue. 

It  would  appear  that  this  is  a  decided  step  in  the  right 
direction,  and  it  is  obvious  that  much  better  results  will 
be  obtained  from  the  use  of  heel  pins  carefully  fitted 
in  this  manner.  The  writer  recommends  the  use  of 


ALLEN'S    TONGUE   HEEL   ADJUSTER  207 

both  heel  pins  and  adjusters  on  the  same  point.  On 
account  of  the  noise  made  by  the  return  of  automatic 
point  tongues  on  single  lines  with  loops  it  is  frequently 
necessary  to  mitigate  the  nuisance  caused,  and  the 
most  satisfactory  "  silencer  "  which  the  writer  has  used 
is  the  one  shown  in  Fig.  143.  which  was  invented  by 
Mr.  W.  A.  McKnight,  of  Liverpool.  This  "  silencer  " 
consists  of  a  cylinder,  piston,  and  rod,  with  the  usual 
actuating  spring.  The  piston  is  perforated,  but  the 
holes,  with  the  exception  of  a  small  one,  are  covered 
with  a  non-return  valve  ;  the  cylinder  is  filled  with  oil 
which  flows  from  end  to  end  through  the  piston  holes. 


Fig.  142.  —Allen's  Patent  Tongue  Heel  Adjuster. 

All  curves  of  100  feet  radius  or  less,  which  are  sub- 
jected to  a  normal  service  of  cars,  should  be  fitted  with 
a  "  check  "  or  "  guard  "  rail  of  wear-resisting  steel,  which 
may  be  readily  detached  and  replaced.  The  use  of  such 
guard  rails  may  be  readily  proved  to  increase  the  life 
of  curves  and  junctions  by  at  least  100  per  cent.  ;  in 
addition,  the  danger  of  derailment  is  reduced  to  a 
minimum. 

The  writer  does  not  recommend  the  use  of  special 
rails,  with  wider  grooves  and  thicker  checks,  such  as 
are  in  use  and  in  the  list  of  the  standard  sections.  No 
benefit  is  derived  from  the  extra  thickness  of  metal  in 
the  check  ;  it  wears  away  rapidly  and  allows  the  outer 


208    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION, 

rail  head  to  wear  in  like  manner,  resulting  in  wide 
grooves  which  are  a  source  of  danger  to  the  ordinary 
road  traffic. 

The  writer  considers  it  the  best  and  most  economical 
practice  to  remove  the  check  of  the  ordinary  section  of 
rail  used,  and  to  replace  it  with  one  of  the  several 
suitable  guard  rails  which  are  on  the  market. 

The  check  may  be  removed,  without  difficulty,  either 


Fig.  143. — McKniglit's  Point  Silencer. 

by  the  oxy-acetylene  process  or  with  a  hammer  and 
cold  sett.  Care  must  be  taken  that  the  rail  is  bent  to 
the  required  curvature  before  the  check  is  removed  or 
there  will  be  a  danger  of  it  fracturing  if  the  bending 
is  attempted  afterwards. 

Figs.  144  and  145  show  the  guard  rail  designed  by 
the  writer  for  the  Leeds  tramways  which  has  been 
extensively  used  at  home  and  abroad. 

It  consists  of  a  small  "  double  "  headed  rail  in  Allen's 
rolled  manganese  steel,  wedged  into  and  supported  by 


HOLTS    GUARD    RAIL  209 

malleable  iron  chairs  which  are  bolted  to  the  rails  at 
intervals  of  two  feet.  This  guard  rail  is  in  lengths  of 
twenty  feet,  and  may  be  reversed  several  times,  as  will 
be  seen  in  the  illustrations. 

The  standardisation  of  points  and  the  reduction  in 
the  number  of  types  on  each  tramway  system  will  not 
only  result  in  a  very  considerable  saving,  but  will  con- 
siderably reduce  the  number  of  spare  parts  and  facilitate 
the  execution  of  repairs  and  renewals.  The  standardi- 
sation of  points  and  special  trackwork  generally  will 


Fig.   144.— "Holt"  Patent  Guard  Rail. 

be  rendered  comparatively  easy  by  the  adoption  of 
standard  turn-out  curves.  All  curves  below  at  least 
150  ft.  radius,  on  tramways,  should  be  easement  or 
spiral  curves.  By  the  adoption  of  spiral  curves  the  path 
of  the  car  is  rendered  considerably  easier,  the  wear  on 
the  curve  rails  is  lessened,  and  instead  of  the  car  being 
subjected  to  a  sudden  digression  from  the  straight,  the 
transition  is  gradually  performed. 

Several  suitable  forms  of  spiral  curves  are  in  use  at 
the  present  time,  and  these  differ  but  slightly  from  one 
another,  probably  the  most  popular  being  those 
arranged  by  the  Lorain  Steel  Company  (Figs.  146), 
which  are  suitable  for  any  central  radius  under  500  ft. 

T.T.C.  2  E 


210   TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

There  is  little  or  no  need  to  standardise  the  ordinary 
curves  which  occur  on  a  tramway  system,  the  general 


Fig.  145. — Holt's  Guard  Rail  in  Track. 

practice  being  to  make  the  curve  as  flat  as  possible, 
but  in  regard  to  point  or  switch  spirals,  as  the  accepted 
description  is,  it  is  advisable  to  limit  the  number  of  types 
as  much  as  possible  in  order  to  reduce  the  different 
types  of  points  to  a  minimum.  The  writer  has  found  it 
practicable  to  limit  the  number  of  switch  spirals  to  those 
which  may  be  used  in  conjunction  with  150  ft.  radius 
and  75  ft.  radius  points.  The  former  is  for  turn-outs 


SPIRAL   TABLES   FOR   CURVES        211 


with  a  centre  radius  of  from  57  ft.  6  in.  to  135  ft.  radius, 
and  the  latter  for  turn-outs  with  a  centre  radius  of  from 
30  ft.  to  50  ft,  as  given  in  tables  Nos.  3  and  1  respec- 
tively. It  will  be  seen  that  the  adoption  of  the  switch 
spirals  in  tables  Nos.  2  and  4  would  necessitate  the  use 
of  four  additional  types  of  points,  viz.,  the  left  and  right 
hand  varieties  of  the  100  ft.  and  the  200  ft.  radius 
points.  These  are  quite  unnecessary,  and  the  types  given 
above  will  meet  all  ordinary  requirements.  The  accom- 
panying diagrams  (Figs.  146 — 160)  are  self-explanatory, 
and  are  fully  worked  out  examples  of  special  track 
problems,  including  the  use  of  the  spiral  tables  for 
curves  and  junctions,  etc. 

LORAIN  SPIRAL  TABLES. 


No.1. 

STANDARD  WITH  CURVES  30  FT.   TO37'6*CEN    RADIUS. 
MAY  E£  USED  FROM  30  FT.  TO  50  FT.  CEN.  RADIUS. 
ENTRANCE  RADIUS  SPIRAL  289  FEET. 
ENTRANCE  RADIUS  SWITCH  SPIRAL  75  FEET. 


No.  2. 

STANDARD  WITH  CURVES  40  FT.   TO  e^B*  CEN.   RADIUS. 
MAY  BE  USED  FROM  30  FT.   TO  70  FT.  CEN.  RADIUS. 
ENTRANCE  RADIUS  SPIRAL  432  FEET. 
ENTRANCE  RADIUS  SWITCH  SPIRAL  100  FEET 
F=3'7" 


212  TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


SPIRAL  TABLES  FOR  CURVES  AND  JUNCTIONS. 


No.  3. 

STANDARD  WITH  CURVES  65  FT.  TO   125'  CEN.  RADIUS. 
MAY  BE  USED  FROM  57'6*TO  135   FT.  CEN.   RADIUS. 
ENTRANCE  RADIUS  SPIRAL  690  FEET. 
ENTRANCE  RADIUS  SWITCH  SPIRAL  150  FEET. 
F=6'4* 


No.  4. 

STANDARD  WITH  CURVES  130  FT.  TO  200.  FT.  CEN.  RADIUS. 
MAY  BE  USED  FROM  100.  FT.  TO  200  CEN.  RADIUS. 
ENTRANCE  RADIUS  SPIRAL  862  FEET. 
ENTRANCE  RADIUS  SWITCH  SPIRAL  2CD  F~ET. 
F=7'3" 


ORDINARY    AND    SWITCH   SPIRALS      213 


•-5X,     ~jM  '#*      »* 

***o    t22      *} 

W    ''    i   i    ';  \  ''  \X'^    Ordinory  Spiral  N°  I 


a 

2 

a 

I  ? 

l 

3 

i 

L. 

Ordmory  5p.«j!   N°3 


.tc^  Sptral  N°5 


Fig.  14B. — Detail    of  Lorain  Ordinary  and  Switch  Spirals  Nos.  1,  2,  and  3. 


214    TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 


EXAMPLES   or    SPECIAL   TRACK   PROBLEMS. 
DATA  FROM  TABLE  No.  1. 

R  (Radius)        .         .         .         .  =  35'  1|"  =  35'125 

A  (Spiral  curve  arc)  .          .          .  =  18°  00' 

V  (Offset  from  tangent)      .          .  =     2'  2.^' 

S      .          .          .          .          .         -.  =  19'  9J" 

X =35'  7|"  =  35-6146' 

Y =    8'  11J"  =  8-9375' 

NOTE. — Calculations  to  gauge  line  on  inside  rail  of  curve. 


r  —  T 1 — f- 


r 


Fig.  147. — Illustrating  use  of  spiral  No.  1  in  Table^  Fig.  146. 

CALCULATION. 

6  is  found  by  survey  =  95°  30' 

(I.)  Tangent  =  (cotangent  \  d  X  X)  +  Y  =  (cotangent  47°  45' 
X  35-6146')  +  8-9375'  =  41'  3T7B" 

(II.)  Angle  of  \  circular  arc 

(A)  A  from  table  No.  1  =  18°  00'   .  • .  KGH  =  18°  00' 

(B)  .'.  KGM   =  180°00'  —  (90°00'  +  47°45') 

KGM  =  180°00'  -  137°  45'  =  42°  15' 


SPIRALS  215 

(C)  HGM  =  KGM  —  KGH  =  42°  15'  —  18°  00'  =  24°  15' 

(D)  .  '.  Circular  arc  =  %  X  24°  15'  =  48°  30' 

(III.)  Length  of  chord  of  circular  arc 
Angle  of  circular  arc  =  48°  30' 
Radius  of  circular  arc  =  R  =  35-125'  (Table  No.  1) 

Length  of  chord  of  circular  arc 

.     angle  of  circular  arc 
=  2  R  X  sin  -  —  g— 

40°  o/y 
=  2  X  35-125'  X  sin  ^~ 

=  2  X  35-125'  X  0-4107189  =  28'  10J" 

(IV.)  Length  of  offset  from  chord  of  circular  arc 

angle   of  circular  arc 
=  O  =  R  —  RXcos-  —  g— 

=  35-125'  -  35-125'  X  "911762 
=  35-125'  —  32-026' 

-    CLf    1     3   " 
L16 

(V.)  To  find  external  distance  NM 

X  35-6146'        35-6146' 


/ANPM- 

" 


snTp  -  sin  47°  45'  "      '7402 

=  48/ 


(B)  NM  =  GM  -  GN  ='  48'  If/  -  35'  H" 
—  12'  11  if" 


216    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


DATA  FROM  TABLE  No.  3. 


R  (Radius) 
A  (Spiral  curve  arc)    . 
V  (Offset  from  tangent) 
S 

x 

Y 


=  55'  li"  =  55-125' 
=  15°  00' 
=  3'  3f" 
=  35'  8J" 

=  56'  6Ty  =  56-5469' 
"  =  21-4739' 


i  *?* 

• 


Fig.  148. — Illustrating  use  of  spiral  No.  3  in  Table,  Fig.  146. 

CALCULATION. 
B  is  found  by  survey  =  80°  00' 

(I.)  Tangent  =  (cotangent  £  0  X  X)  +  Y  =  (cotangent  40°  00' 
X  56-5469')  +  21-4739'  =  88'  10TV 

(II.)  Angle  of  ^  circular  arc 

(A)  A  from  table  No.  3  =  15°  00' .-.  KGH  =  15°  00' 

(B)  KGM  =  180°   00'  — (90°    00'  +  40°  00') 
KGM  =  180°    00'-  130°  00'  =  50°   00' 


SPECIAL    TRACK    PROBLEMS  217 

(C)  HGM  =  KGM  -  KGH  =  50°  00'  -  15°  00'  =  35°  00' 

(D)  Circular  arc  =  2  X  35°  00'  =  70°  00' 

(III.)  Length  of  chord  of  circular  arc 
Angle  of  circular  arc  =  70°  00' 
Radius  of  circular  arc  =  R  =  55'125'  (Table  No.  3) 

Length  of  chord  of  circular  arc 

=  2  R  X  sin  angle  of  circular  arc 

=  2X  55-125'  X  si 


2 
=  2  X  55-125'  X  '573576  =  63'  2|" 

(IV.)  Length  of  offset  from  chord  of  circular  arc 

^ T»        r>        cos  angle  of  circular  arc 

=  55-125'  -  55-125'  x  "8191520 
=  55-125'  -  45-156' 
=  9'  11 1" 

(V.)  To  find  external  distance  NM 

~  sin  I  0~  sin  40°  00'  :       -6427     ~  87'  H^" 
(B)  NM  =  GM  -  GN  =  87'  ll^f"  -  55'  1J"  =  32' 


T.T.C.  2  F 


218    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


i ---I----- 


Fig.  149. 

Single  track  easement  curve. 
For  calculations,  see  Fig.  147. 


Fig.  150. 

Single  track  easement  curve  with 
junction  at  one  end. 

Tangent  for  switch  spiral  as  in 
Fig.  147. 

Tangent  for  ordinary  spiral  as  in 
Fig.  147. 


Fig.  151. 

Single   track  easement   curve  with 
single  junction  at  both  ends. 

Full  tangent  from  Fig.  147,  41'  3^''. 
Deduct  3'  1$"  (see  table  No.  1). 
Tangent  for  switch  spiral  38'  l^f ". 


Fig.  152. 

Double  track  easement  curve 
showing  widening  clearway  at 
centre. 


DOUBLE  TRACK   EASEMENT    CURVE     219 


DOUBLE  TRACK  EASEMENT  CURVE  WITH  JUNCTION  AT  ONE  END. 


Fig.  153. 

Full  tangent  for  ordinary  spiral  from  Fig.  148  88'  10TV 

For  switch  spiral  tangent  deduct  6' '4"  (see  table  No.  3)     6'  4" 
Tangent  for  switch  spiral.  82r 


220    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


FIG.  154.     EQUILATERAL  Loop  END. 


Fig.  154.     (Equilateral  loop-end.) 

CALCULATIONS  FOR  FIG.  154. 

Given:— Centre  radius  200'  0",  crossing  angle  8  1  in  5  (11°  26'), 
gauge  4'  8j",  centre  way  3'  7" 

Then :— 0  =  180°  0'  -  5°  43'  =  174°  17' 
R    =  200'  0"  +  I  G  =  202'  4J" 
R'  =  200'  0"  —  i  G  =  197'  7f " 

T    =  R  X  tan  -f  =  10'  U" 
4 

T'  =  R'  x  tan   |  =  9'  10Ty 

x  =  -t ( 

Y    = 


-s 

sin      8 

2  ^ 


_.  «q/  «  7  '/ 
- 


X'  =  -^ 


sin 


=  17' 

=  IT'  10§|" 


i 
tan 

L   =  T  +  Y  =  33'  7Jf" 

L'  =T'  +  Y'  =  27/9^// 

O  "=  L  +  L'  =  61'  4fi-" 

S    =  (X  +  X')  —  (T  +  T')  =  21'  7§J" 


CROSS  OVER  AND  LATERAL  TURNOUT  221 


FIGS.  155  AND  156.     (CURVED  POINTS  AND  STRAIGHT  CROSSINGS.) 


Fig.  155.     (Cross-over.) 


Fig.  1 56.     Lateral  turnout. 

Given:— Centre  radius  150'  0",  crossing  angle  3  1  in  5  (11°  26') 
gauge  4'  8J",  centre  way  3'  7" 

Then  :— 0  =  180°  0'  —  11°  26'  =  168°  34' 
R  =  150'  0"  +  £  G  =  152'  4J" 
R'  =  150'  0"  —  4  G  =  147'  7£" 

T   =  R  X  tan  J-  =  15'  3" 

sw 

T'  =  R'  X  tan  |  =  14'  9f" 

D  =  I  +  G  =  8'  3J" 

X  =-£-,  =  41' 

sin  $ 


Y  = 


1) 


tan  8 


=  41'  0" 


O   =2   (ft—-}  tan  |  +  D  cotan  8 

\  A  I  A 

=  71'  Of" 
L  =  R  tan  |  +  G  cotan  8  —  38'  6f " 

L'  =  (R—  G)  tan  |-  +  I  cotan  8  =  32'  6" 

S    =  X  —  (T  +  T')  =  11'  9Ty 


222    TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 


LATERAL  TURNOUT  WITH  STRAIGHT  POINTS  AND  STRAIGHT  CROSSING. 


, 

To  find 


Fig.  157. 
R  =  Radius  of  curved  lead. 


T  *       •   • 

L  —  Lead  of  crossing. 

G  =  gauge  of  track  =  4'  8J" 
I  =  length  of  point  =  12'  0" 

9  =  angle  of  point  =  (sin  0  =^\  =  2°  24' 

S  =  crossing  angle  =  11°  26'  (1  in  5) 
S  =  spread  of  point  =  6" 
K  =  length  of  crossing  leg  =  4'  0" 
G—  S—  K  sin  8 

•"•  =   ~      —  n  -  ^~ 
COS    V  —  COS   O 

4708  --5  -(4  sin  11°  26') 

0-9991228  —  0-9801560 
=  180-05  feet 

7   .    G  —  S  —  K  sin  S   .  , 

,  L  =  I  +  -  ^  --  \-  4  cos  S 

tan  J  (^  +  8) 

4-708  -  -5  -  (4  X  sin  IP  26') 

tan  |  (2°  24'  +  11°  26') 
L  =  44-072  feet 


CROSS  OVER  AND  LATERAL  TURNOUT  223 


LATERAL  TURNOUT  WITH  STRAIGHT  POINTS  AND  CURVED  CROSSING. 


^/ 

i 


, 

1  o  find 


G 

I 


S  = 


Fig.  158. 

R  =  Radius  of  curved  lead. 

,-         TIP 

L  =  Lead  of  crossing. 

gauge  of  track  4'  8£" 
length  of  point  12'  0" 

angle  of  point  =  (sin  6  =~^  2°  24' 

tangential  angle  of  crossing  =  (1  in  5)  =11°  26' 
spread  of  point  =  6" 


cos  6  —  cos  8 

4-7083  —  -5 
cos  2°  24'  —cos  11°  26' 
221-87  feet 


r 


,    , 

h  tan  4(0 

-12   I 
h 


tan  6°  55' 
=  46'69  feet 


224    TRAMWAY   TRACK    CONSTRUCTION 


To  SET  OUT  A  SIMPLE  CURVE  FROM  OBSERVED  ANGLE  AND 
GIVEN  RADIUS. 


Fig.  159. 

Let  angle  of  intersection  =6  =  140°  06'  Radius  =  R  =  50'  0" 

(A)  Tangent  =  R   X  cotan  j    d  =  50'  X  cotan  70°  03'  = 

50'  X  '3629  =  18'  If" 

(B)  Chord  =  2  (R  X  cosine  J  d)  =  2  (50' X  cosine  70°  03')  = 

2  X  50  x  '3412  =  34'  lTy 

(C)  Versine  =  V  =  R  X  covers  J  0  =  50'  X  covers  70°  03'  = 

50'  X  '06  =  3'  0" 

(D)  External  dist. :  D  =  R  X  (cosec  J  d  —  1)  =  50' X  (1'063 

-  1-000)  =  50' X  -063  =  3'  lif" 

(E)  To  find  further  points  on   curve  join  ends  of  curve  to 

centre  of  curve  and  at  centres  erect  versines  V  =  J  V  ; 
further  chords  may  be  formed  between  known  points 
and  V2  will  =  J  V1,  V3  will  =  J  V2  ad  infin. 


TANGENT   OF   CURVE 


225 


To  FIND  TANGENT  LENGTH  OF  A  CURVE  OF  KNOWN  RADIUS 
WITHOUT  USING  A  THEODOLITE. 


Fig.  160. 

(A)  Produce  tangent  line  A  B  any  convenient  length  to  D 

(B)  Make  B  E  =  B  D 

(C)  Bisect  D  E  at  K 

(D)  Measure  BK  and  KE  (BK  =  11' 2"  and  KE  is  4'  6" 

given  example) 

Assume  radius  (48'  0"  in  given  example) 
Then    tangent    AB   or  BC    = 


R  X  KE 


BK 


_  48' 0"   x   4' 6" 
11 '2" 


=  19'  4  3" 


T.T.C. 


G  G 


APPENDIX    A 

SPECIAL    TRACK  WORK    CALCULATIONS 

BY  ERNEST  LARMUTH 

The  writer  has  often  been  asked  to  explain  his  methods  of 
calculation,  and  the  following  notes  are  written  in  the  hope  that 
they  will  prove  to  be  of  service  to  those  interested  in  tramway 
track  work.  Whilst  possibly  not  covering  every  conceivable 
problem,  the  examples  are  sufficient  to  cover  most  of  the  problems 
likely  to  require  solution  by  permanent  way  engineers.  The 
calculations  necessary  for  the  solution  of  problems  in  special  work 
for  tramways  do  not  require  a  deep  knowledge  of  mathematics 
so  much  as  a  thorough  training  in  a  few  elementary  principles,  and 
also  the  ability  to  see  how  and  where  these  principles  apply. 

Examples  I.,  II.,  III.  will  cover  practically  all  that  is  required 
where  the  main  tracks  are  both  straight.  Examples  IV.  to  VIII. 
refer  to  problems  in  which  it  is  necessary  to  comply  with  special 
conditions,  such  as  working  to  existing  curve  tracks,  curved  main 
tracks,  etc.  The  part  of  these  notes  on  reverse  curves  is  relatively 
simple,  but  it  has  been  included  in  order  to  make  the  treatment  of 
the  subject  more  complete.  In  the  diagrams  and  explanations 
the  use  of  definite  examples  has  been  avoided,  the  object  being  to 
make  the  formulae  as  general  as  possible. 

Each  example  should  be  carefully  dealt  with  by  actual  calcula- 
tion, and  afterwards  checked  by  drawing  to  scale.  By  so  doing, 
far  more  benefit  will  be  obtained  (through  failures  caused  by  laying 
down  impossible  conditions)  than  by  merely  checking  figures  which 
have  been  previously  worked  out. 

EXAMPLE  I. — (Fig.  IA)  Plain  Curves. 

The  calculations  for  circular  curves  connecting  two  intersecting 
lines  present  no  difficulty  : 

AO  =  CO  =  R. 

AB  =  BC  =  Tangent  =  R  tang  ^-. 

AC  =  Chord  =  2R  sin  |- 

BS    =  Exsecant  =  R  sec  *    -  R. 


228    TRAMWAY    TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 


Fig.  SA. 


COMPOUND   CURVES 


229 


When,  however,  compound  curves  have  to  be  dealt  with,  the 
problems  are  not  quite  so  simple.  By  the  term  "  compound 
curve  "  is  meant  a  curve  (connecting  two  intersecting  lines)  which 
is  not  of  uniform  radius  throughout.  There  is  usually,  however,  a 
central  portion  of  the  curve  which  is  of  uniform  curvature,  and 
the  radius  of  this  portion  is  generally  termed  the  radius  of  the 
curve.  The  central  radius  is  also,  generally  speaking,  the  minimum 
radius  on  any  curve. 

The  remainder  of  the  curve  may  be  composed  of  one  or  more 
sections  of  varying  radii,  forming  spirals  or  easement  curves.  In 
whatever  manner  the  curve  is  built  up,  the  first  operation,  where 
possible,  is  to  determine  the  co-ordinates  of  the  centre  of  the 
main  curve.  These  can  be  denoted  by  the  letters  x  y. 

Methods  of  calculating  the  co-ordinates  x  y  are  given  below  : 

Let  R?-  (Fig.  %A)  be  the  radii  of  the  curves, 
Then  (R  —  r)  sin  <x  =  y. 
R  —  (R  —  ?•)  cos  oc  =  x. 

If  two  or  more  curves  intervene  between  the  straight  line  and 
the  central  curve,  the  above  operation  can  be  repeated  until  the 
co-ordinates  for  the  centre  of  the  main  curve  are  obtained. 

If  a  circular  arc  is  to  be  fitted  to  the  end  of  a  spiral  curve, 
details  of  which  are  known,  the  following  will  give  the  required 
co-ordinates  (Fig.  &A)  : 

Values  of  L,  V,  and  6  are  given  in  the  details  of  spiral. 

=  L  ~~  R  sin  °- 


EXAMPLE  II.  -r  (A)  In 
cases  where  the  curve  is 
symmetrical,  ?'.<?.,  the  co- 
ordinates referred  to  each 
tangent  line  are  the  same, 
the  following  formulae 
will  give  all  the  informa- 
tion that  is  required 
(Fig.  4A): 


Tangent   =  T  —  x  tan  ~ 


,c/7^ 


Chord 


=  C  =  2T  cos  -. 


Exsecant   =  E   =  x  sec.  —  —  R. 


Fig.  4A. 


230    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

The  co-ordinate  x  is  usually  calculated  to  the  gauge  line,  and  as 
used  above  would  give  tangent  lengths  from  gauge  line  inter- 
sections. If  it  is  desired  to  obtain  lengths  from  the  intersections 
of  any  other  lines  (say  centre  lines  of  track)  to  the  tangent  points 
of  the  curves,  the  x  dimension  will  require  to  be  increased  or 
decreased  accordingly,  but  the  y  dimension  will  remain  unchanged. 

EXAMPLE  III. — (B)  In  cases  where  the  curve  is  not  symmetrical 
with  relation  to  both  lines,  the  following  is,  in  the  writer's  opinion, 
the  quickest  and  simplest  of  several  solutions. 

[NoTE. — The  want  of  symmetry  may  be  caused  bv  alterations  in 
width  of  centre-way  or  altered  position  of  one  track.  It  is  also 
sometimes  necessitated  by  some  condition  limiting  the  design  in 
a  new  lay-out.] 


-or 


Let  X,  Y,  x,  y  be  the  co-ordinates  to  the  two  tangent  lines,  and 
let  angle  of  intersection  =  oc  (Fig.  5 A). 

(a)  Then  AB  =  x  tan  -^  +  (X  —  x)  cosec  (180  —  oc  )  +  y. 

(6)  BC   =  x  tan  ^-+  (X  —  x)  cotan  (180  —  x  )  +  Y. 

Having  thus  obtained  the  tangent  lengths,  there  is  no  difficulty 
in  calculating  the  chord  length  AC  and  the  distance  BO  from 
which  the  exsecant  can  be  obtained. 

This  method  is  extremely  useful  in  calculating  dimensions 
relating  to  track  centre  lines  where  the  distances  from  centre  to 
centre  of  tracks  are  not  alike  on  two  roads,  although  the  curve 
itself  is  symmetrical  with  respect  to  gauge  lines. 


SPIRAL1SED   CURVE 


231 


In  equation  (b)  the  -}-ve  sign  before  the  second  member  will 
become  negative  when  oc  is  less  than  90°. 

The  following  examples  are  much  more  complicated,  but  are  of 
especial  value  where  new  track  is  required  to  connect  to  existing 
curves. 

EXAMPLE  IV.— (1)  To 
connect  a  straight  line  and 
a  curve  at  a  given  point 
by  a  uniform  circular  curve 
(Fig.  6A). 

Let  PB  be  the  straight  line. 
PA  the  tangent  to 

existing  curve  at  A. 
Angle  BPA  = 

180°    -  oc  . 

Then  R  =  PA  cotan  \ 

s 

BP  =  PA. 


Fig.  CA. 


EXAMPLE  V. — If,  however,  a  compound   or   spiralised  curve   is 
required,  the  solution  is  a  little  more  difficult  (Figs.  7  A  and  HA). 


LE  Q 


Fig.  TA. 


Fig.  SA. 


Having  decided  on  the  spiral  to  be  used,  and  determined  L,  V, 
and  #,  the  first  operation  is  to  determine  the  tangent  lengths  to 
the  spiral. 


232    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

These  are  given  by  the  following  equations  : 
AB  =  L  —  V  cotan  6. 
BC  =  V  cosec  e. 

E  =  junction  of  new  and  existing  curves. 
AP  and  PE  are  tangents  to  curve  required. 
x  =  angle  of  intersection.  . 

Required  to  find  radius  of  new  curve  knowing  length  PE  and  oc 
Let  PE  =  Z  =  PD  +  x  where  DE  =  x  =  CD. 

-ri-rk  sin  6         ,,T  /i          x  sin  0 

PD  =  BD  -:  --  =  (V  cosec  6  +  x)  -. 


sin  oc  sm  oc 

PE  =  Z  =  (V  cosec  6  +  x)  S!^  +  x. 

'  sin  oc 


sm  x  /  \sm  x 

Z  —  V  cosec  x 


R     =  x  cotan 


sin 

(oc-0) 


^     , 


BP  =  BD  S"  («  ~        =  (V  cosec  0  +  *)  S" 


sin  x  sin  x 

Tangent  length  AP  =  AB  +  BP. 

=  L  -  V  cotan  0  +  (V  cosec  0  +  x)  sm  (*  "^ 

The  result  of  the  last  equation  can  be  checked  by  calculating 
the  co-ordinates  for  the  radius  R  determined  and  then  calculating 
the  tangent  lengths  as  previously  described.  (See  Example  III.) 

EXAMPLE  VI.  —  (2)  Given  one  tangent  length  and  position  of 
centre  of  main  curve,  to  determine  the  other  tangent  length  for 
given  radius  to  connect  to  main  curve  (Fig  DA). 

Given  z,  y,  x,  r,  R,  x  to  determine  XY  and  tangent  length  PA. 

-  =  tan  /3. 

x  cosec  j8  =  PO. 

(x    cosec  /3)  sin'  (180  —  x  —  /3)  =  CO  =  X. 
(x   cosec  £)  cos  (180  -  x  —  8)  =  PC. 

MM  1^     -     -^  /I 

Ihen  rr  -  =  cos  6 
R  —  r 

(R  —  r)  sin  9  =  Y. 
PA  =  PC  +  Y. 


COMPOUND   CURVES 


233 


Knowing  the  position  of  centre  O  with  relation  to  P  it  is  an 
easy  matter  to  calculate  the  exsecant. 

The  chord  length  AD  is  calculated  from  the  triangle  APD,  of 
which  we  now  know  AP,  PD,  and  angle  APD. 


Fig.  9A. 

EXAMPLE  VII.— (3)  The   next   example   with  which  I  propose 
to  deal  is  to  connect  two  curves  by  means  of  a  curve  of  different 


Fig.  ](>A. 

radius,  being  given  the  tangent  lengths  and  angle,  also  the  radii  of 
the  three  curves  (Fig.  K)A)  : 

T.T.C.  II  H 


234    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

Given  PA,  PB,  x,  y,  RI,  R2,  R3  <*  to  find  0,  7,  /3. 
From  PA,  x,  y  calculate  PO,  CO,  PC  (see  Example  VI.). 


Then 


=  tan  BMO. 


(R2   —  CO)  secant  BMO  =  MO. 
MN  =  R2  -  R3. 

NO  =  R3  -  RI. 

From  the  three  sides  MN,  NO,  MO  the  angles  can  be  calculated. 
Then  /BMO  -  /NMO  =  9. 

180  —  /ONM  =  /NOM  +  /NMO  =   oc. 

£  =  oc   -  6. 

Having  determined  the  angles,  it  is  now  a  matter  for  straight- 
forward calculation  to  determine  the  new  tangent  length  QV,  and 
any  other  details  (chord,  exsecant,  etc.)  which  may  be  required. 


Fig.  11  A. 

EXAMPLE  VIII. — (4)  The  next  case  to  be  dealt  with  is  a  curve 
connecting  two  main  tracks^one  of  which  is  curved  (Fig.  HA). 

Let  OP,  PQ  represent  the  two  tangents  intersecting  at  P. 
Let  oc  =  angle  of  intersection. 
Let  O  =  tangent  point  to  radius  R. 


REVERSE   CURVES 


235 


Assume  the  connecting  curve  to  be  symmetrical  radius  r 

spiralised  or  compounded  at  ends. 
Let  x  y  be  co-ordinates  to  centre  of  connecting  curve  from 

tangents  ST  and  PTQ. 
Let  S  =  point  of  contact  of  two  curves. 

W  =  centre  of  curve  radius  R. 
Then  SW     =  R. 
SU      =  x. 
UW    =  R  -  x. 
UZ      =  y. 

uz 

tan  7  == 


ZW    =  UW  sec  7. 

To  determine  angle  6. 
OW        R 
OP   ==op  =  ten£ 
OW  cosec  /3  =  PW. 
Let    X    —    perpendicular   distance    from  W  on    line   PQ 

extended. 

X    =    PW  sin  (x  —  £)  =  OW  (cosec  ft  sin  (x  —  ft). 
Draw  ZH  parallel  to  PQ. 


Then 


(X  -x) 
ZW 


=  cos  /ZWH. 


Angle  HWO  =  180°  —   a  =  -0  +  7  +   /ZWH. 
0  =  180°  -  x  —  7  -  /ZWH. 

Knowing  the  angle  9  we  are  now  able  to  determine  the  position  of 
the  point  S  and  direction  of  the  tangent  to  the  curve  at  S,  and 
the  calculations  resolve  themselves  into  those  for  a  symmetrical 
curve  as  previously  given.  (Example  II.) 


Fig.  12A. 

EXAMPLE  IX. — Reverse  Curves.     It  is  sometimes  necessary  to 
use   a   reverse   curve    on  tracks   where  the  centre  line  is  moved 


236    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

parallel  to  itself.     There  are  three  or  four  cases,  which   may  be 
considered  as  typical. 

(1)  Ordinary  reverse  curve  with  portion  of  straight  track  in 
centre  (Fig.  I^A). 

Where  L  is  not  fixed,  radius  R  and  angle  cc  can  ba  decided  upon. 
Length  L  is  given  by  the  following  equation  : 

• 

L  =  2R  tan  ~+  S  cotan  *  . 

EXAMPLE  X. — (2)  Assume  the  length  L  to  be  fixed  and  also  the 
length  of  the  straight  (2/)  it  is  desirable  to  have  in  centre  to  find 
R  and  oc  (Fig.  13 A). 


Fig.  13A. 


The  distance  between  the  two  centres  —  2  A/R2  -j-  I2. 
Then  (2  \/R2  +  P)  2  =  L2  +  (2R  -  S)  2. 
4R2  +  4/2  =  L2  +  4R2  +  S2  —  4RS, 

-  4/2  +  S2 


R  = 


oc  =  cos 


4S 
-  i    2R  -  S 


—  tan 


•ffl 


VR2+  I2 

The  quantities  on  the  RH  side  of  equation  (1)  are  known, 
therefore  R  can  be  determined. 

By  substituting  for  R,  S  and  I  in  equation  (2)  the  angle  oc  can 
be  determined. 


HEVERSE   CURVES 


237 


EXAMPLE  XL — (3)  To  determine  the  length  of  a  reverse  curve 
of  given  radius  between  two  parallel  lines  (Fig. 

2R  -  S 

CosQC:    -m- 

L  =  2R  sin  oc  . 


\      \ 


Fig.  14A. 

EXAMPLE  XII. —  (4)  To  determine  the  radius  of  a  reverse  curve 
between  two  parallel  lines,  length  being  fixed  (Fig.  15A)  : 


(2R)2  -  L2  =  (2R  -  S)  2 
4R2  —  L2  =  4R2  —  4RS  +  S2 
4RS  =  L2  +  S2 
L2  +  S2 


Angle  x  =  sin"  . 


238    TRAMWAY   TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

To  determine  a  reverse  curve  between  two  intersecting  lines  PA, 
PB,  the  tangent  point  C  being  fixed  at  one  end  (Fig.  16A): 

Let  PA,  PB  be  the  intersecting  lines. 

Let  angle  BPA  =  oc  . 

Let  C        =  tangent  point  to  radius  R1. 

CO  =  radius  R1. 
Then  PO  =  \/CO'2  +  PC2. 


=  oc-/3 


OS       =  PO  sin  7. 

MN     =  R2. 

MT     =  R2  +  OS  =  R2  +  PO  sin  8. 


(!)• 


SN       =  (Ri  +  R2)  sin  6. 

PS       =  PO  cos  7. 

Tangent  length  PN  =  (Ri  +  R2)  sin  6  +  PC)  cos  7  (2). 
Angle  COM  =  (180°  —  oc  +  (9)  (3). 

From    the    results    of  equations  (1),  (2),  and  (3)  all  the  data 
required  to  set  out  the  curves  can  be  obtained. 


APPENDIX    B 


THE   "ROMAPAC"   COMPOUND  RAIL. 

The  problem  of  the  renewable  rail  head  has  been  very  attractive 
and  equally  elusive  to  a  considerable  number  of  inventors ;  there 
have  been  many  signal  failures  and  as  far  as  the  writer  knows  only 
one  system  has  achieved  any  measure  of  success  under  actual 
working  conditions.  The  system  referred  to  is  styled  "  Romapac  " 
and  is  the  invention  of  Mr.  Edgar  Rhodes,  M.I.Mech.E.,  a  well- 
known  Leeds  engineer.  Only  two  lengths  of  this  rail  have  been 
laid  in  this  country  and  these  are  on  the  Leeds  Tram  ways  and  were 


Pig.  IB. — Eomapac  Compound  Eail. 

laid  under  the  supervision  of  the  writer.  A  considerable  length 
has  been  laid  in  the  United  States,  where  the  inventor  and  his 
company  are  executing  some  large  contracts  at  the  present  time, 
and  a  certain  amount  has  been  put  down  in  Paris,  both  on  the 
underground  railways  and  on  the  tramways.  The  "Romapac" 
rails  in  use  on  the  Leeds  Tramways  have  seen  over  seven  years 
service  on  a  route  which  is  subjected  to  an  exceptionally  heavy  and 
frequent  service  of  cars,  at  high  speeds  ;  in  addition  to  which  the 
track  is  utilized  by  vehicles  of  all  descriptions  carrying  the  heaviest 
products  of  the  neighbouring  engineering  works.  Whilst  some 
parts  of  these  lengths  of  rails,  nearly  a  track  mile,  are  not  quite 
sound,  the  faults  have  been  there  since  the  commencement,  and  are 


240   TRAMWAY  TRACK   CONSTRUCTION 

entirely  due  to  the  inexperience  of  the  operators  at  that  time. 
The  writer  considers  that  it  is  possible,  with  due  care,  to  make  a 
satisfactory  job  with  these  rails;  but  it  will  not  be  possible  to 
effect  such  a  saving  in  the  cost  of  reconstruction  as  is  claimed  by 
the  proprietors  of  this  process.  In  nearly  all  cases  it  will  be 
necessary  to  relay  the  whole  of  the  paving,  not  merely  a  few  setts 
on  either  side  of  the  rails  as  suggested  by  the  company  in  their 
particulars.  It  is  obvious  that  a  saving  of  about  50  per  cent,  or 


Fig   2u  —  The  llomapac  Machine. 

more  will  be  effected  in  the  cost  of  rails,  tie-bars,  anchors,  etc. 
The  special  apparatus  employed  comprises  a  portable  steam  driven 
machine  for  rolling  on,  bending  and  removing  the  head  of  the  special 
rail  shown  in  Fig.  IB. 

The  machine  consists  first  of  all  of  a  locomotive  with  double 
cylinder  inverted  engine,  7J  inches  bore  X  10  inches  stroke  and 
vertical  multitubular  boiler  3  feet  6  inches  diameter  X  6  feet  high 
with  ninety  2-inch  tubes,  having  four  coupled  wheels  1  foot 
3  inches  diameter,  with  a  wheel  base  of  5  feet  6  inches,  adjustable 


RENEWABLE   RAIL   HEAD 


241 


to  suit  any  gauge,  and  fitted  with  two-speed  gear  2  to  1  and  20  to  1. 
The  ends  of  the  frame  are  of  planed  cast  iron  and  form  cross  slides. 
The  Rolling  and  Cutting  Machine  is  mounted  on  a  saddle  which 
fits  on  the  front  cross-slide.  The  Breaking-off  or  Stripping 
Machine  is  mounted  on  a  saddle  fitted  to  the  back  cross  slide. 
These  machines  are  driven  by  means  of  steel  cross  shaft?,  having  a 
key-way  cut  their  full  length,  upon  which  are  sliding  pinions  with 
feathers,  allowing  the  machines  to  follow  curves.  The  machines 
are  fitted  with  lifting  gear  so  that  they  can  be  lifted  clear  of  the 
road  when  travelling  to  position  on  the  rail,  and  also  so  that  they 
may  drawn  across  the  cross  slide,  and  lowered  on  to  each  rail  to  be 
rolled  on  or  removed. 

The  machine  is  run  over  the  track  with  the  loose  head  in 
position  and  lateral  pressure  is  applied  to  the  depending  flanges  of 
the  head  rail,  by  means  of  the  rollers  shown  in  Fig.  SB,  until  they 
are  entirely  enclosed  about  the  head  of  the  girder  base  rail,  Fig.  IB. 
In  order  to  remove  the  upper  section  from  position,  when  worn,  a 
circular  cutter  is  fixed  in  place  of  one  of  the  rollers  used  in  the 
first  process  and  a  deep  cut  is  made  in  the  side  of  the  rail  head, 
partly  severing  one  of  the  flanges,  and  the  whole  of  the  flange  is 
then  removed  by  means  of  a  powerful,  high  speed  stripping  attach- 
ment A  decided  advantage  possessed  by  these  rails  lies  in  the  fact 
that  a  "  bridge  joint"  is  obtained  by  placing  the  joint  of  the  lower 
section  beneath  the  centre  of  the  upper  section. 

The  table  appended  shows  the  result  of  a  test,  made  at  the 
Sheffield  Test  Works,  to  determine  the  force  required  to  slide  the 
top  section  qf  the  bottom  section  on  a  specimen  12  inches  long : — 


Weight  per  Foot. 

Length. 

Pressure  applied  in  Tons. 
Movement  of  Top  Section  over  Bottom  Section. 

38  l!:s. 

12  ins. 

16-32  tons. 

18-21  tons. 

23-30  tons. 

0-02  ins. 

0-12  ins. 

0-26  ins. 

T.T.C. 


1  I 


INDEX 


ABERDEEN  granite,  163 
Acetylene  welding,  109,  110 
Acid  Bessemer  process,  139 
Aggregate  for  rail  packing,  52,  53 
Amsterdam  track  design,  29,  30 
Anchoring  and  packing  rails,  63 

joints,  74,  75 

new  tracks,  73 
Anchors  and  anchoring,  71 — 75 


BASIC  Bessemer  process,  139,  140 
Bedding  of  setts,  171 
Bending  test  on  rails,  149 
Blow  holes  in  thermit  welds,  93 
Bolts     and     nuts    for    fish-plate 

joints,  81—83 
Bonawe  granite,  163 
Brinell  impression  test,  149 
British  standard  rail  specification, 

139 


CANTED  rails,  60 

Carbon,  high,  welding  of,  101,  102 

in  rails,  139,  142,  143 
Car  traffic — effects  on  design,  34 — 

37 

Cement  and  chippings,  rail  pack- 
ing, 39,  40 

Check  of  rail,  design  of,  127,  129 
Cleaning  of  rails,  181,  182 
Clokes  Extension  Co.'s  Sand,  15 
Composition  and  manufacture  of 

rails,  131 — 151 
Concrete  foundations,  7 — 12 
repairs  to,  18 — 22 
fractured,  7,  8 
laying,  11,  12 
materials,  13 — 17 
mixing,  8,  10,  11 
proportions,  15 
protection  of,  16,  17 
tests  of,  15 

Connected  moveable  points,  199 
Contact  of  rail  and  tyre,  123 
Contraction    and    expansion,    65, 

104 

Corrosion  of  rails,  152 — 157 
Corrugation    grinding,    183,    185, 
187 


Cost  of  reconstruction,  176 
Cross  fall  of  rails,  57 
Crossings,  ironbound,  194 

manganese    steel,    193, 

196 

types  of,  194—198 
unbroken      main      line 

type,  197 
with  renewable  inserts, 

196—198 

Curves,  guard  rail  for,  208 — 210 
spiral,  209—219 
standardisation  of,  210 — 
216 


DALBEATTIE  granite,  163 
Defects  in  rail  packing,  40,  42,  43, 

45,  46 

Depth  of  groove  of  worn  rail,  176 
Design  of  rail  check,  127,  129 
flange,  130 

rails,  118,  120—130 

tracks,  23—37 

Destructor,  clinker  sand,  14,  15 
Dished  or  hammered  rail  joints,  89 
Drainage  subsoil,  23,  25 

surface,  181 
Drop  test  on  rails,  149 

unnecessary,  151 


ELECTRIC  hopper  wagons,  180 

welding,  103,  104 
Enderby  granite,  163 
Equilateral   loop  end,    design   of, 

220 
Expansion     and     contraction     of 

rails,  65,  104 


FISH-PLATE,  bolts  and  nuts,  81 — 83 
plates,  fitting  of,  76—79 

Fittings  and  mechanism  for  points, 
201—205 

Floating,  53—56 

length  exposed,  55,  56 
pounded  method  of,  55 
wet  method  of,  54,  55 

Foundations,  concrete,  7 — 12 

Fractured  concrete,  7,  8 

i  i  2 


244 


INDEX 


GAUGING  rail  wear,  115 — 116 
Gradient,  wear  of  rails  on,  114 
Granite  setts,  Bonawe,  163 

Dalbeattie,  163 
Grinding  corrugations,    183,    185, 

187 
Grinding  machine, 

Leeds  type,  183,  184 
Khodes    and    Green 

type,  185,  187 
Woods  Gilbert  type, 

187,  188 

Groove,  depth  of,  in  worn  rail,  176 
Guard  rail  for  curves,  208 — 210 


HAGUE  Tramways,  the,  track 
design  on,  27,  28,  29,  30 

Hammered  rail  joints,  89 

Heel  adjusting  device  for  points, 
204 

Heel-pins  for  points,  201 — 204 

Hopper  wagons,  electric,  180 

Hull  track  design,  30,  31 

Hutchinson's  thermometer,  49,  50 
viscosity  gauge,  49 
—51 


IMPRESSION  test  on  steel,  147,  149 
Ironbound  crossings,  193,  194,  195 


JOGGLE  plates,  107,  108 

Joint  plates,  renewable,  108,  109, 

110 
Joints,  anchoring,  74,  75 

dished  and  hammered,  89 

movement  at,  91 

rail,  76—91 

reason  for  failure  of,  87 

repairs  of,  107 — 110 


LATERAL  turnout,  design    of,  221 

— 223 

Laying  concrete,  11,  12 
Leeds  special    rail    section,     125, 

126 
to  Guiseley  tramways  track 

design,  25,  27 
tramways  track  design,  24 
type  of  grinding  machine, 

183,  184 
Life  of  manganese  steel  castings, 

197 

Llanbedrog  granite,  163 
Loose  rails,  cause  of,  161 
Lorain  "  Tadpole  "  points,  197 


MAIN   line   unbroken   type   cross- 
ings, 196 
Manchester      Corporation      track 

design,  25 
Manganese  in  rails,  131,  139,  150 
steel  castings,    life    of, 

197 

crossings,  196 
points,  196—199 
Manufacture  of  rails,  131 — 151 
Materials,  concrete,  13 — 17 
Mixing  concrete,  8,  10,  11 
Mount  Sorrell  granite,  163 
Moveable  points,  199 
Movement  of  rails,  51 


NEWRY  granite,  163 
Nidged  granite  setts,  166 
Night  work  reconstruction,  179 


OPEN  hearth  steel,  139—140 
Oxy-acetylene  welding,  109,  110 
cost  of,  110 


PACKING,  aggregate,  52 — 53 

Paving,  158—180 

Paving  setts,  163 — 166 

vehicular  traffic,  wear  on, 
158 

Penmaenmawr  granite,  163 

Phosphorus  in  rails,  139 

Pitch  mixture,    specifications   for, 

49 

specification,  46 — 48 
and  tar  packing,  44 — 52 

Plate  laying,  66—71 

Point  fittings,  201—205 

Points,  connected,  moveable  type, 

197—199 

equilateral  type,  191 
heel,  adjusting  device  for, 

201—205 

heel-pins,  201 — 205 
left-hand  turnouts,  192 
Lorain  tadpole  type,  197 
manganese  steel,  196 — 199 
mechanism    of,    199,   201, 

202,  203,  204 
right-hand  turnouts,  191 
silencer  for,  207 
types  of,  190 
with  renewable  inserts,  196 

Prepared  tar  specification,  48 

Protection  of  concrete,  16,  17 

Puzzolana,  15 


INDEX 


245 


RAILWAY  rails,  127 

Rail  and  tyre,  contact  of,  123 

Rail  cleaning,  181,  182 

corrosion,  analysis  of  liquid, 

157 

cause  of,  155,  157 
design,  118 — 130 
expansion    and    contraction, 

65,  104 

grinding,  182 — 188 
grinding  machines,  185,  187 
joints,  76—110 

dished  and  hammered,  89 
failures,  cause  of,  87 
movement  at,  91 
laying,  57 — 75 
packing,  38—53,  63 

defects  of,  40 — 46 
section,  Leeds  special,  125, 126 
specification,     British     Stan- 
dard, 139 

tests,  Sandberg,  149 
wear,  111—151 

by  vehicular  traffic,  118 
factor  in,  111 — 112 
gauging  of,  115,  116 
on  gradients,  114 
Rails,  anchoring  and  packing,  38 

—53,  63 
canted,  60 — 61 
carbon  in,  139,  142,  143 
cause  of  loose,  161 
composition   and  manufac- 
ture of,  131—151 
corrosion  of,  152 — 157 

by  water  from  coal,  155 
curving,  66 — 70 
design  of  check,  127 — 129 
exposed  to  sea  water,  154 
high    carbon,    welding    of, 

101,  102 
manufacture  of, 

Sandberg  process,   143 

—149 

Titanium  process,  149 
railway,  127 
springing,  71 
straightening,  58,  60 
surfacing,  64 
Ramming  setts,  173,  174 
Reconstruction,  175 — 180 
cost  of,  176 
night  work  on,  179 
Removal  of  track,  177 
Renewable  joint  plate,  108 — 109 
Re-packing  rails,  51,  52 
Repairs  to  concrete  foundations, 

18—22 
joints,  107,  110 


SAND  for  concrete,  14,  15 
Sandberg   process   of    rail   manu- 
facture, 143—149 
steel  tests,  149 
Setts,  bedding  of,  171 
Nidged,  166 
paving,  163—166 
ramming  of,  173,  174 
Silicon  in  rails,  139,  143 — 145 
Space  for  rail  packing,  38,  39 
Special  trackwork,  189—222 
Specification,  pitch,  46,  47,  48 
mixtures,  49 
prepared  tar,  48 
rail  B.S.S.,  139 
Spiral  curves,  209—219 
Springing  rails,  71 
Standardisation  of  curves,   210 — 

216 

Straightening  of  rails,  58,  60 
Subsoil,  23—30 

drainage,  23—26 
Surfacing  rails,  64 

"  TADPOLE  "  type  of  points,  197 
Temporary  track  turnout,  177 
Tensile  test  on  rail  steel,  149 
Thermit  welding,  92—103 
breakage,  95 — 97 
latest  process  of,  94 
Thermometer,  Hutchinson's,  49— 

50 

Titanium,  rails  process,  149 
Track  design,  23 — 37 

paving,  158 — 180 
wear  on,  158 
temporary,  177 — 178 
Tracks,  anchoring  new,  73 
Trackwork,  special,  189—222 
Tramcar  traffic,  effects  on  design, 

34—37 

Transverse  sleeper  tracks,  32 
Trass  concrete,  15 

tests  of,  15 

Tudor  electric  arc  welding,  103 
Turnouts,   design  of,  220 

for    temporary    track, 

177,  178 
Types  of  points,  190 

UNBROKEN    main    line    crossings, 
197 

VEHICULAR  traffic,  34,  118,  158 
effect  on  design,  34 
wear  on  paving,  158 
rails,  118 


246 


INDEX 


Viscosity  gauge,  Hutchinson's,  49 
—51 


WAGONS,  electrical  hopper,  180 
Waterlogged  subsoil,  23,  26 
Wear  on  rails,  111 — 130 
at  stopping  places,  114 
on  gradients,  114 
by  vehicular  traffic,  118 
Wear  on  steels  in  tunnels,  153 
wheel  tyres,  121 


Wear  on  wood  blocks,  170,  171 
Welding  high    carbon    rails,    101, 

102 

oxy-acetylene,  109,  110 
Thermit,  92—103 
Tudor  electric,  103 
Wheel  tyres,  wear  on,  121 
Wood  blocks,  wear  on,  170,  171 

paving,  169—171 
Woods-Gilbert  grinding  machine, 

187,  188 
Worn  rails,  depth  of  groove  of,  176 


INDEX   TO   ILLUSTRATIONS 


ACETYLENE  Generator  in  Use,  109 
Allen's  Tongue  Heel  Adjuster,  207 
Anchor  Attached  by  Means  of 

Wedges,  74,  75 
Atlas  Joint,  89 

BATTERED  Mechanical  Joint,  90 
Bolt  and  Nut,  Defective,  80 
Bolt  and  Nut,  Perfect-Fitting,  81 
British  Standard  Section  No.  100 

Bull  Head  Kail,  inclined  1—20 

Inwards  from  Vertical,  128 
British    Standard    Section    No.    4 

Girder     Rail,     inclined      1—80 

from  Horizontal,  128 


CANTED  Rail  on  Curve,  71 
Cement     and    Chippings    Packed 

beneath  Anchor,  62 
Check  Wear  Due  to  Street  Traffic, 

36 
Concrete  Foundations,  Fractured 

and  Sunk,  9,  10 
Concrete     Floating     above     Rail 

Flanges,  54 

Concrete,  Total  Renewal  of,  21 
Concrete  on  Working  Line,  Partial 

Repairs  to,  20 
Contact  Faulty  between  New  Rail 

and  Worn  Tyre,  121 
Contact  Faulty  between  New  Tyre 

and  Worn  Rail,  121 
Contact,  Good  between  Worn  Tyre 

and  New  Rail,  123 
Contact  Imperfect  due  to  Canting 

of  Rail,  61 

Continuous  Rail  Joint,  88 
Corrosion  of  Rail  Exposed  to  Sea 

Water,  154 
Corrosion    of    Rail    Tread    where 

Liquid  Flows  into  Groove,  156 
Corrosive  Liquid,  Effect  of  on  a 

Sandberg  Steel  Rail,  157 
Cross- Over,  Calculations  for,  218 
Crossing,  195 

Crossing    Iron-Bound   with    Man- 
ganese Steel  Renewable  Centre, 

196 
Crossing   Solid   Manganese   Steel, 

196 


Crossing     Unbroken    Main    Line, 

196,  197 
Crossing     Unbroken    Main    Line, 

Solid  Manganese  Steel,  196 
Crossing  Unbroken  Main  Line  in 

Track,  197 
Curve,    Simple,    to   find   Tangent 

Length  without  Theodolite,  225 
Curve,     Simple,     from     Observed 

Angle  and  Given  Radius,  224 
Curving  Rails,  69 


DEFECTIVE  Rails,  134,  135 
Depression     of     Check,     Showing 

Effect,  129 
Double  -  Handed    File    for    Rail 

Joints,  84 


EASEMENT  Curve  with  Junction 
(Double  Track),  219 

Easement  Curve  with  Single  Junc- 
tion at  Both  Ends  Single  Track, 
218 

Easement  Curve,Showing  Widened 
Clearway  at  Centre,  Double 
Track,  218 

Easement  Curve,  Single  Track,  218 

Easement  Curve  with  Junction  at 
One  End,  Single  Track,  218 

Electric  Hopper  Wagon,  Leeds 
Tramways,  180 

Etched  Section  of  Sandberg  Rail, 
147 

Etched  Specimens  of  Steel,  148 

Etched  Specimens  of  High  Carbon 
Basic  Bessemer  Rails,  133 

Equilateral  Loop  End  (Calcula- 
tions for),  220 


FISH-BOLTS,  Worn  and  Twisted, 

83 

Fish-Plate  Joint,  Old,  77 
Fish-Plate  and  Sole  Plate  Joint, 

87 
Fish-Plate  Joint  with  Lock-Plate, 

82 
Flat  Fish-Plate,  Showing  Failure 

of,  80 


248 


INDEX   TO    ILLUSTRATIONS 


Flat  on  Eail  Tread  at  a  Joint,  85 
Fractured  Concrete  Foundations, 
10 


GRANITE  Setts,  160,  164,  165 
Guard    Kail    designed    by   K.    B. 
Holt,  209,  210 


HADFIELD'S  Pinless  Point  Tongue, 
206 

Holt's  Guard  Eail  in  Track,  210 

Hutchinson's  Protected  Thermo- 
meter, 50 

Hutchinson's  Viscosity  Gauge,  50 


JOGGLE  Plates,  107 
Joints,  77,  80,  81,  82,  85,  87, 
89,  90,  95,  104,  108 


LATERAL    Turnout     (Calculations 

for),  222,  223 
Leeds  Special  Rail,  125 
Lorain  Tadpole  Switch,  201 
Lorain      Ordinary      and      Switch 

Spirals,  Nos.  1,  2,  3,  211 


MANGANESE  Steel  Insert  at  Toe  of 
Point,  199 

McKnight's  Point  Silencer,  208 

Mechanical  Joint  in  Wood-Paved 
Track,  85 

Moveable  Points,  Allen's  3-Way 
Mechanism,  203 

Moveable  Points,  Connected, 
Allen's  3-Way  Mechanism,  203 

Moveable  Points,  3-Way  Mecha- 
nism, 202 


NEW  Tyres  on  Old  Eails,  91 

New  Tyres  and  Eails  at  Eest  on 
Straight  Track,  124 

New  Tyres  and  Eails  in  Motion  on 
Straight  Track,  124 

Nidged  Bonawe  Granite  Paving, 
Leeds  Tramways,  167 

Nidged  Bonawe  Granite  Sett  Pav- 
ing, 168 

Nidged  Granite  Setts  (Unpaved), 
165,  168 


ORDINARY  Traffic,  Effect  on  Track 
Paving,  35 


PITCH  and  Granite  Packing,  Eails 

Prepared  for,  47 
Pitch   and   Oil  Grout,   Eail  after 

Eunning,  48 
Point      Heel,      Section      Showing 

Tongue  Heel  Pin,  205 
Pre-Heating  by  Means  of  Petrol 

after    Eails    and    Clamps    have 

been  Placed  in  Position,  99 


EAIL  Base,  Eocking,  86 

Eail  Bender,  67 

Eail  Gauge  showing  Track  and 
Tread  Gauge,  60,  61 

Eail  Grinding  Machine,  Leeds 
Tramways,  184,  185 

Eail  Head,  Loss  of  Metal  due  to 
Wear  of  Street  Traffic,  118 

Eail  Head,  Worn  by  Street  Traffic 
Alone,  36 

Eail  Packing  with  Cement  and 
Granite  Chippings,  41 

Eail  Scraper,  183 

Eail  Section  of  Amsterdam  Tram- 
ways, 30 

Eail  Surfacing  in  Front  of  Con- 
crete Stage,  64 

Eail  Twisted  through  Improper 
Use  of  Straightening  Crow,  68 

Eail  Wear  on  Double  and  Single 
Track  Eails,  117 

Eail  Wear  due  to  Ordinary  Street 
Traffic,  153 

Eail  Wear  Gauge,  116 

Eail  Wear  on  Steep  Gradients,  115 

Eail  Wear  on  Two  Comparatively 
New  Tracks,  113 

Eail  Welding  Clamp,  102 

Eails  in  Correct  Position,  58 

Eails,  Defective,  134,  135 

Eails  Inclined  1  in  80,  58 

Eails  Eaised  on  Temporary  Sup- 
ports, etc.,  63 

Eamming  Setts,  173 

Eatchet  File,  98 

Eenewable  Joint  Plates,  108 

Ee-surfacing  Worn  Eails,  Machine 
for,  186 

Eunnels  of  Liquid  between  Coal 
Stack  and  Eail,  156 


SPIRAL  No.  1,  Illustrating  Use  of, 

214 
Spiral  No.  3,  Illustrating  Use  of, 

216 
Split  Web  due  to  Sledging  a 

Tightly  Fitting  Fish  Plate,  78 


INDEX   TO    ILLUSTRATIONS 


249 


Square  Dressed  Setts,  165 
Straightening    Crow    with    Loose 

Pallets,  67 
Sulphur   Prints    of    High    Carbon 

Kails,  132 
Sulphur    Prints    of    Low    Carbon 

Kails,  132 


TANGENT  Length  of  a  Curve  of 

Known   Radius  without   Using 

a  Theodolite,  225 
Temporary  Track,  177 
Temporary  Track  and  Cross- Over, 

178 
Thermit  Weld  showing  Freedom 

from  Blow  Holes,  95 
Track    Construction,    Details 

Amsterdam  Tramways,  29 
Track    Construction,    Details 

The      Hague      Tramways, 

29 
Track    Construction,    Details 

Hull  Tramways,  31 
Track    Construction,    Details 


of 

of, 

27, 

of, 


of, 


Leeds  Tramways,  24 
Track    Construction,    ] 


Leeds    Tramways 
Road),  33 
Track    Construction, 


Details    of, 
(Belle    Vue 

Details    of, 


Leeds      Tramways     (Guiseley), 

27 
Track    Construction,    Details    of, 

Manchester  Tramways,  26 
Track  Paved  with  Bonawe  Granite 

Setts,  164 
Track  Pavement  Crushed  by  Heavy 

Vehicular  Traffic,  159 
Trapped  Drain  Boxes,  182 
Tudor  Weld,  104 
Turnouts  with  Straight  Points  and 

Straight       Crossing,       Calcula- 
tions for,  222 


Turnouts  with  Straight  Points  and 
Curved  Crossing,  Calculations 
for,  223 


UNSOUNDNESS    in    Open    Hearth 
Steel  Rails,  141 


WATERLOGGED  Sub-soil,  Method  of 

Draining,  26 

Wear  on  Hard  Wood  Block  Pave- 
ment, 170 

Wear  on  Hard  Wood  Blocks,  170 
Wear  on  Legs  of  Curved  Crossing, 

198 

Wear  on  Soft  Wood  Blocks,  171 
Wear  on  Soft  Wood  Paving,  171 
Welded  Joint  Repaired,  104 
Wear  due  to  Vehicular  Traffic  on 

Rail  Head,  118 
Wear    due    to    Vehicular    Traffic 

Alongside  of  Rail,  159 
Wear  on  Rails,  Comparative,  144, 

146 
Wear  on  Rails,   Steep  Gradients, 

115 

Wedged  Shaped  Setts,  164 
Wheel  and  Rail  Contact  when  Rail 

is  Inclined  from  Vertical,  59 
Wheel  Contact  on  Leeds  Special 

Rail,  122 

Wood  Pavement,  Swollen,  169 
Woods      Gilbert      Rail      Planing 

Machine,  186 
Worn   Granite   Setts   taken   from 

Alongside  of  Rails,  160 
Worn   Granite   Setts   taken   from 

Between  Rails,  160 
Worn   Rails   of  Various  Designs, 

120 
Worn  Tyre  and  New  Rail  Contact, 

123 
Worn  Wheel  Tyres,  119 


BRADBURY,    AOXEW,    &    CO.    LD.,    PRINTKRS,    LONDON   AND   TONBHIDCK. 


ADVERTISEMENTS. 


EDGAR  ALLEN  &  Co.,  LIP: 

IMPERIAL  STEEL  WORKS,         :        SHEFFIELD 


Sole 
Maters : 


ALLEN'S 


Rolled  in 
MANGANESE    STEEL. 


Movable  and  Open  Points. 
Double  Movable  Points. 


CROSSINGS 

and 
SPECIAL    LAY-OUTS. 


IN    ALLEN'S    <m 


MANGANESE    STEEL. 


T.T.C. 


K  K 


BRISTOWE&Co,La. 

TARVIA 

is    applicable    to    all    Road    Construction. 
USE 

TRASS 

to    secure    elastic    and    quick'Setting   concrete. 

May  bell  Avenue,  11,  Tothill  St., 

Blackpool.  Westminster. 

ROBBIN'S 

Non-Set    Plastic    Cement 

FOR  JOINTS    OF   INSPECTION 

&  MANHOLE  COVERS,  CABLE 

BOXES,    etc. 

Does  not  contain    Decomposable   Matter. 

SAVES    TIME    AND    MONEY. 


Supplied  to — 

H.M.   WAR  OFFICE,    H.M.    OFFICE   OF   WORKS,    HiM.   POST 
OFFICE  and  LONDON  COUNTY  COUNCIL. 


jlpply  to— 

ROBBINS    &   CO., 
1 1 ,    Tothill    Street,    Westminster. 


PIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIW^ 

1  1 


I 


I  DICK,  KERR . 

&  CO.,  LIMITED 

|  Engineers     &     Contractors.  | 

(-  ;  ahlMHH*    -      ' 

I 

iVW.  t      ^fr^^~     , 


| 

l^iSKfe'  ^tnNK%«H.  ITMBldl 

| 

\ 
§ 

Laying  Track  for  the  La  Plata  Tramways  Co. 


ELECTRIC     RAILWAYS     AND 

TRAMWAYS  CONSTRUCTED  AND 

EQUIPPED    IN    ALL    PARTS    OF 

THE  WORLD. 


Head  Office : 
ABCHURCH  YARD,  CANNON  ST.,  LONDON,  E.G.     | 

Branches  :  Manchester,  Newcastle,  Tokyo,  Johannesburg, 
Sydney,  Buenos  Aires,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Moscow  &  Milan. 

1 
lll!llllll!ll!!llll!llll!ll!llllll!l!ll 


"Celerity"    Portable    Rail    Grinder, 


Kail  joints,  points  and  crossings 
ground  quickly  and  efficiently.  Only 
one  rail  occupied  at  a  time.  Grinding 
can  be  accomplished  on  routes  with  5 
minutes'  service.  The  machine  weighs 
only  about  3|  cwt.,  and  can  be 
operated  by  one  man. 


Rail    Corrugation    Remover, 


Made  for  all  Types  of  Trucks, 


Rail  Planes  and  Files  for  Tramways. 


\ 


THE  EQUIPMENT  &  ENGINEERING  Co. 

2/3,  Norfolk  St.,  LONDON,  W.C. 


Telegrams  :— "  KHARPARTS,  LONDON." 


Telephone  :— GERRARU  3272. 


iiiiiiiiliiiii 


HADFIELDS  LTD, 


Hecla  ft  East  Hecla  Works, 

SHEFFIELD. 

Hadfield's  Patent  'Hecla'  Tramway  Point 

Made  of  Hadfield's  Patent 
i  ERA*  Manganese  Steel. 


Works  area 
100  acres. 


The  only 

Point  on  the  Market 
with  a  perfect  and  continuous 
Bearing  for  the  full  length  of  the  tongue. 


BEARING  SURFACE  AT  HEEL  END. 

Actual  width  of  effective  Bearing  Area 
ml         in  this  design  only  If"  around  pin. 


SOLID  BEARING  THROUGHOUT. 


OLD  TYPE 

WMfltW 


\RING  SURF/ 
INCREASED 


NEW  TYPE 


BWt*  ttlDSL'f  SHf  WOP 


The  area   of   the    Bearing    Surface   where   the    heel    of   the 

tongue     rests     has     been     increased     to    the     utmost    limit 

consistent  with  utility. 

The  tongue  can  be  renewed,  or  adjusted  for  wear,  in  a  few 

minutes  without  interfering  with  the  paving. 

The  patent  mechanism  for  moving  the  tongue  is  acknowledged 

to  be  unique  for  its  simplicity  and  originality  of  design. 


SOLE    MAKERS    OF 
HADFIELD'S    PATENT 


'ERA'  MANGANESE  STEEL 

THE    SUPREME    MATERIAL 
for  Railway  and  Tramway  Special  Track  work,  etc.,  etc. 


HIGHWAYS 

CONSTRUCTION,  LIE; 

Contractors  for  voidless  asphalt 
macadam  road  construction,  on  the 
single-coat,  two-coat  and  carpet 
principles. 


Section  of  two-coat  voidless  asphalt  macadam. 

Roads  laid  with  voidless  asphalt 
macadam  are  dustless,  durable, 
waterproof  and  sanitary.  They 
are  cheaper  than  any  other  first- 
class  road,  both  in  first  cost  and 
maintenance. 

Write  for  illustrated  booklet,   Voidless 
Asphalt   Macadam,  free  on  request : — 

HIGHWAYS  CONSTRUCTION,  L™: 

Finsbury  Court,  Finsbury  Pavement, 
London,  E.C.  


IMPERIAL  LIGHT  L 


Imperial   Simplex 


Portable   Plant 


As  supplied  to  the 
LONDON  COUNCIL  TRAMS, 
LEEDS  CITY  TRAMS, 

(One  of  the  Plants  la  use  will  be  found  illustrated 
la  the  body  of  .the  book). 

LEICESTER  TRAMS,   COLNE 

TRAMS,   BATH   TRAMS,   and 
numerous    others. 


THE  IDEAL  PLANT 

FOR 

TRAMWAY  WORK 


Large    Fixed    Plants    also    Supplied. 


WRITE : 

Imperial  Light  Ltd. 

123,  VICTORIA  STREET, 
LONDON,  S.W. 


Telephone : 
VICTORIA  3540  (2  linei 


Telegrar 
"EDIBRAC.  SOWEST.  LONDON, 


BLAKE=MARSDEN  "X"  TYPE  LEVER 
HAMMER  MOTION  STONE  BREAKER. 


Photo  of  24-in.  Machine. 

Improved  Blake- Marsden   Frictionless   Lever,  Hammer-Action  Stone  Breaker. 
(Patented  1913.) 

The  stiffening  along  the  lines  of  greatest  stress  makes 
this  the  stoutest  and  most  reliable  Stone  Breaker  built.  All 
the  best  features  of  the  usual 

BLAKE-MARSDEN 

construction  have  been  retained,  the  perfectly  balanced 
working  parts  minimizing  frictional  losses  and  affording 
greatest  capacity  per  horse-power. 

All  working  parts  readily  accessible.  The  main  bearings 
kept  away  from  dust  and  grit.  Fitted  with  Marsden  Manganese 
Steel  Jaws,  famous  for  durability  and  economy.  The  evolution 
of  55  years'  specialised  Crusher  experience. 


Catalogues  and  Estimates  on  application. 

H.  R.  MARSDEN,  LIMITED,  Soho  Foundry,  LEEDS. 


THE 

LORAIN    STEEL 
COMPANY, 


MANUFACTURERS. 


TRAMWAY   SPECIAL   WORK. 


STANDARD  CONSTRUCTION. 

Manganese  Tadpole   Switches  and 

Insert  Type  Mates  and  Frogs  with 

Open  Hearth  Steel  Rails. 


SPECIAL  CONSTRUCTION. 

Manganese      Tadpole      Switches, 

Mates  and  Frogs  with   Manganese 

Steel  Rails. 


OPEN    HEARTH    STEEL    RAILS. 

CLASS  B. 
C.        70  to  '85 
Mn.     '60  to  '90 
Si.        Not  over  '20 


CLASS  A. 
C.        -60  to  75 

Mn.     '60  to  '90 
Si.        Not  over  '20 


Ph. 


-04 


Ph. 


-04 


TENSILE  STRENGTH  IN  LBS.  PER  SQUARE  IN. 
100,000  110,000 

ELONGATION    IN   2   IN. 
10%  8% 

Both  Classes  Withstand  High  Physical  Tests. 


LONDON    OFFICE: 

Egypt  House,  New  Broad  Street,  E.C. 


T.T.C. 


LL 


Its  National  Electric 
Construction  Co.  Ltd. 

Town  Lighting  and   Tramway   Contractors, 

3,  LAURENCE  POUNTNEY  HILL, 

Telephone  Nos  —  f    f^WnOW        E*    C*  Telegraphic  Address— 

5329  and  5330  Bank,          LiV-Hl  U\J  11,      Ci.V«          "Overhauled.  London." 


/COMPLETE  TRAMWAY 
^^  Contracts,  including  Power 
House,  Permanent  Way,  etc.,  com- 
pleted and  secured  at  Musselburgh, 
N.B.,  Mexborough,  Rawmarsh, 
Soothill  Nether,  Rhondda  Valley, 
Swinton,  Torquay,  Dewsbury 
and  Ossett. 

Complete  Town  Lighting  Contracts  at 
Bo'ness,  N.B.,  Musselburgh,  N.B., 
Carnarvon,  Holyhead,  Raw- 
marsh,  Swinton,  etc. 


THE  COMPANY  IS  PREPARED  TO  ASSIST  IN 
THE    FINANCE    OF    APPROVED    SCHEMES. 


10 


RAIL  CLEANING 

For  Particulars  relating  to    Rail   Cleaners   used   on 
NEARLY     100     TRAMWAYS 

IN     — 

BRITISH   ISLES,  FRANCE,  RUSSIA, 

PORTUGAL,  ITALY,  GERMANY, 

SWITZERLAND,  TURKEY,  CEYLON, 

INDIA,  AUSTRALIA,  S.  AFRICA, 

JAPAN,  BRAZIL,  ARGENTINA, 

APPLY  TO 

The  "  PEACOCK"  BRAKE  CO. 

27,  Clements  Lane,  LONDON,  E.C. 


RAIL  GRINDER 

With 
DRILLING    ATTACHMENT. 


For   illustrated    booklet  containing  complete  speci- 
fication, write  to: 

CONSOLIDATED  ACCESSORIES  CO. 

27,  Clements  Lane,  LONDON,  E.C. 


FIBRASTIC. 

The  Ideal  Medium  for 

RAIL    PACKING. 

The  object  of  this  Packing  is  to  give  either 
RIGID  OR  RESILIENT  TRACK  TO 
SUIT  ALL   LOCAL   CONDITIONS. 


GREAT   SAVING   IN   MAINTENANCE. 


UNBREAKABLE 

AND 

IMMOVABLE 
UNDER    TRAFFIC 

ABSOLUTELY 
WATERPROOF. 


NO    STOPPING 
OF    TRAFFIC. 


NO    LOSS    OF 
REVENUE. 

NO    HAMMERING 
AT    RAIL    JOINTS. 


CROSS    SECTION. 

IN  USE  AT  LEEDS. 

Full  particulars  from  the  Manufacturers — 

ROBBINS    &    CO., 

11,    TOTHILL   STREET,    WESTMINSTER,    S.W. 

Telephone     VICTORIA   4531. 


12 


plllllllllllllllllll 

CAR  DEPOTS,  JUNCTIONS,  LEVEL  CROSSINGS, 
=  AND  SPECIAL  LAYOUTS = 

Constructed  complete  at  our  works  ready  for  laying  on  site  in 

OSBORN'S  "TITAN"  MANGANESE   STEEL. 
I^SE«KS«««S»=I 


TITAN  TRACKWORK  CO.,  LTD., 


RUTLAND  WORKS, 
RUTLAND  ROAD. 


Sole  Proprietors  : 

SAMUEL  OSBORN  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  SHEFFIELD. 

i^iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii 


13 


Applied   instantly  to  all 
classes  of  work  for 

DRYING  RAILS  AND  ROAD  BED 
PRIOR  TO  WELDING  OR  LAYING 

ASPHALT. 

REMOVING   RUSTY  FISHPLATES, 
BENDING,  STRAIGHTENING,  etc. 

No.  O.O. — Small  Size,  complete  with  burner,  for  use  where  great  port- 
ability is  an  advantage  ,  ...  £9  1O  O 

No.  2.— (Standard  Heating  Plant),  complete  with  Burner,  Oil  Tank,  Air 

Pump,  all  Fittings  ...  £17  1O  O 

Heating  Burner  and  Hose  only        £5    1O    O 


Wells'  Portable  Acetylene 
Lamp. 

An  improved  type  of  Lamp  producing  a 
Powerful  Light  from  Carbide  of  Calcium. 

Simple.  Clean. 

Quickly       Started. 

This  Lamp  is  very  simple  in  construction.  No  skilled 
labour  is  required.  It  can  be  charged  and  put  to  work 
in  five  minutes,  and  will  then  run  until  the  carbide  is 
exhausted. 

£2    5    O 

£660 


No.  OA.— 150  c.p. 
No.  2.— 1,500  c.p. 
No.  3.— 2,000  c.p. 
No.  4.— 3,000  c.p. 


£9     9 


For  inside  and  outside  use. 


Oil   Gas   Generating   Lamps. 

Light  from  Kerosene   or  Petroleum  without  Wick, 
at  lees  than  One  Penny  per  hour. 

NO    SMOKE    OR    SMELL. 

Perfect  safety.     Xo  explosive  Naphtha  used. 
Thousands  sold.     Unaffected  by  Wind. 


each. 

No.  12,  3  hours 11/9 

No.  12a,  with  Tripod 13/9 

No.  13,  5  hours 14/- 

No.  13a,  with  Tripod     17/- 

No.  14,  7  hours 16/- 

No.  14a,  with  Tripod     19,- 


Extra  Burners  for  above  2/-  each, 


KETTLE    TORCH    LAMPS. 

Thousands  Sold. 

Also  largely  used  by  Con- 
tractors, Collieries,  &c. 

Large  Flaming  Light. 

No.  18*  3  pints,  1|  in.  Wick,  4/6 

each. 

No.  28,  same  shape  as  above,  but 
having  two  Wicks,  (5  pints,  9/-  each. 


NO.    18-.         \ 

Splendid  Lamp 
fitted  with  2  in 
Wick,  5  pints 
capacity,  9/-  each 


Suitable  for  Sewerage,  Drainage,  Trench  Work,  etc. 


A.  C.  WELLS  &  OO.,"SnHBffil  LONDON 


WALTER  SCOTT  Ld., 

Leeds  Steel  Works, 

LEEDS. 


Manufacturers  of 


ORDINARYTRAM  RAILS 

All  British  Standard 

Sections. 

Special  Sections  Rolled 
by  Arrangement. 


Lengths     up    to    60    ft. 

Stocks  kept  at  the 
Works. 


TRAM   RAILS:— 
Suitable  for 
DOCKS, 
WORKS,  SIDINGS. 

Width  of  Groove 
Depth  of  Groove 


2^  in. 
1-M  in. 


TRAM   RAILS:— 
Suitable  for 
Temporary  Track  Work. 


As    used    by   many  of 
The  Large  Corporations 

in  the 
United  Kingdom. 


is 


TRACTION 


WORLD 


T7?otor  Traffic 
Section 


AMBEKLEy-  HOUSE 

NCXRFOLK-  ST 

LONDON 


IK 


The  British  Abrasive  Wheel  Co.,  Ltd., 


TINSLEY, 
MARK    SHEFFIELD 


jjj  Registered  Offices  :— 

7,  VICTORIA  STREET, 
WESTMINSTER,  S.W. 


WE  SPECIALIZE 

In  Grinding  Wheels  for  Railway  Shops  and    Rail  Grinding  Blocks. 

BULLDOG  WHEELS  are  unequalled  on  Manganese  Steel. 

CAN    WE    HELP    YOU? 


GREEN'S  ANCHOR  CHAIR 

(PATENT). 


Over  35,000  in 
use  on  the  LEEDS, 
AYR,  MORLE  Y, 

and  other 
Corporation 

Tramways. 


Reduce  cost  of 
Maintenance. 

Increase  Life  of 
Track. 

Small  First  Cost 
and  in  Fixing. 


Will  fit  any  section  of  Rail — no  drilling,  no  bolts,  no  loose  parts. 

Rails  easily  and  quickly  changed  without   twisting,  or   disturbing 

concrete. 

Our  improved  "Rail  Grinding    Machine"  removes   and  prevents 

corrugation  in  Track  and  hammering  of  Rail  Joints. 

Write  or   Wire  for  Particulars  and  Prices  to  — 

THOMAS  GREEN  &  SON,  Ltd.,  LEEDS  and  LONDON. 


T.C.C. 


17 


MM 


WILLIAM  GRIFFITHS  &  CO.,  LIMITED, 

ENGINEERS  AND  CONTRACTORS 

—  FOR— 

TRAMWAY  CONSTRUCTION. 


QUARRY    OWNERS,    WOOD 
&    GRANITE    PAVIORS,   Etc, 

Quarries:      ST.    SAMPSONS,    GUERNSEY. 
GRIFF,    Nr.    NUNEATON. 
KIT   HILL,    CORNWALL. 

Hamilton  House,  Bishopsgate,  London,  E.C 

Telephone:  London  Wall  2496.  Telegrams  :  "  GRIFFITHS 

(3  Lines.)  STONE,  AVE,  LONDON." 


ILLINGWORTH  INGHAM  &  CO.  LTD. 

TIMBER    IMPORTERS    AND    CREOSOTERS 
50,    BLACK    BULL    STREET,    LEEDS 


CREOSOTED 
PAVING  BLOCKS 


Tel.  No.  70  (Four  Lines)  Telegrams  :    "TIMBER,"  LEEDS 

18 


Romapac  Renewable  Tramraih 


First   Cost.- 

Practicallythe 
same  as  pre- 
sent system. 


No    fishplates    or 
bolts  required. 

Continuous  track. 


Saving  on  Re- 
newals. -  -  50 

per  cent. 


The  only  com- 
pound section 
giving  a  metal-to- 
metal  contact  and 
a  continuous  grip. 


The  Romapac  Tram  way  Construction  Co.,  Ltd., 

2,    East    Parade,    LEEDS. 


PARGING  BLOCKS  for 
TRAMWAY    RAILS 

Supplied  to 
26   Corporations  and 
Tramway  Companies 

n  n 

May  We  send  you      JS    M 
Particulars  and  Prices  ? 

D  D 

SHEPHERD'S 
PARGING 

Sales  Agent:  BLOCK.       CO., 

J.  G.  Ames,  48,  Gnanville  Rd.,        \n-\\  0*^    >   R*w.k/lalA 
Fallowfield,  Manchester.  Milkstone,  Rochdale. 


REMOVING  RAIL  CORRUGATIONS 

By  planing  with  12  in.  Carborundum  Block  fixed  to  side  of  Car  Frame. 


The  most 
Economi- 
cal and 
Efficient 
Method  of 
overcom- 
ing your 
difficulty. 


Superior 

to 

Uncertain 
Rotary 
Methods. 

See  our 
Pamphlet. 


Actual  cost  of  removing  Corrugations  1/32  in.  deep,  including  labour,  current  and  material, 
•517  pence  per  yard.  9O  now  in  service. 


The  National  Rail  &  Tramway  Appliances  Co.,  Ltd, 

12-18    TAYLOR    STREET,    LIVERPOOL. 

Telephone  No. — ROYAL  1198.  Telegraphic  Address—  "BRAKEROCK,  LIVERPOOL." 


Taylor's  Patent  Sanding  Devices 

FOR   TRAMCARS. 


VENTILATION 

Each  of  these 
Tubular  Control- 
lers constantly 
supplies  fresh  air 
to  inside  of  car. 


MANCHESTER. 

SHEFFIELD. 

SALFORD. 

BOLTON. 

WIGAN. 

WALSALL. 

DONCASTER. 

ROTHERHAM. 

WEST  HAM. 

&c.,    &c.,    &c. 


For  further  particulars  apply  to 

JOHN    TAYLOR,    Engineer, 

: :     7,     Strand     Street,     LIVERPOOL.     :  : 

(Patentee  and  Sole  Maker.) 
Or  Sole  British  jJgent  - 
JNO.  G.  AMES,   48,  Granville   Road,    Fallowfield,    MANCHESTER. 


20 


TRAMWAY  SUPPLIES,  LTD 

tramway  Engineers, 

160,  Woodhouse  Lane,  Leeds. 

SOLE    MANUFACTURERS   OF 

TURNER'S    PATENT    AUTOMATIC 
POINT    CONTROLLERS. 


Telegrams:  "Controller,  Leels. 
Telephone:  3488  Leeds. 


OVERHEAD    LINE 
MATERIAL   AND  SUPPLIES. 


LIFTING     TACKLE, 

RAIL  AND   TRAM    TOOLS. 


ASK    FOR     LIST    No.    29c. 


Ry|and  st- 

5     BIRMINGHAM 


21 


Ulllliilllllilllllllillllllllllllllllillllllliillllllillllilililllllllllllllillllillllllillilllillllllllllll 


Progress  of 

Thermit  Rail 
Welding 


108376  108302 


94863 


Throughout  the  World, 
1908-1914. 


73356 


60363 


49022 


1908.     1909.      1910.     1911.      1912.       1913.      1914. 

I        Thermit,  Ltd.,       | 

27,  MARTIN'S  LANE,  CANNON  STREET,  LONDON,  E.G. 

Works  : 

675,  COMMERCIAL  ROAD,  E. 


5 


. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.OO  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


DEC 


1 3.3! 


HQV  26  K658 


RECTO 


NOV24'65-11AI 


LOAN  DEPT 


LD  21-100m-8,'34 


YD   1783! 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


CD3fllS3?aM 


'234 5 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY